From c855a7d429edcf8fb4d9d55460d86b877737a8ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 19 Mar 2024 00:36:17 -0700 Subject: [PATCH] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#2360) ## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts: aiplatform v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/840e463c58748a5ccf596d56cb8e27222e672737 alloydb v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5a65564a259082fedf0a6871ff3b21ac5b65beb8 datacatalog v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/016af62d69f88be5195d147df44df7e2d3aed519 sts v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/62ce2be85d15d93bbea49455e0adf5c0d81fb501 ## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts: aiplatform v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/840e463c58748a5ccf596d56cb8e27222e672737 alloydb v1alpha https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5a65564a259082fedf0a6871ff3b21ac5b65beb8 alloydb v1beta https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5a65564a259082fedf0a6871ff3b21ac5b65beb8 cloudbilling v1beta https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8b2920ba8f2ca2292913c753bd739f54ea82b93f compute alpha https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8f58e90649f35cfe7b3901c70e169b725ec12569 dataform v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/85f625e113ccd67f936d299fa5d6fc970eae3759 discoveryengine v1alpha https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/33b0b8d2394cd818ad7ac1f52f313859061f8182 discoveryengine v1beta https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/33b0b8d2394cd818ad7ac1f52f313859061f8182 ## Discovery Artifact Change Summary: feat(aiplatform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/840e463c58748a5ccf596d56cb8e27222e672737 feat(alloydb): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5a65564a259082fedf0a6871ff3b21ac5b65beb8 feat(analyticsadmin): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e7a9979b37181bec6960ed03c744e8e981c99159 feat(analyticshub): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/da51b77c9df67aa533a930e97a79b43f5fa06e49 feat(bigtableadmin): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b7374c5b9447ab75188cf5e0bdc72efe97c2d5ec feat(chat): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c77b19b011900ea522ba75f12069bfa71e1661c0 feat(chromemanagement): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0c817482a79c27eadd04a883fb034f0b2683ef5c feat(cloudbilling): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8b2920ba8f2ca2292913c753bd739f54ea82b93f feat(cloudbuild): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5f3fa0409bf9d4d78aa6c4561c35420756f573ed feat(cloudidentity): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7318f680c61296c78095830618901aaed96f068e feat(compute): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8f58e90649f35cfe7b3901c70e169b725ec12569 feat(content): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d118c6b2fdb1cbce7ecfc21ae47c965263c95f13 feat(datacatalog): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/016af62d69f88be5195d147df44df7e2d3aed519 feat(dataform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/85f625e113ccd67f936d299fa5d6fc970eae3759 feat(datamigration): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2e6f8055797a872c1e9f8039409bea9ea754bc11 feat(dataplex): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/59be5b7308307b7e57afa3688368ea22df3e3edd fix(dataproc): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f5c4ab6533a2b5d8e27f2293ebc373767fcedbe0 feat(dialogflow): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/896a5e50fa97c46b2203bd8b11fb2d654655ef32 feat(discoveryengine): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/33b0b8d2394cd818ad7ac1f52f313859061f8182 feat(documentai): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6f19aee29da15de9ade5e00294d74968841b87a9 feat(firestore): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9703f76390f7379f6702bca2d1e508125a37057b feat(iam): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/37e25c0398b4cb1ceb7c6300afa13b0ca4a0eedf feat(integrations): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/56a10368636dc4b7bb7404659c693879d860ddb9 feat(logging): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4f1084be29401b87b6480e16cd88a356267cb967 feat(networkmanagement): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4df586d6fb86ff89f6b1f8c5b558aca12f42e289 feat(osconfig): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0932619d9936780c376b3fa14e49f0fdc6a17ad2 fix(people): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b263502df7869ec9b01dc9430581a093a9fe465b feat(redis): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b753fb7197a37686e48bb084452826df1e3b2233 feat(run): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/15d4c3401187aa1f4ab99ecb18675a54af25d173 feat(secretmanager): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b3e4facfe9c2169e3855fd7b51b284a1f160b72d feat(spanner): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2beaba7cec53bd197b4582d110b76ab4e30074bb feat(storage): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b5eeb1355ebf8f93beecf6216a9086cec44946f4 feat(storagetransfer): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/79ce65bcfd7f73abfb8b39602d72fe438c621299 feat(sts): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/62ce2be85d15d93bbea49455e0adf5c0d81fb501 feat(tasks): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/595e2b06ef66d9a61ae04d93e912e154a7066357 --- ...tform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 128 +- .../dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html | 10 + ..._v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html | 2 +- ...platform_v1.projects.locations.models.html | 2 +- ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.persistentResources.html | 552 +++++ ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 96 +- ...form_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html | 91 + ...jects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html | 145 ++ ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 108 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html | 641 ++++++ ...ions.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html | 8 +- ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 2 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 78 +- ...lloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 35 - ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html | 253 ++- ...projects.locations.clusters.instances.html | 65 + ...db_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html | 253 ++- ...projects.locations.clusters.instances.html | 65 + docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html | 2 + ...dmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html | 6 + ...ects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html | 30 + ...roidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html | 2 +- ...apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html | 24 +- ...ects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.html | 349 +++ ...bleadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html | 5 + docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html | 1232 +++++++++++ .../chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html | 100 + ...chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html | 35 + .../cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html | 5 - docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html | 5 - ...tions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html | 16 +- ..._v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html | 16 +- ...s_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html | 132 ++ ...er_v1.projects.locations.environments.html | 24 +- ...beta1.projects.locations.environments.html | 24 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html | 14 - docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html | 30 + ...ha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html | 18 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html | 4 + .../compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html | 12 - .../dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html | 25 + ...e_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html | 96 +- docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html | 20 + docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html | 112 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.html | 5 + ...v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html | 871 ++++++++ ...pute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html | 96 +- docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html | 112 +- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.quotas.html | 7 +- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html | 14 +- ...ts.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html | 14 +- ...log_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html | 14 +- ...1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html | 12 +- ...ations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html | 10 +- ...og_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html | 22 +- docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html | 14 +- ...ts.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html | 12 +- ...1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html | 14 +- ...1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html | 12 +- ...ations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html | 10 +- ...beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html | 22 +- docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html | 28 +- ...v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html | 8 +- ...dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html | 24 +- ...low_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html | 12 +- .../dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html | 12 +- ...beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 14 +- ...cts.locations.repositories.workspaces.html | 8 +- ...projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html | 132 ++ ...n_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html | 65 + ...lex_v1.projects.locations.aspectTypes.html | 386 ++++ ...aplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html | 118 + ..._v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html | 88 + ...rojects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html | 515 +++++ ...lex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html | 251 +++ ...plex_v1.projects.locations.entryTypes.html | 294 +++ docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html | 214 ++ ....projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html | 14 +- ...dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html | 8 +- ...v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html | 14 +- ...rojects.locations.agents.environments.html | 90 + ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html | 142 ++ ...v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html | 142 ++ ...v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html | 108 + ...rojects.locations.agents.environments.html | 90 + ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html | 142 ++ ...a1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html | 142 ++ ...a1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html | 108 + .../discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html | 71 +- ....dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html | 172 ++ ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 51 +- ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 11 +- ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html | 64 +- ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 61 +- ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 11 +- ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html | 7 - ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 61 +- ....dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html | 172 ++ ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 51 +- ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 11 +- ...v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html | 58 +- ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 61 +- ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 9 +- ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html | 56 +- ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 57 +- ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 9 +- ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 57 +- ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 9 +- ..._v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html | 2 +- ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 57 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.users.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.users.html | 2 +- ...izations.locations.columnDataProfiles.html | 6 +- ...zations.locations.projectDataProfiles.html | 8 +- ...nizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html | 8 +- ...projects.locations.columnDataProfiles.html | 6 +- ...rojects.locations.projectDataProfiles.html | 8 +- ....projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html | 8 +- ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 4 + ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html | 24 + ...restore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/index.md | 1 - ...1alpha.projects.locations.connections.html | 22 + .../dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html | 21 +- docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html | 21 +- docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html | 21 +- docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html | 21 +- docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html | 17 +- ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 4 + ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 4 + ...books_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 6 +- ...sconfig_v1.projects.locations.global_.html | 141 ++ docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 + docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 2 +- ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 2 +- ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 2 +- ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html | 12 +- .../run_v1.projects.locations.services.html | 12 +- .../run_v2.projects.locations.services.html | 5 +- docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html | 5 + ...instances.instancePartitionOperations.html | 153 ++ ...projects.instances.instancePartitions.html | 246 +++ docs/dyn/storage_v1.managedFolders.html | 5 +- docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html | 246 +++ docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html | 75 - docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html | 9 + .../testing_v1.projects.deviceSessions.html | 12 +- .../walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html | 36 +- .../walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html | 40 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.issuer.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html | 48 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html | 40 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html | 36 +- docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html | 36 +- .../acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/accessapproval.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/admob.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 713 +++++- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 641 +++++- .../documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json | 146 +- .../documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json | 312 ++- .../documents/alloydb.v1beta.json | 312 ++- .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json | 6 +- .../documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/analyticshub.v1.json | 20 +- .../documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/androidenterprise.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/androidmanagement.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/androidpublisher.v3.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/appengine.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json | 14 +- .../documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json | 14 +- .../authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/beyondcorp.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json | 392 +++- .../documents/billingbudgets.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json | 2 +- .../binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json | 2 +- .../businessprofileperformance.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/calendar.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/certificatemanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 87 +- .../documents/checks.v1alpha.json | 10 +- .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json | 244 ++- .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/civicinfo.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/classroom.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbilling.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json | 305 +-- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v2.json | 5 +- .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/clouddeploy.v1.json | 2 +- .../clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json | 4 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json | 4 +- .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json | 4 +- .../documents/cloudidentity.v1.json | 235 +- .../documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json | 235 +- .../documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudshell.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudsupport.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtasks.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/composer.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/composer.v1beta1.json | 8 +- .../documents/compute.alpha.json | 211 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json | 625 +++++- .../contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json | 14 +- .../documents/containeranalysis.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/content.v2.1.json | 21 +- .../documents/customsearch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1.json | 23 +- .../documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json | 26 +- .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json | 10 +- .../documents/dataform.v1beta1.json | 10 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1.json | 164 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datapipelines.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dataplex.v1.json | 1916 ++++++++++++++++- .../documents/dataportability.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dataportability.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/dataproc.v1.json | 14 +- .../documents/datastore.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastore.v1beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastream.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json | 94 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json | 94 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json | 320 ++- .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json | 320 ++- .../documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json | 677 ++++-- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json | 377 ++-- .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json | 14 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v3.json | 14 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json | 34 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/dns.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/documentai.v1.json | 23 +- .../documents/documentai.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/domains.v1alpha2.json | 2 +- .../documents/domains.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/domainsrdap.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/driveactivity.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/drivelabels.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/file.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/firebase.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json | 2 +- .../firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasehosting.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1.json | 27 +- .../documents/firestore.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/firestore.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json | 2 +- .../gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json | 2 +- .../gamesManagement.v1management.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkebackup.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json | 2 +- .../gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/groupsmigration.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/homegraph.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json | 35 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/iamcredentials.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/iap.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/indexing.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/integrations.v1alpha.json | 50 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/kgsearch.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/kmsinventory.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/language.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/libraryagent.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/licensing.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/localservices.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json | 46 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json | 2 +- .../marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/memcache.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/memcache.v1beta2.json | 4 +- .../documents/migrationcenter.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/monitoring.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/monitoring.v3.json | 2 +- .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json | 2 +- .../networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1.json | 24 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json | 24 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/networkservices.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/notebooks.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/notebooks.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1.json | 90 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json | 2 +- .../paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json | 28 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/playcustomapp.v1.json | 2 +- .../playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/playintegrity.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policysimulator.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json | 2 +- .../policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/privateca.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/privateca.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/publicca.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../documents/publicca.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json | 2 +- .../documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/realtimebidding.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json | 2 +- .../recommendationengine.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/recommender.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json | 64 +- .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json | 64 +- .../documents/reseller.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/resourcesettings.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json | 4 +- .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json | 6 +- .../documents/retail.v2beta.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json | 14 +- .../documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/searchconsole.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/secretmanager.v1.json | 9 +- .../documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json | 9 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicecontrol.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicecontrol.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicemanagement.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json | 435 +++- .../discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json | 9 +- .../documents/storagetransfer.v1.json | 29 +- .../documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json | 155 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/tagmanager.v2.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json | 2 +- .../documents/trafficdirector.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/transcoder.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/versionhistory.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/videointelligence.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json | 2 +- .../videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json | 2 +- .../videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vmmigration.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vmwareengine.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/vpcaccess.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/walletobjects.v1.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json | 2 +- .../documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json | 2 +- .../documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json | 2 +- .../documents/workspaceevents.v1.json | 2 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json | 2 +- .../documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json | 2 +- .../documents/youtubereporting.v1.json | 2 +- 495 files changed, 19542 insertions(+), 3026 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.global_.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 4403629b425..a35e488eed8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -427,12 +427,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -1110,16 +1104,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", @@ -1138,6 +1167,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. projects/<>/locations/<>/collections/<>/dataStores/<> + }, + }, }, ], } @@ -1440,12 +1478,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -1459,7 +1491,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the Endpoints. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `baseModelName="text-bison"` orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListEndpointsResponse.next_page_token of the previous EndpointService.ListEndpoints call. @@ -1643,12 +1675,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -2038,12 +2064,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -2228,12 +2248,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -2562,16 +2576,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", @@ -2590,6 +2639,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. projects/<>/locations/<>/collections/<>/dataStores/<> + }, + }, }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html index cb9c1ae83f6..ea145746d2e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -174,6 +174,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ persistentResources() +

+

Returns the persistentResources Resource.

+

pipelineJobs()

@@ -209,6 +214,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the trainingPipelines Resource.

+

+ tuningJobs() +

+

Returns the tuningJobs Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html index 9c9df7d2c88..44d2d5368b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors. +{ # LINT.IfChange The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors. "deployedIndexId": "A String", # The ID of the DeployedIndex that will serve the request. This request is sent to a specific IndexEndpoint, as per the IndexEndpoint.network. That IndexEndpoint also has IndexEndpoint.deployed_indexes, and each such index has a DeployedIndex.id field. The value of the field below must equal one of the DeployedIndex.id fields of the IndexEndpoint that is being called for this request. "queries": [ # The list of queries. { # A query to find a number of the nearest neighbors (most similar vectors) of a vector. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html index fe519a8f93f..69a718b2c4a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list the Models from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` + filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels."a key"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` * `labels.myKey="myValue"` * `baseModelName="text-bison"` orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, The standard list page size. pageToken: string, The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListModelsResponse.next_page_token of the previous ModelService.ListModels call. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index f65386037b3..91e49376c98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookRuntimes. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookRuntimesResponse.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimes call. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a04edd83759 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.html @@ -0,0 +1,552 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . persistentResources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, persistentResourceId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a PersistentResource.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a PersistentResource.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a PersistentResource.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists PersistentResources in a Location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a PersistentResource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, persistentResourceId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a PersistentResource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to create the PersistentResource in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents long-lasting resources that are dedicated to users to runs custom workloads. A PersistentResource can have multiple node pools and each node pool can have its own machine spec.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the PersistentResource. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Optional. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a PersistentResource. If set, this PersistentResource and all sub-resources of this PersistentResource will be secured by this key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when persistent resource's state is `STOPPING` or `ERROR`.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize PersistentResource. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to peered with Vertex AI to host the persistent resources. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the resources aren't peered with any network.
+  "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved IP ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this persistent resource. If set, we will deploy the persistent resource within the provided IP ranges. Otherwise, the persistent resource is deployed to any IP ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "resourcePools": [ # Required. The spec of the pools of different resources.
+    { # Represents the spec of a group of resources of the same type, for example machine type, disk, and accelerators, in a PersistentResource.
+      "autoscalingSpec": { # The min/max number of replicas allowed if enabling autoscaling # Optional. Optional spec to configure GKE autoscaling
+        "maxReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. max replicas in the node pool, must be ≥ replica_count and > min_replica_count or will throw error
+        "minReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. min replicas in the node pool, must be ≤ replica_count and < max_replica_count or will throw error
+      },
+      "diskSpec": { # Represents the spec of disk options. # Optional. Disk spec for the machine in this node pool.
+        "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Size in GB of the boot disk (default is 100GB).
+        "bootDiskType": "A String", # Type of the boot disk (default is "pd-ssd"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID in a PersistentResource for referring to this resource pool. User can specify it if necessary. Otherwise, it's generated automatically.
+      "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+        "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+        "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+        "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+        "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+      },
+      "replicaCount": "A String", # Optional. The total number of machines to use for this resource pool.
+      "usedReplicaCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of machines currently in use by training jobs for this resource pool. Will replace idle_replica_count.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourceRuntime": { # Persistent Cluster runtime information as output # Output only. Runtime information of the Persistent Resource.
+    "accessUris": { # Output only. URIs for user to connect to the Cluster. Example: { "RAY_HEAD_NODE_INTERNAL_IP": "head-node-IP:10001" "RAY_DASHBOARD_URI": "ray-dashboard-address:8888" }
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "notebookRuntimeTemplate": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of NotebookRuntimeTemplate for the RoV Persistent Cluster The NotebokRuntimeTemplate is created in the same VPC (if set), and with the same Ray and Python version as the Persistent Cluster. Example: "projects/1000/locations/us-central1/notebookRuntimeTemplates/abc123"
+  },
+  "resourceRuntimeSpec": { # Configuration for the runtime on a PersistentResource instance, including but not limited to: * Service accounts used to run the workloads. * Whether to make it a dedicated Ray Cluster. # Optional. Persistent Resource runtime spec. For example, used for Ray cluster configuration.
+    "raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource.
+      "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.
+      "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection.
+      },
+      "resourcePoolImages": { # Optional. Required if image_uri isn't set. A map of resource_pool_id to prebuild Ray image if user need to use different images for different head/worker pools. This map needs to cover all the resource pool ids. Example: { "ray_head_node_pool": "head image" "ray_worker_node_pool1": "worker image" "ray_worker_node_pool2": "another worker image" }
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceAccountSpec": { # Configuration for the use of custom service account to run the workloads. # Optional. Configure the use of workload identity on the PersistentResource
+      "enableCustomServiceAccount": True or False, # Required. If true, custom user-managed service account is enforced to run any workloads (for example, Vertex Jobs) on the resource. Otherwise, uses the [Vertex AI Custom Code Service Agent](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Default service account that this PersistentResource's workloads run as. The workloads include: * Any runtime specified via `ResourceRuntimeSpec` on creation time, for example, Ray. * Jobs submitted to PersistentResource, if no other service account specified in the job specs. Only works when custom service account is enabled and users have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account. Required if any containers are specified in `ResourceRuntimeSpec`.
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource for the first time entered the `RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of a Study.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was most recently updated.
+}
+
+  persistentResourceId: string, Required. The ID to use for the PersistentResource, which become the final component of the PersistentResource's resource name. The maximum length is 63 characters, and valid characters are `/^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$/`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a PersistentResource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the PersistentResource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a PersistentResource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the PersistentResource resource. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents long-lasting resources that are dedicated to users to runs custom workloads. A PersistentResource can have multiple node pools and each node pool can have its own machine spec.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the PersistentResource. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Optional. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a PersistentResource. If set, this PersistentResource and all sub-resources of this PersistentResource will be secured by this key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when persistent resource's state is `STOPPING` or `ERROR`.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize PersistentResource. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to peered with Vertex AI to host the persistent resources. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the resources aren't peered with any network.
+  "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved IP ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this persistent resource. If set, we will deploy the persistent resource within the provided IP ranges. Otherwise, the persistent resource is deployed to any IP ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "resourcePools": [ # Required. The spec of the pools of different resources.
+    { # Represents the spec of a group of resources of the same type, for example machine type, disk, and accelerators, in a PersistentResource.
+      "autoscalingSpec": { # The min/max number of replicas allowed if enabling autoscaling # Optional. Optional spec to configure GKE autoscaling
+        "maxReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. max replicas in the node pool, must be ≥ replica_count and > min_replica_count or will throw error
+        "minReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. min replicas in the node pool, must be ≤ replica_count and < max_replica_count or will throw error
+      },
+      "diskSpec": { # Represents the spec of disk options. # Optional. Disk spec for the machine in this node pool.
+        "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Size in GB of the boot disk (default is 100GB).
+        "bootDiskType": "A String", # Type of the boot disk (default is "pd-ssd"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID in a PersistentResource for referring to this resource pool. User can specify it if necessary. Otherwise, it's generated automatically.
+      "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+        "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+        "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+        "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+        "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+      },
+      "replicaCount": "A String", # Optional. The total number of machines to use for this resource pool.
+      "usedReplicaCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of machines currently in use by training jobs for this resource pool. Will replace idle_replica_count.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourceRuntime": { # Persistent Cluster runtime information as output # Output only. Runtime information of the Persistent Resource.
+    "accessUris": { # Output only. URIs for user to connect to the Cluster. Example: { "RAY_HEAD_NODE_INTERNAL_IP": "head-node-IP:10001" "RAY_DASHBOARD_URI": "ray-dashboard-address:8888" }
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "notebookRuntimeTemplate": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of NotebookRuntimeTemplate for the RoV Persistent Cluster The NotebokRuntimeTemplate is created in the same VPC (if set), and with the same Ray and Python version as the Persistent Cluster. Example: "projects/1000/locations/us-central1/notebookRuntimeTemplates/abc123"
+  },
+  "resourceRuntimeSpec": { # Configuration for the runtime on a PersistentResource instance, including but not limited to: * Service accounts used to run the workloads. * Whether to make it a dedicated Ray Cluster. # Optional. Persistent Resource runtime spec. For example, used for Ray cluster configuration.
+    "raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource.
+      "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.
+      "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection.
+      },
+      "resourcePoolImages": { # Optional. Required if image_uri isn't set. A map of resource_pool_id to prebuild Ray image if user need to use different images for different head/worker pools. This map needs to cover all the resource pool ids. Example: { "ray_head_node_pool": "head image" "ray_worker_node_pool1": "worker image" "ray_worker_node_pool2": "another worker image" }
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceAccountSpec": { # Configuration for the use of custom service account to run the workloads. # Optional. Configure the use of workload identity on the PersistentResource
+      "enableCustomServiceAccount": True or False, # Required. If true, custom user-managed service account is enforced to run any workloads (for example, Vertex Jobs) on the resource. Otherwise, uses the [Vertex AI Custom Code Service Agent](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Default service account that this PersistentResource's workloads run as. The workloads include: * Any runtime specified via `ResourceRuntimeSpec` on creation time, for example, Ray. * Jobs submitted to PersistentResource, if no other service account specified in the job specs. Only works when custom service account is enabled and users have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account. Required if any containers are specified in `ResourceRuntimeSpec`.
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource for the first time entered the `RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of a Study.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists PersistentResources in a Location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list the PersistentResources from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListPersistentResourceResponse.next_page_token of the previous PersistentResourceService.ListPersistentResource call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for PersistentResourceService.ListPersistentResources
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass to ListPersistentResourcesRequest.page_token to obtain that page.
+  "persistentResources": [
+    { # Represents long-lasting resources that are dedicated to users to runs custom workloads. A PersistentResource can have multiple node pools and each node pool can have its own machine spec.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the PersistentResource. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+      "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Optional. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a PersistentResource. If set, this PersistentResource and all sub-resources of this PersistentResource will be secured by this key.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+      },
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when persistent resource's state is `STOPPING` or `ERROR`.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize PersistentResource. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource.
+      "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to peered with Vertex AI to host the persistent resources. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the resources aren't peered with any network.
+      "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved IP ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this persistent resource. If set, we will deploy the persistent resource within the provided IP ranges. Otherwise, the persistent resource is deployed to any IP ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "resourcePools": [ # Required. The spec of the pools of different resources.
+        { # Represents the spec of a group of resources of the same type, for example machine type, disk, and accelerators, in a PersistentResource.
+          "autoscalingSpec": { # The min/max number of replicas allowed if enabling autoscaling # Optional. Optional spec to configure GKE autoscaling
+            "maxReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. max replicas in the node pool, must be ≥ replica_count and > min_replica_count or will throw error
+            "minReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. min replicas in the node pool, must be ≤ replica_count and < max_replica_count or will throw error
+          },
+          "diskSpec": { # Represents the spec of disk options. # Optional. Disk spec for the machine in this node pool.
+            "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Size in GB of the boot disk (default is 100GB).
+            "bootDiskType": "A String", # Type of the boot disk (default is "pd-ssd"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
+          },
+          "id": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID in a PersistentResource for referring to this resource pool. User can specify it if necessary. Otherwise, it's generated automatically.
+          "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+            "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+            "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+            "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+            "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+          },
+          "replicaCount": "A String", # Optional. The total number of machines to use for this resource pool.
+          "usedReplicaCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of machines currently in use by training jobs for this resource pool. Will replace idle_replica_count.
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceRuntime": { # Persistent Cluster runtime information as output # Output only. Runtime information of the Persistent Resource.
+        "accessUris": { # Output only. URIs for user to connect to the Cluster. Example: { "RAY_HEAD_NODE_INTERNAL_IP": "head-node-IP:10001" "RAY_DASHBOARD_URI": "ray-dashboard-address:8888" }
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "notebookRuntimeTemplate": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of NotebookRuntimeTemplate for the RoV Persistent Cluster The NotebokRuntimeTemplate is created in the same VPC (if set), and with the same Ray and Python version as the Persistent Cluster. Example: "projects/1000/locations/us-central1/notebookRuntimeTemplates/abc123"
+      },
+      "resourceRuntimeSpec": { # Configuration for the runtime on a PersistentResource instance, including but not limited to: * Service accounts used to run the workloads. * Whether to make it a dedicated Ray Cluster. # Optional. Persistent Resource runtime spec. For example, used for Ray cluster configuration.
+        "raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource.
+          "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.
+          "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations.
+            "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection.
+          },
+          "resourcePoolImages": { # Optional. Required if image_uri isn't set. A map of resource_pool_id to prebuild Ray image if user need to use different images for different head/worker pools. This map needs to cover all the resource pool ids. Example: { "ray_head_node_pool": "head image" "ray_worker_node_pool1": "worker image" "ray_worker_node_pool2": "another worker image" }
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+        },
+        "serviceAccountSpec": { # Configuration for the use of custom service account to run the workloads. # Optional. Configure the use of workload identity on the PersistentResource
+          "enableCustomServiceAccount": True or False, # Required. If true, custom user-managed service account is enforced to run any workloads (for example, Vertex Jobs) on the resource. Otherwise, uses the [Vertex AI Custom Code Service Agent](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Default service account that this PersistentResource's workloads run as. The workloads include: * Any runtime specified via `ResourceRuntimeSpec` on creation time, for example, Ray. * Jobs submitted to PersistentResource, if no other service account specified in the job specs. Only works when custom service account is enabled and users have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account. Required if any containers are specified in `ResourceRuntimeSpec`.
+        },
+      },
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource for the first time entered the `RUNNING` state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of a Study.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was most recently updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a PersistentResource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents long-lasting resources that are dedicated to users to runs custom workloads. A PersistentResource can have multiple node pools and each node pool can have its own machine spec.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the PersistentResource. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Optional. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a PersistentResource. If set, this PersistentResource and all sub-resources of this PersistentResource will be secured by this key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when persistent resource's state is `STOPPING` or `ERROR`.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize PersistentResource. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to peered with Vertex AI to host the persistent resources. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the resources aren't peered with any network.
+  "reservedIpRanges": [ # Optional. A list of names for the reserved IP ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this persistent resource. If set, we will deploy the persistent resource within the provided IP ranges. Otherwise, the persistent resource is deployed to any IP ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "resourcePools": [ # Required. The spec of the pools of different resources.
+    { # Represents the spec of a group of resources of the same type, for example machine type, disk, and accelerators, in a PersistentResource.
+      "autoscalingSpec": { # The min/max number of replicas allowed if enabling autoscaling # Optional. Optional spec to configure GKE autoscaling
+        "maxReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. max replicas in the node pool, must be ≥ replica_count and > min_replica_count or will throw error
+        "minReplicaCount": "A String", # Optional. min replicas in the node pool, must be ≤ replica_count and < max_replica_count or will throw error
+      },
+      "diskSpec": { # Represents the spec of disk options. # Optional. Disk spec for the machine in this node pool.
+        "bootDiskSizeGb": 42, # Size in GB of the boot disk (default is 100GB).
+        "bootDiskType": "A String", # Type of the boot disk (default is "pd-ssd"). Valid values: "pd-ssd" (Persistent Disk Solid State Drive) or "pd-standard" (Persistent Disk Hard Disk Drive).
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Immutable. The unique ID in a PersistentResource for referring to this resource pool. User can specify it if necessary. Otherwise, it's generated automatically.
+      "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+        "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+        "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+        "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+        "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+      },
+      "replicaCount": "A String", # Optional. The total number of machines to use for this resource pool.
+      "usedReplicaCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of machines currently in use by training jobs for this resource pool. Will replace idle_replica_count.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourceRuntime": { # Persistent Cluster runtime information as output # Output only. Runtime information of the Persistent Resource.
+    "accessUris": { # Output only. URIs for user to connect to the Cluster. Example: { "RAY_HEAD_NODE_INTERNAL_IP": "head-node-IP:10001" "RAY_DASHBOARD_URI": "ray-dashboard-address:8888" }
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "notebookRuntimeTemplate": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of NotebookRuntimeTemplate for the RoV Persistent Cluster The NotebokRuntimeTemplate is created in the same VPC (if set), and with the same Ray and Python version as the Persistent Cluster. Example: "projects/1000/locations/us-central1/notebookRuntimeTemplates/abc123"
+  },
+  "resourceRuntimeSpec": { # Configuration for the runtime on a PersistentResource instance, including but not limited to: * Service accounts used to run the workloads. * Whether to make it a dedicated Ray Cluster. # Optional. Persistent Resource runtime spec. For example, used for Ray cluster configuration.
+    "raySpec": { # Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes. # Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource.
+      "headNodeResourcePoolId": "A String", # Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.
+      "rayMetricSpec": { # Configuration for the Ray metrics. # Optional. Ray metrics configurations.
+        "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection.
+      },
+      "resourcePoolImages": { # Optional. Required if image_uri isn't set. A map of resource_pool_id to prebuild Ray image if user need to use different images for different head/worker pools. This map needs to cover all the resource pool ids. Example: { "ray_head_node_pool": "head image" "ray_worker_node_pool1": "worker image" "ray_worker_node_pool2": "another worker image" }
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceAccountSpec": { # Configuration for the use of custom service account to run the workloads. # Optional. Configure the use of workload identity on the PersistentResource
+      "enableCustomServiceAccount": True or False, # Required. If true, custom user-managed service account is enforced to run any workloads (for example, Vertex Jobs) on the resource. Otherwise, uses the [Vertex AI Custom Code Service Agent](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Default service account that this PersistentResource's workloads run as. The workloads include: * Any runtime specified via `ResourceRuntimeSpec` on creation time, for example, Ray. * Jobs submitted to PersistentResource, if no other service account specified in the job specs. Only works when custom service account is enabled and users have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account. Required if any containers are specified in `ResourceRuntimeSpec`.
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource for the first time entered the `RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of a Study.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was most recently updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Specify the fields to be overwritten in the PersistentResource by the update method.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 15c220dd018..1e2a359dcc1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -265,16 +265,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", @@ -293,6 +328,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. projects/<>/locations/<>/collections/<>/dataStores/<> + }, + }, }, ], } @@ -733,16 +777,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", @@ -761,6 +840,15 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + }, + "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation. + "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation. + "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search. + "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. projects/<>/locations/<>/collections/<>/dataStores/<> + }, + }, }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..481ce416f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . tuningJobs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee80de85d19 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . tuningJobs . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index e54e2d4f65c..a209ceabceb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -439,12 +439,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -1256,16 +1250,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", @@ -1601,12 +1630,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -1844,12 +1867,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -2251,12 +2268,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -2447,12 +2458,6 @@

Method Details

"enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, - "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. - "enablePrivateServiceConnect": True or False, # Required. If true, expose the IndexEndpoint via private service connect. - "projectAllowlist": [ # A list of Projects from which the forwarding rule will target the service attachment. - "A String", - ], - }, "trafficSplit": { # A map from a DeployedModel's ID to the percentage of this Endpoint's traffic that should be forwarded to that DeployedModel. If a DeployedModel's ID is not listed in this map, then it receives no traffic. The traffic percentage values must add up to 100, or map must be empty if the Endpoint is to not accept any traffic at a moment. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -2839,16 +2844,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html index 9f25bf1a7bb..e6c65f92b86 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html @@ -87,10 +87,651 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an Extension.

+

+ execute(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Executes the request against a given extension.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets an Extension.

+

+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports an Extension.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Extensions in a location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an Extension.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an Extension.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Extension resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/extensions/{extension}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ execute(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Executes the request against a given extension.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name (identifier) of the extension; Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/extensions/{extension}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ExtensionExecutionService.ExecuteExtension.
+  "operationId": "A String", # Required. The operation to be executed in this extension as defined in ExtensionOperation.operation_id.
+  "operationParams": { # Optional. Request parameters that will be used for executing this operation. The struct should be in a form of map with param name as the key and actual param value as the value. E.g. If this operation requires a param "name" to be set to "abc". you can set this to something like {"name": "abc"}.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "runtimeAuthConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Optional. Auth config provided at runtime to override the default value in Extension.manifest.auth_config. The AuthConfig.auth_type should match the value in Extension.manifest.auth_config.
+    "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+      "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+      "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+    },
+    "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+    "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+    },
+    "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+      "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+    },
+    "noAuth": { # Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint. # Config for no auth.
+    },
+    "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+      "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+    },
+    "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+      "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ExtensionExecutionService.ExecuteExtension.
+  "content": "A String", # Response content from the extension. The content should be conformant to the response.content schema in the extension's manifest/OpenAPI spec.
+  "output": { # Output from the extension. The output should be conformant to the extension's manifest/OpenAPI spec. The output can contain values for keys like "content", "headers", etc. This field is deprecated, please use content field below for the extension execution result.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets an Extension.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Extension resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/extensions/{extension}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the Extension.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Extension. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
+  "extensionOperations": [ # Output only. Supported operations.
+    { # Operation of an extension.
+      "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+        "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+          "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+          "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: float, double for INTEGER type: int32, int64
+          "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+          "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          },
+          "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+        },
+      },
+      "operationId": "A String", # Operation ID that uniquely identifies the operations among the extension. See: "Operation Object" in https://swagger.io/specification/. This field is parsed from the OpenAPI spec. For HTTP extensions, if it does not exist in the spec, we will generate one from the HTTP method and path.
+    },
+  ],
+  "manifest": { # Manifest spec of an Extension needed for runtime execution. # Required. Manifest of the Extension.
+    "apiSpec": { # The API specification shown to the LLM. # Required. Immutable. The API specification shown to the LLM.
+      "openApiGcsUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI pointing to the OpenAPI spec.
+      "openApiYaml": "A String", # The API spec in Open API standard and YAML format.
+    },
+    "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+        "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+      },
+      "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+      "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+        "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "noAuth": { # Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint. # Config for no auth.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+        "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+        "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+      },
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Required. The natural language description shown to the LLM. It should describe the usage of the extension, and is essential for the LLM to perform reasoning.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Extension name shown to the LLM. The name can be up to 128 characters long.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.
+  "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
+    { # A single example of the tool usage.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
+      "extensionOperation": { # Identifies one operation of the extension. # Extension operation to call.
+        "extension": "A String", # Resource name of the extension.
+        "operationId": "A String", # Required. Operation ID of the extension.
+      },
+      "functionName": "A String", # Function name to call.
+      "query": "A String", # Required. Query that should be routed to this tool.
+      "requestParams": { # Request parameters used for executing this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseParams": { # Response parameters generated by this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseSummary": "A String", # Summary of the tool response to the user query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Imports an Extension.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to import the Extension in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the Extension.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Extension. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
+  "extensionOperations": [ # Output only. Supported operations.
+    { # Operation of an extension.
+      "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+        "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+          "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+          "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: float, double for INTEGER type: int32, int64
+          "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+          "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          },
+          "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+        },
+      },
+      "operationId": "A String", # Operation ID that uniquely identifies the operations among the extension. See: "Operation Object" in https://swagger.io/specification/. This field is parsed from the OpenAPI spec. For HTTP extensions, if it does not exist in the spec, we will generate one from the HTTP method and path.
+    },
+  ],
+  "manifest": { # Manifest spec of an Extension needed for runtime execution. # Required. Manifest of the Extension.
+    "apiSpec": { # The API specification shown to the LLM. # Required. Immutable. The API specification shown to the LLM.
+      "openApiGcsUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI pointing to the OpenAPI spec.
+      "openApiYaml": "A String", # The API spec in Open API standard and YAML format.
+    },
+    "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+        "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+      },
+      "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+      "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+        "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "noAuth": { # Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint. # Config for no auth.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+        "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+        "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+      },
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Required. The natural language description shown to the LLM. It should describe the usage of the extension, and is essential for the LLM to perform reasoning.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Extension name shown to the LLM. The name can be up to 128 characters long.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.
+  "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
+    { # A single example of the tool usage.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
+      "extensionOperation": { # Identifies one operation of the extension. # Extension operation to call.
+        "extension": "A String", # Resource name of the extension.
+        "operationId": "A String", # Required. Operation ID of the extension.
+      },
+      "functionName": "A String", # Function name to call.
+      "query": "A String", # Required. Query that should be routed to this tool.
+      "requestParams": { # Request parameters used for executing this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseParams": { # Response parameters generated by this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseSummary": "A String", # Summary of the tool response to the user query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was most recently updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Extensions in a location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list the Extensions from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` More detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ExtensionRegistryService.ListExtensions
+  "extensions": [ # List of Extension in the requested page.
+    { # Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the Extension.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Extension. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
+      "extensionOperations": [ # Output only. Supported operations.
+        { # Operation of an extension.
+          "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+            "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+              "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+              "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: float, double for INTEGER type: int32, int64
+              "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+              "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+              "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+              },
+              "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+            },
+          },
+          "operationId": "A String", # Operation ID that uniquely identifies the operations among the extension. See: "Operation Object" in https://swagger.io/specification/. This field is parsed from the OpenAPI spec. For HTTP extensions, if it does not exist in the spec, we will generate one from the HTTP method and path.
+        },
+      ],
+      "manifest": { # Manifest spec of an Extension needed for runtime execution. # Required. Manifest of the Extension.
+        "apiSpec": { # The API specification shown to the LLM. # Required. Immutable. The API specification shown to the LLM.
+          "openApiGcsUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI pointing to the OpenAPI spec.
+          "openApiYaml": "A String", # The API spec in Open API standard and YAML format.
+        },
+        "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+            "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+            "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+          },
+          "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+          "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+            "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+          },
+          "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+            "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+          },
+          "noAuth": { # Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint. # Config for no auth.
+          },
+          "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+            "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+            "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+          },
+          "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+            "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+          },
+        },
+        "description": "A String", # Required. The natural language description shown to the LLM. It should describe the usage of the extension, and is essential for the LLM to perform reasoning.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Extension name shown to the LLM. The name can be up to 128 characters long.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.
+      "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
+        { # A single example of the tool usage.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
+          "extensionOperation": { # Identifies one operation of the extension. # Extension operation to call.
+            "extension": "A String", # Resource name of the extension.
+            "operationId": "A String", # Required. Operation ID of the extension.
+          },
+          "functionName": "A String", # Function name to call.
+          "query": "A String", # Required. Query that should be routed to this tool.
+          "requestParams": { # Request parameters used for executing this tool.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "responseParams": { # Response parameters generated by this tool.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "responseSummary": "A String", # Summary of the tool response to the user query.
+        },
+      ],
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was most recently updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListExtensionsRequest.page_token to obtain that page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an Extension.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the Extension. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the Extension.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Extension. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
+  "extensionOperations": [ # Output only. Supported operations.
+    { # Operation of an extension.
+      "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+        "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+          "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+          "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: float, double for INTEGER type: int32, int64
+          "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+          "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          },
+          "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+        },
+      },
+      "operationId": "A String", # Operation ID that uniquely identifies the operations among the extension. See: "Operation Object" in https://swagger.io/specification/. This field is parsed from the OpenAPI spec. For HTTP extensions, if it does not exist in the spec, we will generate one from the HTTP method and path.
+    },
+  ],
+  "manifest": { # Manifest spec of an Extension needed for runtime execution. # Required. Manifest of the Extension.
+    "apiSpec": { # The API specification shown to the LLM. # Required. Immutable. The API specification shown to the LLM.
+      "openApiGcsUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI pointing to the OpenAPI spec.
+      "openApiYaml": "A String", # The API spec in Open API standard and YAML format.
+    },
+    "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+        "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+      },
+      "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+      "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+        "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "noAuth": { # Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint. # Config for no auth.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+        "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+        "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+      },
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Required. The natural language description shown to the LLM. It should describe the usage of the extension, and is essential for the LLM to perform reasoning.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Extension name shown to the LLM. The name can be up to 128 characters long.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.
+  "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
+    { # A single example of the tool usage.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
+      "extensionOperation": { # Identifies one operation of the extension. # Extension operation to call.
+        "extension": "A String", # Resource name of the extension.
+        "operationId": "A String", # Required. Operation ID of the extension.
+      },
+      "functionName": "A String", # Function name to call.
+      "query": "A String", # Required. Query that should be routed to this tool.
+      "requestParams": { # Request parameters used for executing this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseParams": { # Response parameters generated by this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseSummary": "A String", # Summary of the tool response to the user query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was most recently updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask specifying which fields to update. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `description`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the Extension.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Extension. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens.
+  "extensionOperations": [ # Output only. Supported operations.
+    { # Operation of an extension.
+      "functionDeclaration": { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. # Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+        "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+          "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]}
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+          "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: float, double for INTEGER type: int32, int64
+          "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema # Optional. Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+          "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+          "properties": { # Optional. Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema
+          },
+          "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+        },
+      },
+      "operationId": "A String", # Operation ID that uniquely identifies the operations among the extension. See: "Operation Object" in https://swagger.io/specification/. This field is parsed from the OpenAPI spec. For HTTP extensions, if it does not exist in the spec, we will generate one from the HTTP method and path.
+    },
+  ],
+  "manifest": { # Manifest spec of an Extension needed for runtime execution. # Required. Manifest of the Extension.
+    "apiSpec": { # The API specification shown to the LLM. # Required. Immutable. The API specification shown to the LLM.
+      "openApiGcsUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage URI pointing to the OpenAPI spec.
+      "openApiYaml": "A String", # The API spec in Open API standard and YAML format.
+    },
+    "authConfig": { # Auth configuration to run the extension. # Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKeySecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+        "httpElementLocation": "A String", # Required. The location of the API key.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is "https://example.com/act?api_key=", "api_key" would be the parameter name.
+      },
+      "authType": "A String", # Type of auth scheme.
+      "googleServiceAccountConfig": { # Config for Google Service Account Authentication. # Config for Google Service Account auth.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "httpBasicAuthConfig": { # Config for HTTP Basic Authentication. # Config for HTTP Basic auth.
+        "credentialSecret": "A String", # Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "noAuth": { # Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint. # Config for no auth.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for user oauth. # Config for user oauth.
+        "accessToken": "A String", # Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+        "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.
+      },
+      "oidcConfig": { # Config for user OIDC auth. # Config for user OIDC auth.
+        "idToken": "A String", # OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.
+      },
+    },
+    "description": "A String", # Required. The natural language description shown to the LLM. It should describe the usage of the extension, and is essential for the LLM to perform reasoning.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. Extension name shown to the LLM. The name can be up to 128 characters long.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.
+  "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
+    { # A single example of the tool usage.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
+      "extensionOperation": { # Identifies one operation of the extension. # Extension operation to call.
+        "extension": "A String", # Resource name of the extension.
+        "operationId": "A String", # Required. Operation ID of the extension.
+      },
+      "functionName": "A String", # Function name to call.
+      "query": "A String", # Required. Query that should be routed to this tool.
+      "requestParams": { # Request parameters used for executing this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseParams": { # Response parameters generated by this tool.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "responseSummary": "A String", # Summary of the tool response to the user query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html index b56a9113b1f..4ecfdf2fda8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featureOnlineStores.featureViews.html @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"vectorSearchConfig": { # Deprecated. Use IndexConfig instead. # Optional. Deprecated: please use FeatureView.index_config instead. "bruteForceConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search. }, - "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute. + "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by FeatureOnlineStoreService.SearchNearestEntities to diversify search results. If NearestNeighborQuery.per_crowding_attribute_neighbor_count is set to K in SearchNearestEntitiesRequest, it's guaranteed that no more than K entities of the same crowding attribute are returned in the response. "distanceMeasureType": "A String", # Optional. The distance measure used in nearest neighbor search. "embeddingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of embedding. This column contains the source data to create index for vector search. embedding_column must be set when using vector search. "embeddingDimension": 42, # Optional. The number of dimensions of the input embedding. @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@

Method Details

"vectorSearchConfig": { # Deprecated. Use IndexConfig instead. # Optional. Deprecated: please use FeatureView.index_config instead. "bruteForceConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search. }, - "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute. + "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by FeatureOnlineStoreService.SearchNearestEntities to diversify search results. If NearestNeighborQuery.per_crowding_attribute_neighbor_count is set to K in SearchNearestEntitiesRequest, it's guaranteed that no more than K entities of the same crowding attribute are returned in the response. "distanceMeasureType": "A String", # Optional. The distance measure used in nearest neighbor search. "embeddingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of embedding. This column contains the source data to create index for vector search. embedding_column must be set when using vector search. "embeddingDimension": 42, # Optional. The number of dimensions of the input embedding. @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@

Method Details

"vectorSearchConfig": { # Deprecated. Use IndexConfig instead. # Optional. Deprecated: please use FeatureView.index_config instead. "bruteForceConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search. }, - "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute. + "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by FeatureOnlineStoreService.SearchNearestEntities to diversify search results. If NearestNeighborQuery.per_crowding_attribute_neighbor_count is set to K in SearchNearestEntitiesRequest, it's guaranteed that no more than K entities of the same crowding attribute are returned in the response. "distanceMeasureType": "A String", # Optional. The distance measure used in nearest neighbor search. "embeddingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of embedding. This column contains the source data to create index for vector search. embedding_column must be set when using vector search. "embeddingDimension": 42, # Optional. The number of dimensions of the input embedding. @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@

Method Details

"vectorSearchConfig": { # Deprecated. Use IndexConfig instead. # Optional. Deprecated: please use FeatureView.index_config instead. "bruteForceConfig": { # Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search. }, - "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute. + "crowdingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by FeatureOnlineStoreService.SearchNearestEntities to diversify search results. If NearestNeighborQuery.per_crowding_attribute_neighbor_count is set to K in SearchNearestEntitiesRequest, it's guaranteed that no more than K entities of the same crowding attribute are returned in the response. "distanceMeasureType": "A String", # Optional. The distance measure used in nearest neighbor search. "embeddingColumn": "A String", # Optional. Column of embedding. This column contains the source data to create index for vector search. embedding_column must be set when using vector search. "embeddingDimension": 42, # Optional. The number of dimensions of the input embedding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index 85702dac510..72b81702728 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the NotebookRuntimes. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) - filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` + filter: string, Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime="notebookRuntime123"` * `displayName="myDisplayName"` and `displayName=~"myDisplayNameRegex"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate="notebookRuntimeTemplate321"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser="test@google.com"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED` orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`. pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size. pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListNotebookRuntimesResponse.next_page_token of the previous NotebookService.ListNotebookRuntimes call. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 6b1a98a3242..d923bb8e7bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -265,16 +265,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", @@ -777,16 +812,51 @@

Method Details

"safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # Safety settings. "category": "A String", # Required. Harm category. + "method": "A String", # Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score. "threshold": "A String", # Required. The harm block threshold. }, ], + "systemInstructions": [ # Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model. + { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. + "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. + { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes. + "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data. + "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. + "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. + }, + "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model. + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name]. + "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "inlineData": { # Raw media bytes. Text should not be sent as raw bytes, use the 'text' field. # Optional. Inlined bytes data. + "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes for media formats. + "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. + }, + "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code). + "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data. + "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video. + "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video. + }, + }, + ], + "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset. + }, + ], "tools": [ # Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval). "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 64 function declarations can be provided. { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name and parameters. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. - "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. - "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. + "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of Type.STRING with enum format. For example we can define an Enum Direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 1cca9793482..0b615c9c06b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -96,9 +96,6 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single Cluster.

-

- generateClientCertificate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.

get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Cluster.

@@ -464,38 +461,6 @@

Method Details

} -
- generateClientCertificate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource. The required format is: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Message for requests to generate a client certificate signed by the Cluster CA.
-  "certDuration": "A String", # Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate the client certificate with the requested duration. The duration can be from 1 hour to 24 hours. The endpoint may or may not honor the hint. If the hint is left unspecified or is not honored, then the endpoint will pick an appropriate default duration.
-  "publicKey": "A String", # Optional. The public key from the client.
-  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  "useMetadataExchange": True or False, # Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate a client ceritificate that can be used by AlloyDB connectors to exchange additional metadata with the server after TLS handshake.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Message returned by a GenerateClientCertificate operation.
-  "caCert": "A String", # Optional. The pem-encoded cluster ca X.509 certificate.
-  "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The pem-encoded chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-
get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets details of a single Cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 77c7fb9a0d4..1a616b80572 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -96,9 +96,6 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single Cluster.

-

- generateClientCertificate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.

get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Cluster.

@@ -205,6 +202,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -212,6 +212,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -360,6 +393,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -367,6 +403,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -472,40 +541,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- generateClientCertificate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource. The required format is: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Message for requests to generate a client certificate signed by the Cluster CA.
-  "certDuration": "A String", # Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate the client certificate with the requested duration. The duration can be from 1 hour to 24 hours. The endpoint may or may not honor the hint. If the hint is left unspecified or is not honored, then the endpoint will pick an appropriate default duration.
-  "pemCsr": "A String", # Optional. A pem-encoded X.509 certificate signing request (CSR). It is recommended to use public_key instead.
-  "publicKey": "A String", # Optional. The public key from the client.
-  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  "useMetadataExchange": True or False, # Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate a client ceritificate that can be used by AlloyDB connectors to exchange additional metadata with the server after TLS handshake.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Message returned by a GenerateClientCertificate operation.
-  "caCert": "A String", # Optional. The pem-encoded cluster ca X.509 certificate.
-  "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
-  "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The pem-encoded chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-
get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets details of a single Cluster.
@@ -598,6 +633,9 @@ 

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -605,6 +643,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -733,6 +804,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -740,6 +814,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -877,6 +984,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -884,6 +994,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -1082,6 +1225,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -1089,6 +1235,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 1de17c00129..45e4a36def0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -145,6 +145,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -170,6 +173,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -280,6 +293,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -305,6 +321,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -506,6 +532,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -531,6 +560,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -692,6 +731,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -717,6 +759,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -816,6 +868,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -841,6 +896,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html index bd70c9045d3..a71727e7fa4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -96,9 +96,6 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a single Cluster.

-

- generateClientCertificate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.

get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of a single Cluster.

@@ -205,6 +202,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -212,6 +212,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -359,6 +392,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -366,6 +402,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -470,40 +539,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- generateClientCertificate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The name of the parent resource. The required format is: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Message for requests to generate a client certificate signed by the Cluster CA.
-  "certDuration": "A String", # Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate the client certificate with the requested duration. The duration can be from 1 hour to 24 hours. The endpoint may or may not honor the hint. If the hint is left unspecified or is not honored, then the endpoint will pick an appropriate default duration.
-  "pemCsr": "A String", # Optional. A pem-encoded X.509 certificate signing request (CSR). It is recommended to use public_key instead.
-  "publicKey": "A String", # Optional. The public key from the client.
-  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
-  "useMetadataExchange": True or False, # Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate a client ceritificate that can be used by AlloyDB connectors to exchange additional metadata with the server after TLS handshake.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Message returned by a GenerateClientCertificate operation.
-  "caCert": "A String", # Optional. The pem-encoded cluster ca X.509 certificate.
-  "pemCertificate": "A String", # Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.
-  "pemCertificateChain": [ # Output only. The pem-encoded chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-
get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets details of a single Cluster.
@@ -596,6 +631,9 @@ 

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -603,6 +641,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -730,6 +801,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -737,6 +811,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -873,6 +980,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -880,6 +990,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. @@ -1077,6 +1220,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) + "geminiConfig": { # Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "initialUser": { # The username/password for a database user. Used for specifying initial users at cluster creation time. # Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored. "password": "A String", # The initial password for the user. "user": "A String", # The database username. @@ -1084,6 +1230,39 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Labels as key value pairs "a_key": "A String", }, + "maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { # MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates. # Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates. + "denyMaintenancePeriods": [ # Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date. + "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "startDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + "time": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + "maintenanceWindows": [ # Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1. + { # MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance. + "day": "A String", # Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc. + "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time. + "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59. + "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999. + "seconds": 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + }, + }, + ], + }, "migrationSource": { # Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource. # Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration. "hostPort": "A String", # Output only. The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format "referenceId": "A String", # Output only. Place holder for the external source identifier(e.g DMS job name) that created the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index faa104084c2..9b2f3daea7d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -145,6 +145,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -170,6 +173,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -279,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -304,6 +320,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -504,6 +530,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -529,6 +558,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -689,6 +728,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -714,6 +756,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", @@ -812,6 +864,9 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # User-settable and human-readable display name for the Instance. "etag": "A String", # For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154) "gceZone": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity. + "geminiConfig": { # Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. # Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details. + "entitled": True or False, # Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs. + }, "instanceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time. "ipAddress": "A String", # Output only. The IP address for the Instance. This is the connection endpoint for an end-user application. "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs @@ -837,6 +892,16 @@

Method Details

"zoneId": "A String", # The Compute Engine zone of the VM e.g. "us-central1-b". }, ], + "observabilityConfig": { # Observability Instance specific configuration. # Configuration for observability. + "enabled": True or False, # Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "maxQueryStringLength": 42, # Query string length. The default value is 10k. + "preserveComments": True or False, # Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid. + "recordApplicationTags": True or False, # Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned "off" by default. + "trackActiveQueries": True or False, # Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is "off" by default. + "trackWaitEventTypes": True or False, # Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API. + "trackWaitEvents": True or False, # Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned "on" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. + }, "pscInstanceConfig": { # PscInstanceConfig contains PSC related configuration at an instance level. # Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance. "allowedConsumerNetworks": [ # Optional. List of consumer networks that are allowed to create PSC endpoints to service-attachments to this instance. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html index dd4bf56d555..cca1037aa99 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html @@ -747,6 +747,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }, "conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history. @@ -1226,6 +1227,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }, "conversionEvent": { # A conversion event in a Google Analytics property. # A snapshot of a ConversionEvent resource in change history. diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html index 93bbe566b65..cc72b0f55ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.channelGroups.html @@ -144,6 +144,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. } @@ -189,6 +190,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }
@@ -259,6 +261,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. } @@ -315,6 +318,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. }, ], @@ -379,6 +383,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. } @@ -425,6 +430,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this Channel Group resource. Format: properties/{property}/channelGroups/{channel_group} + "primary": True or False, # Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default. "systemDefined": True or False, # Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html index 15f2f32a3d2..bafad78ae10 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticshub_v1.projects.locations.dataExchanges.listings.html @@ -131,6 +131,11 @@

Method Details

{ # A listing is what gets published into a data exchange that a subscriber can subscribe to. It contains a reference to the data source along with descriptive information that will help subscribers find and subscribe the data. "bigqueryDataset": { # A reference to a shared dataset. It is an existing BigQuery dataset with a collection of objects such as tables and views that you want to share with subscribers. When subscriber's subscribe to a listing, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project. A Linked dataset is an opaque, read-only BigQuery dataset that serves as a _symbolic link_ to a shared dataset. # Required. Shared dataset i.e. BigQuery dataset source. "dataset": "A String", # Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123` + "selectedResources": [ # Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges. + { # Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared. + "table": "A String", # Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table" + }, + ], }, "categories": [ # Optional. Categories of the listing. Up to two categories are allowed. "A String", @@ -170,6 +175,11 @@

Method Details

{ # A listing is what gets published into a data exchange that a subscriber can subscribe to. It contains a reference to the data source along with descriptive information that will help subscribers find and subscribe the data. "bigqueryDataset": { # A reference to a shared dataset. It is an existing BigQuery dataset with a collection of objects such as tables and views that you want to share with subscribers. When subscriber's subscribe to a listing, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project. A Linked dataset is an opaque, read-only BigQuery dataset that serves as a _symbolic link_ to a shared dataset. # Required. Shared dataset i.e. BigQuery dataset source. "dataset": "A String", # Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123` + "selectedResources": [ # Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges. + { # Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared. + "table": "A String", # Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table" + }, + ], }, "categories": [ # Optional. Categories of the listing. Up to two categories are allowed. "A String", @@ -233,6 +243,11 @@

Method Details

{ # A listing is what gets published into a data exchange that a subscriber can subscribe to. It contains a reference to the data source along with descriptive information that will help subscribers find and subscribe the data. "bigqueryDataset": { # A reference to a shared dataset. It is an existing BigQuery dataset with a collection of objects such as tables and views that you want to share with subscribers. When subscriber's subscribe to a listing, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project. A Linked dataset is an opaque, read-only BigQuery dataset that serves as a _symbolic link_ to a shared dataset. # Required. Shared dataset i.e. BigQuery dataset source. "dataset": "A String", # Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123` + "selectedResources": [ # Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges. + { # Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared. + "table": "A String", # Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table" + }, + ], }, "categories": [ # Optional. Categories of the listing. Up to two categories are allowed. "A String", @@ -338,6 +353,11 @@

Method Details

{ # A listing is what gets published into a data exchange that a subscriber can subscribe to. It contains a reference to the data source along with descriptive information that will help subscribers find and subscribe the data. "bigqueryDataset": { # A reference to a shared dataset. It is an existing BigQuery dataset with a collection of objects such as tables and views that you want to share with subscribers. When subscriber's subscribe to a listing, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project. A Linked dataset is an opaque, read-only BigQuery dataset that serves as a _symbolic link_ to a shared dataset. # Required. Shared dataset i.e. BigQuery dataset source. "dataset": "A String", # Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123` + "selectedResources": [ # Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges. + { # Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared. + "table": "A String", # Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table" + }, + ], }, "categories": [ # Optional. Categories of the listing. Up to two categories are allowed. "A String", @@ -449,6 +469,11 @@

Method Details

{ # A listing is what gets published into a data exchange that a subscriber can subscribe to. It contains a reference to the data source along with descriptive information that will help subscribers find and subscribe the data. "bigqueryDataset": { # A reference to a shared dataset. It is an existing BigQuery dataset with a collection of objects such as tables and views that you want to share with subscribers. When subscriber's subscribe to a listing, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project. A Linked dataset is an opaque, read-only BigQuery dataset that serves as a _symbolic link_ to a shared dataset. # Required. Shared dataset i.e. BigQuery dataset source. "dataset": "A String", # Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123` + "selectedResources": [ # Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges. + { # Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared. + "table": "A String", # Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table" + }, + ], }, "categories": [ # Optional. Categories of the listing. Up to two categories are allowed. "A String", @@ -488,6 +513,11 @@

Method Details

{ # A listing is what gets published into a data exchange that a subscriber can subscribe to. It contains a reference to the data source along with descriptive information that will help subscribers find and subscribe the data. "bigqueryDataset": { # A reference to a shared dataset. It is an existing BigQuery dataset with a collection of objects such as tables and views that you want to share with subscribers. When subscriber's subscribe to a listing, Analytics Hub creates a linked dataset in the subscriber's project. A Linked dataset is an opaque, read-only BigQuery dataset that serves as a _symbolic link_ to a shared dataset. # Required. Shared dataset i.e. BigQuery dataset source. "dataset": "A String", # Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123` + "selectedResources": [ # Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges. + { # Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared. + "table": "A String", # Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table" + }, + ], }, "categories": [ # Optional. Categories of the listing. Up to two categories are allowed. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html index 639019f91df..22629a8848b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.externaltransactions.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

}, } - externalTransactionId: string, Required. The id to use for the external transaction. Must be unique across all other transactions for the app. This value should be 1-63 characters and valid characters are /a-z0-9_-/. Do not use this field to store any Personally Identifiable Information (PII) such as emails. Attempting to store PII in this field may result in requests being blocked. + externalTransactionId: string, Required. The id to use for the external transaction. Must be unique across all other transactions for the app. This value should be 1-63 characters and valid characters are /a-zA-Z0-9_-/. Do not use this field to store any Personally Identifiable Information (PII) such as emails. Attempting to store PII in this field may result in requests being blocked. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html index 71d16d97e4d..5668dff5a87 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sites.apidocs.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. - "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). + "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI. "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. "A String", @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the catalog item. "imageUrl": "A String", # Optional. Location of the image used for the catalog item in the catalog. For portal files, this can have the format `/files/{filename}`. Max length is 2,083 characters. "modified": "A String", # Output only. Time the catalog item was last modified in milliseconds since epoch. - "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. + "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. "requireCallbackUrl": True or False, # Optional. Whether a callback URL is required when this catalog item's API product is enabled in a developer app. When true, a portal user will be required to input a URL when managing the app (this is typically used for the app's OAuth flow). "siteId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the parent portal. "specId": "A String", # Optional. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The catalog item resource wrapped with response status, error_code, etc. "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. - "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). + "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI. "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. "A String", @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the catalog item. "imageUrl": "A String", # Optional. Location of the image used for the catalog item in the catalog. For portal files, this can have the format `/files/{filename}`. Max length is 2,083 characters. "modified": "A String", # Output only. Time the catalog item was last modified in milliseconds since epoch. - "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. + "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. "requireCallbackUrl": True or False, # Optional. Whether a callback URL is required when this catalog item's API product is enabled in a developer app. When true, a portal user will be required to input a URL when managing the app (this is typically used for the app's OAuth flow). "siteId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the parent portal. "specId": "A String", # Optional. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The catalog item resource wrapped with response status, error_code, etc. "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. - "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). + "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI. "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. "A String", @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the catalog item. "imageUrl": "A String", # Optional. Location of the image used for the catalog item in the catalog. For portal files, this can have the format `/files/{filename}`. Max length is 2,083 characters. "modified": "A String", # Output only. Time the catalog item was last modified in milliseconds since epoch. - "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. + "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. "requireCallbackUrl": True or False, # Optional. Whether a callback URL is required when this catalog item's API product is enabled in a developer app. When true, a portal user will be required to input a URL when managing the app (this is typically used for the app's OAuth flow). "siteId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the parent portal. "specId": "A String", # Optional. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

{ "data": [ # The catalog item resources. { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. - "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). + "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI. "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. "A String", @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the catalog item. "imageUrl": "A String", # Optional. Location of the image used for the catalog item in the catalog. For portal files, this can have the format `/files/{filename}`. Max length is 2,083 characters. "modified": "A String", # Output only. Time the catalog item was last modified in milliseconds since epoch. - "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. + "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. "requireCallbackUrl": True or False, # Optional. Whether a callback URL is required when this catalog item's API product is enabled in a developer app. When true, a portal user will be required to input a URL when managing the app (this is typically used for the app's OAuth flow). "siteId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the parent portal. "specId": "A String", # Optional. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. - "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). + "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI. "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. "A String", @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the catalog item. "imageUrl": "A String", # Optional. Location of the image used for the catalog item in the catalog. For portal files, this can have the format `/files/{filename}`. Max length is 2,083 characters. "modified": "A String", # Output only. Time the catalog item was last modified in milliseconds since epoch. - "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. + "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. "requireCallbackUrl": True or False, # Optional. Whether a callback URL is required when this catalog item's API product is enabled in a developer app. When true, a portal user will be required to input a URL when managing the app (this is typically used for the app's OAuth flow). "siteId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the parent portal. "specId": "A String", # Optional. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The catalog item resource wrapped with response status, error_code, etc. "data": { # `ApiDoc` represents an API catalog item. Catalog items are used in two ways in a portal: - Users can browse and interact with a visual representation of the API documentation - The `api_product_name` field provides a link to a backing [API product] (/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). Through this link, portal users can create and manage developer apps linked to one or more API products. # The catalog item resource. - "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). + "anonAllowed": True or False, # Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI. "apiProductName": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The `name` field of the associated [API product](/apigee/docs/reference/apis/apigee/rest/v1/organizations.apiproducts). A portal may have only one catalog item associated with a given API product. "categoryIds": [ # Optional. The IDs of the API categories to which this catalog item belongs. "A String", @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the catalog item. "imageUrl": "A String", # Optional. Location of the image used for the catalog item in the catalog. For portal files, this can have the format `/files/{filename}`. Max length is 2,083 characters. "modified": "A String", # Output only. Time the catalog item was last modified in milliseconds since epoch. - "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. + "published": True or False, # Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag. "requireCallbackUrl": True or False, # Optional. Whether a callback URL is required when this catalog item's API product is enabled in a developer app. When true, a portal user will be required to input a URL when managing the app (this is typically used for the app's OAuth flow). "siteId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the parent portal. "specId": "A String", # Optional. DEPRECATED: DO NOT USE diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4ab1ff09a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.html @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ + + + +

Cloud Bigtable Admin API . projects . instances . tables . authorizedViews

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, authorizedViewId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new AuthorizedView in a table.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Permanently deletes a specified AuthorizedView.

+

+ get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information from a specified AuthorizedView.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all AuthorizedViews from a specific table.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, ignoreWarnings=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an AuthorizedView in a table.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, authorizedViewId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new AuthorizedView in a table.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. This is the name of the table the AuthorizedView belongs to. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Placeholder for admin API work while we work out the internals.
+  "deletionProtection": True or False, # Set to true to make the AuthorizedView protected against deletion. The parent Table and containing Instance cannot be deleted if an AuthorizedView has this bit set.
+  "etag": "A String", # The etag for this AuthorizedView. If this is provided on update, it must match the server's etag. The server returns ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`
+  "subsetView": { # Defines a simple AuthorizedView that is a subset of the underlying Table. # An AuthorizedView permitting access to an explicit subset of a Table.
+    "familySubsets": { # Map from column family name to the columns in this family to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+      "a_key": { # Subsets of a column family that are included in this AuthorizedView.
+        "qualifierPrefixes": [ # Prefixes for qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView. Every qualifier starting with one of these prefixes is included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all qualifiers, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "qualifiers": [ # Individual exact column qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "rowPrefixes": [ # Row prefixes to be included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all rows, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  authorizedViewId: string, Required. The id of the AuthorizedView to create. This AuthorizedView must not already exist. The `authorized_view_id` appended to `parent` forms the full AuthorizedView name of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedView/{authorized_view}`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Permanently deletes a specified AuthorizedView.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The unique name of the AuthorizedView to be deleted. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. The current etag of the AuthorizedView. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the AuthorizedView, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information from a specified AuthorizedView.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The unique name of the requested AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`. (required)
+  view: string, Optional. The resource_view to be applied to the returned AuthorizedView's fields. Default to BASIC.
+    Allowed values
+      RESPONSE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Uses the default view for each method as documented in the request.
+      NAME_ONLY - Only populates `name`.
+      BASIC - Only populates the AuthorizedView's basic metadata. This includes: name, deletion_protection, etag.
+      FULL - Populates every fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Placeholder for admin API work while we work out the internals.
+  "deletionProtection": True or False, # Set to true to make the AuthorizedView protected against deletion. The parent Table and containing Instance cannot be deleted if an AuthorizedView has this bit set.
+  "etag": "A String", # The etag for this AuthorizedView. If this is provided on update, it must match the server's etag. The server returns ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`
+  "subsetView": { # Defines a simple AuthorizedView that is a subset of the underlying Table. # An AuthorizedView permitting access to an explicit subset of a Table.
+    "familySubsets": { # Map from column family name to the columns in this family to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+      "a_key": { # Subsets of a column family that are included in this AuthorizedView.
+        "qualifierPrefixes": [ # Prefixes for qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView. Every qualifier starting with one of these prefixes is included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all qualifiers, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "qualifiers": [ # Individual exact column qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "rowPrefixes": [ # Row prefixes to be included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all rows, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all AuthorizedViews from a specific table.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The unique name of the table for which AuthorizedViews should be listed. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results per page. A page_size of zero lets the server choose the number of items to return. A page_size which is strictly positive will return at most that many items. A negative page_size will cause an error. Following the first request, subsequent paginated calls are not required to pass a page_size. If a page_size is set in subsequent calls, it must match the page_size given in the first request.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The value of `next_page_token` returned by a previous call.
+  view: string, Optional. The resource_view to be applied to the returned views' fields. Default to NAME_ONLY.
+    Allowed values
+      RESPONSE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Uses the default view for each method as documented in the request.
+      NAME_ONLY - Only populates `name`.
+      BASIC - Only populates the AuthorizedView's basic metadata. This includes: name, deletion_protection, etag.
+      FULL - Populates every fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListAuthorizedViews
+  "authorizedViews": [ # The AuthorizedViews present in the requested table.
+    { # Placeholder for admin API work while we work out the internals.
+      "deletionProtection": True or False, # Set to true to make the AuthorizedView protected against deletion. The parent Table and containing Instance cannot be deleted if an AuthorizedView has this bit set.
+      "etag": "A String", # The etag for this AuthorizedView. If this is provided on update, it must match the server's etag. The server returns ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`
+      "subsetView": { # Defines a simple AuthorizedView that is a subset of the underlying Table. # An AuthorizedView permitting access to an explicit subset of a Table.
+        "familySubsets": { # Map from column family name to the columns in this family to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+          "a_key": { # Subsets of a column family that are included in this AuthorizedView.
+            "qualifierPrefixes": [ # Prefixes for qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView. Every qualifier starting with one of these prefixes is included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all qualifiers, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "qualifiers": [ # Individual exact column qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "rowPrefixes": [ # Row prefixes to be included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all rows, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Set if not all tables could be returned in a single response. Pass this value to `page_token` in another request to get the next page of results.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, ignoreWarnings=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an AuthorizedView in a table.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Placeholder for admin API work while we work out the internals.
+  "deletionProtection": True or False, # Set to true to make the AuthorizedView protected against deletion. The parent Table and containing Instance cannot be deleted if an AuthorizedView has this bit set.
+  "etag": "A String", # The etag for this AuthorizedView. If this is provided on update, it must match the server's etag. The server returns ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`
+  "subsetView": { # Defines a simple AuthorizedView that is a subset of the underlying Table. # An AuthorizedView permitting access to an explicit subset of a Table.
+    "familySubsets": { # Map from column family name to the columns in this family to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+      "a_key": { # Subsets of a column family that are included in this AuthorizedView.
+        "qualifierPrefixes": [ # Prefixes for qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView. Every qualifier starting with one of these prefixes is included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all qualifiers, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "qualifiers": [ # Individual exact column qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    "rowPrefixes": [ # Row prefixes to be included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all rows, include the empty string as a prefix ("").
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  ignoreWarnings: boolean, Optional. If true, ignore the safety checks when updating the AuthorizedView.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. A mask specifying which fields in the AuthorizedView resource should be updated. This mask is relative to the AuthorizedView resource, not to the request message. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If empty, all fields set in the request will be overwritten. A special value `*` means to overwrite all fields (including fields not set in the request).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index 66ceac3fab1..eefcb10e1db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Cloud Bigtable Admin API . projects . instances . tables

Instance Methods

+

+ authorizedViews() +

+

Returns the authorizedViews Resource.

+

checkConsistency(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Checks replication consistency based on a consistency token, that is, if replication has caught up based on the conditions specified in the token and the check request.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 0cecb6d3b9a..a617a37e4d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -185,6 +185,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -234,6 +240,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -309,6 +321,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -370,6 +388,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -442,6 +466,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -482,12 +512,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -526,6 +568,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -717,6 +765,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -757,12 +811,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -801,6 +867,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -1054,6 +1126,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -1320,6 +1402,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1369,6 +1457,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1444,6 +1538,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1505,6 +1605,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1577,6 +1683,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1617,12 +1729,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1661,6 +1785,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -1852,6 +1982,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1892,12 +2028,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -1936,6 +2084,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -2319,6 +2473,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2368,6 +2528,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2443,6 +2609,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2504,6 +2676,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2576,6 +2754,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2616,12 +2800,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2660,6 +2856,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -2851,6 +3053,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2891,12 +3099,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -2935,6 +3155,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -3188,6 +3414,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -3454,6 +3690,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -3503,6 +3745,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -3578,6 +3826,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -3639,6 +3893,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -3711,6 +3971,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -3751,12 +4017,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -3795,6 +4073,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -3986,6 +4270,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4026,12 +4316,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4070,6 +4372,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -4471,6 +4779,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4520,6 +4834,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4595,6 +4915,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4656,6 +4982,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4728,6 +5060,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4768,12 +5106,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -4812,6 +5162,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -5003,6 +5359,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5043,12 +5405,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5087,6 +5461,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -5340,6 +5720,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -5606,6 +5996,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5655,6 +6051,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5730,6 +6132,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5791,6 +6199,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5863,6 +6277,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5903,12 +6323,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -5947,6 +6379,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -6138,6 +6576,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6178,12 +6622,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6222,6 +6678,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -6611,6 +7073,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6660,6 +7128,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6735,6 +7209,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6796,6 +7276,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6868,6 +7354,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6908,12 +7400,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -6952,6 +7456,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -7143,6 +7653,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -7183,12 +7699,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -7227,6 +7755,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -7480,6 +8014,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -7746,6 +8290,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -7795,6 +8345,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -7870,6 +8426,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -7931,6 +8493,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8003,6 +8571,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8043,12 +8617,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8087,6 +8673,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -8278,6 +8870,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8318,12 +8916,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8362,6 +8972,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -8756,6 +9372,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8805,6 +9427,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8880,6 +9508,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -8941,6 +9575,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -9013,6 +9653,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -9053,12 +9699,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -9097,6 +9755,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -9288,6 +9952,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -9328,12 +9998,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -9372,6 +10054,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -9625,6 +10313,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -9891,6 +10589,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -9940,6 +10644,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10015,6 +10725,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10076,6 +10792,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10148,6 +10870,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10188,12 +10916,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10232,6 +10972,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -10423,6 +11169,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10463,12 +11215,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10507,6 +11271,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -10884,6 +11654,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -10933,6 +11709,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11008,6 +11790,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11069,6 +11857,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11141,6 +11935,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11181,12 +11981,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11225,6 +12037,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -11416,6 +12234,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11456,12 +12280,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -11500,6 +12336,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -11753,6 +12595,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -12019,6 +12871,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12068,6 +12926,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12143,6 +13007,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12204,6 +13074,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12276,6 +13152,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12316,12 +13198,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12360,6 +13254,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -12551,6 +13451,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12591,12 +13497,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -12635,6 +13553,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -13012,6 +13936,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13061,6 +13991,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13136,6 +14072,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13197,6 +14139,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13269,6 +14217,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13309,12 +14263,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13353,6 +14319,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -13544,6 +14516,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13584,12 +14562,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -13628,6 +14618,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -13881,6 +14877,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -14147,6 +15153,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14196,6 +15208,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14271,6 +15289,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14332,6 +15356,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14404,6 +15434,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14444,12 +15480,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14488,6 +15536,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -14679,6 +15733,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14719,12 +15779,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -14763,6 +15835,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -15140,6 +16218,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15189,6 +16273,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15264,6 +16354,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15325,6 +16421,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15397,6 +16499,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15437,12 +16545,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15481,6 +16601,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -15672,6 +16798,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15712,12 +16844,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -15756,6 +16900,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -16009,6 +17159,16 @@

Method Details

"annotations": [ # Output only. Annotations associated with the `text` in this message. { # Output only. Annotations associated with the plain-text body of the message. To add basic formatting to a text message, see [Format text messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages). Example plain-text message body: ``` Hello @FooBot how are you!" ``` The corresponding annotations metadata: ``` "annotations":[{ "type":"USER_MENTION", "startIndex":6, "length":7, "userMention": { "user": { "name":"users/{user}", "displayName":"FooBot", "avatarUrl":"https://goo.gl/aeDtrS", "type":"BOT" }, "type":"MENTION" } }] ``` "length": 42, # Length of the substring in the plain-text message body this annotation corresponds to. + "richLinkMetadata": { # A rich link to a resource. # The metadata for a rich link. + "driveLinkData": { # Data for Google Drive links. # Data for a drive link. + "driveDataRef": { # A reference to the data of a drive attachment. # A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file. + "driveFileId": "A String", # The ID for the drive file. Use with the Drive API. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource. + }, + "richLinkType": "A String", # The rich link type. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of this link. + }, "slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. When returned as an output from a request, if your Chat app [authenticates as a user](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/auth/users), the output for a `User` resource only populates the user's `name` and `type`. # The Chat app whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The user's display name. @@ -16275,6 +17435,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16324,6 +17490,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16399,6 +17571,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16460,6 +17638,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16532,6 +17716,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16572,12 +17762,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16616,6 +17818,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): @@ -16807,6 +18015,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Required. The action to perform when a user clicks the button, such as opening a hyperlink or running a custom function. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16847,12 +18061,24 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "icon": { # An icon displayed in a widget on a card. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Icon](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/icon). Supports [built-in](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons) and [custom](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#customicons) icons. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Deprecated in favor of `startIcon`. "altText": "A String", # Optional. A description of the icon used for accessibility. If unspecified, the default value `Button` is provided. As a best practice, you should set a helpful description for what the icon displays, and if applicable, what it does. For example, `A user's account portrait`, or `Opens a new browser tab and navigates to the Google Chat developer documentation at https://developers.google.com/chat`. If the icon is set in a `Button`, the `altText` appears as helper text when the user hovers over the button. However, if the button also sets `text`, the icon's `altText` is ignored. "iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "onClick": { # Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # This action is triggered when users click `topLabel` or `bottomLabel`. "action": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # If specified, an action is triggered by this `onClick`. @@ -16891,6 +18117,12 @@

Method Details

"iconUrl": "A String", # Display a custom icon hosted at an HTTPS URL. For example: ``` "iconUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png" ``` Supported file types include `.png` and `.jpg`. "imageType": "A String", # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a built-in icon. "knownIcon": "A String", # Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons). + "materialIcon": { # A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { "name": "check_box", "fill": true, "weight": 300, "grade": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. # Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use "material_icon": { "name": "check_box" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons. + "fill": True or False, # Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "grade": 42, # Weight and grade affect a symbol’s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + "name": "A String", # The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. "check_box". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render. + "weight": 42, # The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details. + }, }, "switchControl": { # Either a toggle-style switch or a checkbox inside a `decoratedText` widget. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): Only supported in the `decoratedText` widget. # A switch widget that a user can click to change its state and trigger an action. "controlType": "A String", # How the switch appears in the user interface. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html index 78d35a4a65d..c116650aa0f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html @@ -98,6 +98,18 @@

Instance Methods

countChromeAppRequests_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ fetchDevicesRequestingExtension(customer, extensionId=None, orgUnitId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of devices that have requested to install an extension.

+

+ fetchDevicesRequestingExtension_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ fetchUsersRequestingExtension(customer, extensionId=None, orgUnitId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of users that have requested to install an extension.

+

+ fetchUsersRequestingExtension_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -153,4 +165,92 @@

Method Details

+
+ fetchDevicesRequestingExtension(customer, extensionId=None, orgUnitId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of devices that have requested to install an extension.
+
+Args:
+  customer: string, Required. The customer ID or "my_customer" prefixed with "customers/". (required)
+  extensionId: string, Required. The extension for which we want to find requesting devices.
+  orgUnitId: string, The ID of the organizational unit. Only consider devices that directly belong to this org unit, i.e. sub-orgunits are not counted. If omitted, all data will be returned.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 50. Any page size larger than 50 will be coerced to 50.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token to specify the page of the request to be returned. Token expires after 1 day.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing a list of devices that have requested the queried extension.
+  "deviceDetails": [ # Details of devices that have requested the queried extension.
+    { # Details of a device requesting an extension, including the name of the device and the justification of the request.
+      "deviceName": "A String", # The name of a device that has requested the extension.
+      "justification": "A String", # Request justification as entered by the user.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Optional. Token to specify the next page in the list. Token expires after 1 day.
+  "totalSize": 42, # Optional. Total number of devices in response.
+}
+
+ +
+ fetchDevicesRequestingExtension_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ fetchUsersRequestingExtension(customer, extensionId=None, orgUnitId=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of users that have requested to install an extension.
+
+Args:
+  customer: string, Required. The customer ID or "my_customer" prefixed with "customers/". (required)
+  extensionId: string, Required. The extension for which we want to find the requesting users.
+  orgUnitId: string, The ID of the organizational unit. Only consider devices that directly belong to this org unit, i.e. sub-orgunits are not counted. If omitted, all data will be returned.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 50. Any page size larger than 50 will be coerced to 50.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token to specify the page of the request to be returned. Token expires after 1 day.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing a list of users that have requested the queried extension.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify the next page in the list.
+  "totalSize": 42, # Total number of users in response.
+  "userDetails": [ # Details of users that have requested the queried extension.
+    { # Details of a user requesting an extension, including the email and the justification.
+      "email": "A String", # The e-mail address of a user that has requested the extension.
+      "justification": "A String", # Request justification as entered by the user.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ fetchUsersRequestingExtension_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html index 8ac9d3f116b..018ba0b2858 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

countChromeBrowsersNeedingAttention(customer, orgUnitId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Count of Chrome Browsers that have been recently enrolled, have new policy to be synced, or have no recent activity.

+

+ countChromeCrashEvents(customer, filter=None, orderBy=None, orgUnitId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a count of Chrome crash events.

countChromeDevicesReachingAutoExpirationDate(customer, maxAueDate=None, minAueDate=None, orgUnitId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generate report of the number of devices expiring in each month of the selected time frame. Devices are grouped by auto update expiration date and model. Further information can be found [here](https://support.google.com/chrome/a/answer/10564947).

@@ -153,6 +156,38 @@

Method Details

} +
+ countChromeCrashEvents(customer, filter=None, orderBy=None, orgUnitId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a count of Chrome crash events.
+
+Args:
+  customer: string, Customer ID. (required)
+  filter: string, Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Supported filter fields: * major_browser_version * minor_browser_version * browser_channel * device_platform * past_number_days Example: `major_browser_version = 'M115' AND past_number_days = '28'`.
+  orderBy: string, Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * browser_version * count * date
+  orgUnitId: string, If specified, only count the number of crash events of the devices in this organizational unit.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response contains a list of CrashEventCountByVersionPerDay which count the chrome crash at the certain date.
+  "crashEventCounts": [ # Crash event counts grouped by date and browser version.
+    { # The `count` of the Chrome crash events at the `date`.
+      "browserVersion": "A String", # Browser version this is counting.
+      "count": "A String", # Total count of crash events.
+      "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date of the crash event.
+        "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+        "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
countChromeDevicesReachingAutoExpirationDate(customer, maxAueDate=None, minAueDate=None, orgUnitId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generate report of the number of devices expiring in each month of the selected time frame. Devices are grouped by auto update expiration date and model. Further information can be found [here](https://support.google.com/chrome/a/answer/10564947).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html
index 0234ad9afbc..2a82bea9c08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.html
@@ -74,11 +74,6 @@
 
 

Cloud Billing API . billingAccounts

Instance Methods

-

- anomalies() -

-

Returns the anomalies Resource.

-

services()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html index 692fc98be91..e4525c23684 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.html @@ -79,11 +79,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the billingAccounts Resource.

-

- projects() -

-

Returns the projects Resource.

-

skuGroups()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html index 5c27a52f9a0..5794af50749 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html index a9ba2c9e419..deb195ce3b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html index b7c5939e1fc..ed64b11b3f4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@

Method Details

"automaticUpdatePolicy": { # Security patches are applied automatically to the runtime without requiring the function to be redeployed. }, "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function. - "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments. + "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html index c673e1a0e56..db1acc0e823 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1.devices.html @@ -182,6 +182,50 @@

Method Details

"enabledDeveloperOptions": True or False, # Output only. Whether developer options is enabled on device. "enabledUsbDebugging": True or False, # Output only. Whether USB debugging is enabled on device. "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Device encryption state. + "endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { # Resource representing the [Endpoint Verification-specific attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/device-information) of a device. # Output only. Attributes specific to [Endpoint Verification](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview) devices. + "additionalSignals": { # Additional signals reported by Endpoint Verification. It includes the following attributes: 1. Non-configurable attributes: hotfixes, av_installed, av_enabled, windows_domain_name, is_os_native_firewall_enabled, and is_secure_boot_enabled. 2. [Configurable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/collect-config-attributes): file, folder, and binary attributes; registry entries; and properties in a plist. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "browserAttributes": [ # Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification. + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). + "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). LINT.IfChange # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). + "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. + "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. + "isBuiltInDnsClientEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [built-in DNS client](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#BuiltInDnsClientEnabled). + "isBulkDataEntryAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [bulk data analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnBulkDataEntryEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isChromeCleanupEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [Chrome Cleanup](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ChromeCleanupEnabled). + "isChromeRemoteDesktopAppBlocked": True or False, # Current state of [Chrome Remote Desktop app](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#URLBlocklist). + "isFileDownloadAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [file download analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileDownloadedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isFileUploadAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [file upload analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileAttachedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isRealtimeUrlCheckEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [real-time URL check](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#EnterpriseRealTimeUrlCheckMode). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isSecurityEventAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [security event analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnSecurityEventEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isSiteIsolationEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [site isolation](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=IsolateOrigins). + "isThirdPartyBlockingEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [third-party blocking](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled). + "passwordProtectionWarningTrigger": "A String", # Current state of [password protection trigger](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#PasswordProtectionWarningTrigger). + "safeBrowsingProtectionLevel": "A String", # Current state of [Safe Browsing protection level](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#SafeBrowsingProtectionLevel). + }, + "chromeProfileId": "A String", # Chrome profile ID that is exposed by the Chrome API. It is unique for each device. + "lastProfileSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp in milliseconds since Epoch when the profile/gcm id was last synced. + }, + ], + "certificateAttributes": [ # Details of certificates. + { # Stores information about a certificate. + "certificateTemplate": { # CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509). # The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate. + "id": "A String", # The template id of the template. Example: "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047". + "majorVersion": 42, # The Major version of the template. Example: 100. + "minorVersion": 42, # The minor version of the template. Example: 12. + }, + "fingerprint": "A String", # The encoded certificate fingerprint. + "issuer": "A String", # The name of the issuer of this certificate. + "serialNumber": "A String", # Serial number of the certificate, Example: "123456789". + "subject": "A String", # The subject name of this certificate. + "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint. + "validationState": "A String", # Output only. Validation state of this certificate. + "validityExpirationTime": "A String", # Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp. + "validityStartTime": "A String", # Certificate not valid before this timestamp. + }, + ], + }, "hostname": "A String", # Host name of the device. "imei": "A String", # Output only. IMEI number of device if GSM device; empty otherwise. "kernelVersion": "A String", # Output only. Kernel version of the device. @@ -309,6 +353,50 @@

Method Details

"enabledDeveloperOptions": True or False, # Output only. Whether developer options is enabled on device. "enabledUsbDebugging": True or False, # Output only. Whether USB debugging is enabled on device. "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Device encryption state. + "endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { # Resource representing the [Endpoint Verification-specific attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/device-information) of a device. # Output only. Attributes specific to [Endpoint Verification](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview) devices. + "additionalSignals": { # Additional signals reported by Endpoint Verification. It includes the following attributes: 1. Non-configurable attributes: hotfixes, av_installed, av_enabled, windows_domain_name, is_os_native_firewall_enabled, and is_secure_boot_enabled. 2. [Configurable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/collect-config-attributes): file, folder, and binary attributes; registry entries; and properties in a plist. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "browserAttributes": [ # Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification. + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). + "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). LINT.IfChange # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). + "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. + "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. + "isBuiltInDnsClientEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [built-in DNS client](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#BuiltInDnsClientEnabled). + "isBulkDataEntryAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [bulk data analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnBulkDataEntryEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isChromeCleanupEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [Chrome Cleanup](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ChromeCleanupEnabled). + "isChromeRemoteDesktopAppBlocked": True or False, # Current state of [Chrome Remote Desktop app](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#URLBlocklist). + "isFileDownloadAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [file download analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileDownloadedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isFileUploadAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [file upload analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileAttachedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isRealtimeUrlCheckEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [real-time URL check](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#EnterpriseRealTimeUrlCheckMode). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isSecurityEventAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [security event analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnSecurityEventEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isSiteIsolationEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [site isolation](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=IsolateOrigins). + "isThirdPartyBlockingEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [third-party blocking](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled). + "passwordProtectionWarningTrigger": "A String", # Current state of [password protection trigger](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#PasswordProtectionWarningTrigger). + "safeBrowsingProtectionLevel": "A String", # Current state of [Safe Browsing protection level](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#SafeBrowsingProtectionLevel). + }, + "chromeProfileId": "A String", # Chrome profile ID that is exposed by the Chrome API. It is unique for each device. + "lastProfileSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp in milliseconds since Epoch when the profile/gcm id was last synced. + }, + ], + "certificateAttributes": [ # Details of certificates. + { # Stores information about a certificate. + "certificateTemplate": { # CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509). # The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate. + "id": "A String", # The template id of the template. Example: "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047". + "majorVersion": 42, # The Major version of the template. Example: 100. + "minorVersion": 42, # The minor version of the template. Example: 12. + }, + "fingerprint": "A String", # The encoded certificate fingerprint. + "issuer": "A String", # The name of the issuer of this certificate. + "serialNumber": "A String", # Serial number of the certificate, Example: "123456789". + "subject": "A String", # The subject name of this certificate. + "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint. + "validationState": "A String", # Output only. Validation state of this certificate. + "validityExpirationTime": "A String", # Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp. + "validityStartTime": "A String", # Certificate not valid before this timestamp. + }, + ], + }, "hostname": "A String", # Host name of the device. "imei": "A String", # Output only. IMEI number of device if GSM device; empty otherwise. "kernelVersion": "A String", # Output only. Kernel version of the device. @@ -381,6 +469,50 @@

Method Details

"enabledDeveloperOptions": True or False, # Output only. Whether developer options is enabled on device. "enabledUsbDebugging": True or False, # Output only. Whether USB debugging is enabled on device. "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. Device encryption state. + "endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { # Resource representing the [Endpoint Verification-specific attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/device-information) of a device. # Output only. Attributes specific to [Endpoint Verification](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview) devices. + "additionalSignals": { # Additional signals reported by Endpoint Verification. It includes the following attributes: 1. Non-configurable attributes: hotfixes, av_installed, av_enabled, windows_domain_name, is_os_native_firewall_enabled, and is_secure_boot_enabled. 2. [Configurable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/collect-config-attributes): file, folder, and binary attributes; registry entries; and properties in a plist. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "browserAttributes": [ # Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification. + { # Contains information about browser profiles reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). + "chromeBrowserInfo": { # Browser-specific fields reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). LINT.IfChange # Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). + "browserManagementState": "A String", # Output only. Browser's management state. + "browserVersion": "A String", # Version of the request initiating browser. + "isBuiltInDnsClientEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [built-in DNS client](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#BuiltInDnsClientEnabled). + "isBulkDataEntryAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [bulk data analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnBulkDataEntryEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isChromeCleanupEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [Chrome Cleanup](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ChromeCleanupEnabled). + "isChromeRemoteDesktopAppBlocked": True or False, # Current state of [Chrome Remote Desktop app](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#URLBlocklist). + "isFileDownloadAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [file download analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileDownloadedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isFileUploadAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [file upload analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileAttachedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isRealtimeUrlCheckEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [real-time URL check](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#EnterpriseRealTimeUrlCheckMode). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isSecurityEventAnalysisEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [security event analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnSecurityEventEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty. + "isSiteIsolationEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [site isolation](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=IsolateOrigins). + "isThirdPartyBlockingEnabled": True or False, # Current state of [third-party blocking](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled). + "passwordProtectionWarningTrigger": "A String", # Current state of [password protection trigger](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#PasswordProtectionWarningTrigger). + "safeBrowsingProtectionLevel": "A String", # Current state of [Safe Browsing protection level](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#SafeBrowsingProtectionLevel). + }, + "chromeProfileId": "A String", # Chrome profile ID that is exposed by the Chrome API. It is unique for each device. + "lastProfileSyncTime": "A String", # Timestamp in milliseconds since Epoch when the profile/gcm id was last synced. + }, + ], + "certificateAttributes": [ # Details of certificates. + { # Stores information about a certificate. + "certificateTemplate": { # CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509). # The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate. + "id": "A String", # The template id of the template. Example: "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047". + "majorVersion": 42, # The Major version of the template. Example: 100. + "minorVersion": 42, # The minor version of the template. Example: 12. + }, + "fingerprint": "A String", # The encoded certificate fingerprint. + "issuer": "A String", # The name of the issuer of this certificate. + "serialNumber": "A String", # Serial number of the certificate, Example: "123456789". + "subject": "A String", # The subject name of this certificate. + "thumbprint": "A String", # The certificate thumbprint. + "validationState": "A String", # Output only. Validation state of this certificate. + "validityExpirationTime": "A String", # Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp. + "validityStartTime": "A String", # Certificate not valid before this timestamp. + }, + ], + }, "hostname": "A String", # Host name of the device. "imei": "A String", # Output only. IMEI number of device if GSM device; empty otherwise. "kernelVersion": "A String", # Output only. Kernel version of the device. diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html index 5642222fa00..426cb5ec9dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1.projects.locations.environments.html @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window will be applied. The default value is Saturday and Sunday 00-06 GMT. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end-time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window will be applied. The default value is Saturday and Sunday 00-06 GMT. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end-time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window will be applied. The default value is Saturday and Sunday 00-06 GMT. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end-time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window will be applied. The default value is Saturday and Sunday 00-06 GMT. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end-time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html index d0ceadea26f..518a43c16d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. @@ -972,7 +972,7 @@

Method Details

"retentionMode": "A String", # Optional. Retention can be either enabled or disabled. }, "taskLogsRetentionConfig": { # The configuration setting for Task Logs. # Optional. The configuration settings for task logs retention - "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc + "storageMode": "A String", # Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. }, }, "databaseConfig": { # The configuration of Cloud SQL instance that is used by the Apache Airflow software. # Optional. The configuration settings for Cloud SQL instance used internally by Apache Airflow software. @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@

Method Details

}, "environmentSize": "A String", # Optional. The size of the Cloud Composer environment. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "gkeCluster": "A String", # Output only. The Kubernetes Engine cluster used to run this environment. - "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time. + "maintenanceWindow": { # The configuration settings for Cloud Composer maintenance window. The following example: ``` { "startTime":"2019-08-01T01:00:00Z" "endTime":"2019-08-01T07:00:00Z" "recurrence":"FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE" } ``` would define a maintenance window between 01 and 07 hours UTC during each Tuesday and Wednesday. # Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week. "endTime": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window end time. It is used only to calculate the duration of the maintenance window. The value for end_time must be in the future, relative to `start_time`. "recurrence": "A String", # Required. Maintenance window recurrence. Format is a subset of [RFC-5545](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545) `RRULE`. The only allowed values for `FREQ` field are `FREQ=DAILY` and `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=...` Example values: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=TU,WE`, `FREQ=DAILY`. "startTime": "A String", # Required. Start time of the first recurrence of the maintenance window. @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "workloadsConfig": { # The Kubernetes workloads configuration for GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. Supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. The workloads configuration settings for the GKE cluster associated with the Cloud Composer environment. The GKE cluster runs Airflow scheduler, web server and workers workloads. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. - "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. + "dagProcessor": { # Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. # Optional. Resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer. "count": 42, # Optional. The number of DAG processors. If not provided or set to 0, a single DAG processor instance will be created. "cpu": 3.14, # Optional. CPU request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. "memoryGb": 3.14, # Optional. Memory (GB) request and limit for a single Airflow DAG processor replica. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 6d80c5790d6..b48dccf91cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -397,8 +397,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -1152,8 +1150,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -1751,8 +1747,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2330,8 +2324,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2807,8 +2799,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -3300,8 +3290,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -4371,8 +4359,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html index 43878544638..9831fdf05d6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html @@ -144,6 +144,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -414,6 +419,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -504,6 +514,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -724,6 +739,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -844,6 +864,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -1083,6 +1108,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 5fc3423fc56..820f3543255 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -373,13 +373,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager. - "count": 42, # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. + "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned immediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, setting queueing policy is no longer supported. Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years @@ -505,13 +505,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager. - "count": 42, # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. + "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned immediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, setting queueing policy is no longer supported. Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years @@ -767,13 +767,13 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. "items": [ # A list of resize request resources. { # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager. - "count": 42, # The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. + "count": 42, # This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. The count of instances to create as part of this resize request. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier. "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests. "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned immediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. + "queuingPolicy": { # Queuing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. # This field is deprecated, setting queueing policy is no longer supported. Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time. "validUntilDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Relative deadline for waiting for capacity. "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 50f14361ba7..ce9c88c2382 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -442,6 +442,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkPlacement": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network placement to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -826,6 +827,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkPlacement": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network placement to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -1011,6 +1013,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkPlacement": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network placement to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. @@ -1291,6 +1294,7 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit in bytes. The minimum value for this field is 1300 and the maximum value is 8896. The suggested value is 1500, which is the default MTU used on the Internet, or 8896 if you want to use Jumbo frames. If unspecified, the value defaults to 1460. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "networkFirewallPolicyEnforcementOrder": "A String", # The network firewall policy enforcement order. Can be either AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL or BEFORE_CLASSIC_FIREWALL. Defaults to AFTER_CLASSIC_FIREWALL if the field is not specified. + "networkPlacement": "A String", # A full or partial URL of the network placement to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} "peerings": [ # [Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource. { # A network peering attached to a network resource. The message includes the peering name, peer network, peering state, and a flag indicating whether Google Compute Engine should automatically create routes for the peering. "advertisePeerSubnetsViaRouters": True or False, # Whether Cloud Routers in this network can automatically advertise subnets from the peer network. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index 56cc14a3d3b..d49380b8db4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -370,8 +370,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -972,8 +970,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -1552,8 +1548,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2030,8 +2024,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -2524,8 +2516,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. @@ -3467,8 +3457,6 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "edgeSecurityPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service. "enableCDN": True or False, # If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer. - "externalManagedMigrationState": "A String", # Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL. - "externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": 3.14, # Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer. "failoverPolicy": { # For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). On failover or failback, this field indicates whether connection draining will be honored. Google Cloud has a fixed connection draining timeout of 10 minutes. A setting of true terminates existing TCP connections to the active pool during failover and failback, immediately draining traffic. A setting of false allows existing TCP connections to persist, even on VMs no longer in the active pool, for up to the duration of the connection draining timeout (10 minutes). # Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). "disableConnectionDrainOnFailover": True or False, # This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false. "dropTrafficIfUnhealthy": True or False, # If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview). The default is false. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html index 864390c45ad..c47f7fc842f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -259,6 +259,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -350,6 +355,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -571,6 +581,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -692,6 +707,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest @@ -933,6 +953,11 @@

Method Details

"portName": "A String", # Not supported. "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. }, + "grpcTlsHealthCheck": { + "grpcServiceName": "A String", # The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII. + "port": 42, # The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535. + "portSpecification": "A String", # Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports. + }, "healthyThreshold": 42, # A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2. "http2HealthCheck": { "host": "A String", # The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left empty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address to which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends on the type of load balancer. For details, see: https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 6419fc3d520..b76718e29c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. }, ], - "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL, SYSTEM_GLOBAL, SYSTEM_REGIONAL. }, ], "firewalls": [ # Effective firewalls on the network. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index 9dda5811479..9aba5b0e11e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -278,13 +278,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -426,13 +426,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -565,13 +565,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -760,13 +760,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -909,13 +909,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1057,13 +1057,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1196,13 +1196,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1391,13 +1391,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1804,13 +1804,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1952,13 +1952,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2091,13 +2091,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2286,13 +2286,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2465,13 +2465,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2613,13 +2613,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2752,13 +2752,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2947,13 +2947,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3246,13 +3246,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3394,13 +3394,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3533,13 +3533,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3728,13 +3728,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3996,13 +3996,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4144,13 +4144,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4283,13 +4283,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4478,13 +4478,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html index c5315b0f494..3a8e3ab5db5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html @@ -126,6 +126,16 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#region", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#region for regions. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. + "quotaStatusWarning": { # [Output Only] Warning of fetching the `quotas` field for this region. This field is populated only if fetching of the `quotas` field fails. + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, "quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this region. { # A quotas entry. "limit": 3.14, # [Output Only] Quota limit for this metric. @@ -185,6 +195,16 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#region", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#region for regions. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. + "quotaStatusWarning": { # [Output Only] Warning of fetching the `quotas` field for this region. This field is populated only if fetching of the `quotas` field fails. + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, "quotas": [ # [Output Only] Quotas assigned to this region. { # A quotas entry. "limit": 3.14, # [Output Only] Quota limit for this metric. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 6b40e764de6..a6db8d91c01 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -163,13 +163,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -311,13 +311,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -450,13 +450,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -645,13 +645,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -973,13 +973,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1121,13 +1121,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1260,13 +1260,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1455,13 +1455,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1603,13 +1603,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1751,13 +1751,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1890,13 +1890,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2085,13 +2085,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2496,13 +2496,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2644,13 +2644,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2783,13 +2783,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2978,13 +2978,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3156,13 +3156,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3304,13 +3304,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3443,13 +3443,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3638,13 +3638,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3935,13 +3935,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4083,13 +4083,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4222,13 +4222,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4417,13 +4417,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4687,13 +4687,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4835,13 +4835,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4974,13 +4974,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -5169,13 +5169,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index 6398059582c..8dc3dcde7e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -184,6 +184,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the images Resource.

+

+ instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests() +

+

Returns the instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests Resource.

+

instanceGroupManagers()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2de57d942ca --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -0,0 +1,871 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancels the specified resize request and removes it from the queue. Cancelled resize request does no longer wait for the resources to be provisioned. Cancel is only possible for requests that are accepted in the queue.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified, inactive resize request. Requests that are still active cannot be deleted. Deleting request does not delete instances that were provisioned previously.

+

+ get(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns all of the details about the specified resize request.

+

+ insert(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new resize request that starts provisioning VMs immediately or queues VM creation.

+

+ list(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of resize requests that are contained in the managed instance group.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancels the specified resize request and removes it from the queue. Cancelled resize request does no longer wait for the resources to be provisioned. Cancel is only possible for requests that are accepted in the queue.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. The name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  resizeRequest: string, The name of the resize request to cancel. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified, inactive resize request. Requests that are still active cannot be deleted. Deleting request does not delete instances that were provisioned previously.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. The name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  resizeRequest: string, The name of the resize request to delete. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, resizeRequest, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns all of the details about the specified resize request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the href="/compute/docs/regions-zones/#available">zone scoping this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  resizeRequest: string, The name of the resize request. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+  "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
+  "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
+    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+  },
+  "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request.
+  "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request.
+    "error": { # [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.
+      "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+        {
+          "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+          "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+            {
+              "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+                "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+              },
+              "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+                "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                  { # Describes a URL link.
+                    "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                    "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+                "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+                "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+              },
+              "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+                "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+                "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+          "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "lastAttempt": { # [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be storred in the "error" field only.
+      "error": { # Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled.
+        "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+          {
+            "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+            "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+              {
+                "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+                  "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+                },
+                "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+                  "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                    { # Describes a URL link.
+                      "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                      "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+                  "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+                  "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+                },
+                "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+                  "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                  "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                  "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+                  "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+            "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new resize request that starts provisioning VMs immediately or queues VM creation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located and where the resize request will be created. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group to which the resize request will be added. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+  "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
+  "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
+    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+  },
+  "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request.
+  "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request.
+    "error": { # [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.
+      "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+        {
+          "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+          "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+            {
+              "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+                "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+              },
+              "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+                "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                  { # Describes a URL link.
+                    "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                    "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+                "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+                "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+              },
+              "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+                "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                  "a_key": "A String",
+                },
+                "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+                "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+          "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "lastAttempt": { # [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be storred in the "error" field only.
+      "error": { # Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled.
+        "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+          {
+            "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+            "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+              {
+                "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+                  "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+                },
+                "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+                  "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                    { # Describes a URL link.
+                      "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                      "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+                "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+                  "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+                  "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+                },
+                "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+                  "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                    "a_key": "A String",
+                  },
+                  "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                  "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                  "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+                  "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                  "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+            "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. Note that completed Operation resources have a limited retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of resize requests that are contained in the managed instance group.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. The name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. The name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # [Output Only] A list of resize requests.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of resize request resources.
+    { # InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.
+      "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.
+      "name": "A String", # The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.
+      "requestedRunDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted.
+        "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+        "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+      },
+      "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request.
+      "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request.
+        "error": { # [Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.
+          "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+            {
+              "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+              "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+                {
+                  "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+                    "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                      "a_key": "A String",
+                    },
+                    "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+                  },
+                  "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+                    "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                      { # Describes a URL link.
+                        "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                        "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                  },
+                  "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+                    "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+                    "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+                  },
+                  "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+                    "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                      "a_key": "A String",
+                    },
+                    "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                    "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                    "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+                    "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                    "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+              "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "lastAttempt": { # [Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be storred in the "error" field only.
+          "error": { # Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled.
+            "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+              {
+                "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+                "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+                  {
+                    "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+                      "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+                      "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                        "a_key": "A String",
+                      },
+                      "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+                    },
+                    "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+                      "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                        { # Describes a URL link.
+                          "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                          "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                        },
+                      ],
+                    },
+                    "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+                      "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+                      "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+                    },
+                    "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+                      "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                        "a_key": "A String",
+                      },
+                      "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                      "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+                      "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+                      "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+                      "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+                "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+                "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequestList", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequestList for a list of resize requests.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 4ba789e8a45..4941f68a713 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

"tlsInspect": True or False, # Boolean flag indicating if the traffic should be TLS decrypted. Can be set only if action = 'apply_security_profile_group' and cannot be set for other actions. }, ], - "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL. + "type": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL, SYSTEM_GLOBAL, SYSTEM_REGIONAL. }, ], "firewalls": [ # Effective firewalls on the network. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html index 5261daef247..a38dc842741 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -259,13 +259,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -395,13 +395,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -522,13 +522,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -691,13 +691,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -826,13 +826,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -962,13 +962,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1089,13 +1089,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1258,13 +1258,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1522,13 +1522,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1658,13 +1658,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1785,13 +1785,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1954,13 +1954,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2119,13 +2119,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2255,13 +2255,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2382,13 +2382,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2551,13 +2551,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2803,13 +2803,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2939,13 +2939,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3066,13 +3066,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3235,13 +3235,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3488,13 +3488,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3624,13 +3624,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3751,13 +3751,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3920,13 +3920,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html index eadfae261a2..5a225a3fec2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html @@ -148,13 +148,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -284,13 +284,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -411,13 +411,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -580,13 +580,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -893,13 +893,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1029,13 +1029,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1156,13 +1156,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1325,13 +1325,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1459,13 +1459,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1595,13 +1595,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1722,13 +1722,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -1891,13 +1891,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2286,13 +2286,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2422,13 +2422,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2549,13 +2549,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2718,13 +2718,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -2882,13 +2882,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3018,13 +3018,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3145,13 +3145,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3314,13 +3314,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3565,13 +3565,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3701,13 +3701,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3828,13 +3828,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -3997,13 +3997,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4252,13 +4252,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4388,13 +4388,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4515,13 +4515,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], @@ -4684,13 +4684,13 @@

Method Details

"allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods header. "A String", ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. "A String", ], "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect. "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers header. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.quotas.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.quotas.html index c7624a97651..4aaf23dc462 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.quotas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.quotas.html @@ -108,9 +108,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the ListMethodQuotas method. "methodQuotas": [ # The current quota usage and limits per each method. { # The quota information per method in the Content API. - "method": "A String", # The method name, for example `products.list`. Method name does not contain version because quota can be shared between different API versions of the same method. - "quotaLimit": "A String", # The current quota limit per day, meaning the maximum number of calls for the method. - "quotaUsage": "A String", # The current quota usage, meaning the number of calls already made to the method. + "method": "A String", # Output only. The method name, for example `products.list`. Method name does not contain version because quota can be shared between different API versions of the same method. + "quotaLimit": "A String", # Output only. The maximum number of calls allowed per day for the method. + "quotaMinuteLimit": "A String", # Output only. The maximum number of calls allowed per minute for the method. + "quotaUsage": "A String", # Output only. The current quota usage, meaning the number of calls already made to the method per day. Usage is reset every day at 12 PM midday UTC. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html index cf8dac12086..8472d9e8a29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.reports.html @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, }, - "topicTrends": { # Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. # Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13542370. + "topicTrends": { # Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. Forecast data can be queried up to 13 weeks by passing a future date in the `date` field. Historical data is measured daily, and forecasted data is projected weekly. All data points are normalized based on the highest data points returned in the response. If you make separate queries with different date ranges, you might see different values for the same date in each response. The recommended way to get a trend score of a topic is `last7_days_search_interest / last{$day}_days_search_interest - 1`. You can view trends for up to eight topics at a time. # [Topic trends](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13542370) fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. "customerCountryCode": "A String", # Country trends are calculated for. Must be a two-letter country code (ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 code), for example, `“US”`. "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date the trend score was retrieved. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html index f7e2ddcfce4..e60f5511969 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html index 2731075ede2..63d6ba519a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing entry. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. "starred": True or False, # True if the entry is starred by the user; false otherwise. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html index bbd0e778db8..5b28035f037 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }, @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing tag.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ 

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html index 2e3056c306d..56e0026643f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } entryGroupId: string, Required. The ID of the entry group to create. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum size is 64 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. }
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token to specify in the next call to retrieve the next page of results. Empty if there are no more items. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an entry group. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry_group.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on an entry group. If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description. Can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe the entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html index a855be3b692..e07455bc2ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }, @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing tag.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template this tag uses. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE_ID}` This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html index 6f6e631e942..b8074f065f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html index 216f09d6102..a3bc2e66341 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html index 55c110dd088..295be522688 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "isPubliclyReadable": True or False, # Indicates whether tags created with this template are public. Public tags do not require tag template access to appear in ListTags API response. Additionally, you can search for a public tag by value with a simple search query in addition to using a ``tag:`` predicate. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } tagTemplateId: string, Required. The ID of the tag template to create. The ID must contain only lowercase letters (a-z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum size is 64 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "isPubliclyReadable": True or False, # Indicates whether tags created with this template are public. Public tags do not require tag template access to appear in ListTags API response. Additionally, you can search for a public tag by value with a simple search query in addition to using a ``tag:`` predicate. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "isPubliclyReadable": True or False, # Indicates whether tags created with this template are public. Public tags do not require tag template access to appear in ListTags API response. Additionally, you can search for a public tag by value with a simple search query in addition to using a ``tag:`` predicate. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a tag template. You can't update template fields with this method. These fields are separate resources with their own create, update, and delete methods. You must enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `tag_template.name` parameter. For more information, see [Data Catalog resource project](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "isPubliclyReadable": True or False, # Indicates whether tags created with this template are public. Public tags do not require tag template access to appear in ListTags API response. Additionally, you can search for a public tag by value with a simple search query in addition to using a ``tag:`` predicate. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. } updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on a tag template. Currently, only `display_name` and `is_publicly_readable` can be overwritten. If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied. Note: Updating the `is_publicly_readable` field may require up to 12 hours to take effect in search results. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "isRequired": True or False, # If true, this field is required. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order and field orders within a tag don't have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # An enum type. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "isPubliclyReadable": True or False, # Indicates whether tags created with this template are public. Public tags do not require tag template access to appear in ListTags API response. Additionally, you can search for a public tag by value with a simple search query in addition to using a ``tag:`` predicate. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html index 72212ba54ef..ad4852e8c91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.entries.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html index d6ffd5458ad..2cbd35673e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing entry. Users should enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry.name` parameter (see [Data Catalog Resource Project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project) for more information).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@

Method Details

}, "integratedSystem": "A String", # Output only. This field indicates the entry's source system that Data Catalog integrates with, such as BigQuery or Pub/Sub. "linkedResource": "A String", # The resource this metadata entry refers to. For Google Cloud Platform resources, `linked_resource` is the [full name of the resource](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). For example, the `linked_resource` for a table resource from BigQuery is: * //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/projectId/datasets/datasetId/tables/tableId Output only when Entry is of type in the EntryType enum. For entries with user_specified_type, this field is optional and defaults to an empty string. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "schema": { # Represents a schema (e.g. BigQuery, GoogleSQL, Avro schema). # Schema of the entry. An entry might not have any schema attached to it. "columns": [ # Required. Schema of columns. A maximum of 10,000 columns and sub-columns can be specified. { # Representation of a column within a schema. Columns could be nested inside other columns. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html index d1c83d9f45a..6e13aa8b46c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }, @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing tag.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html index 23e5f8d4ff1..a3e08ee3207 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description, which can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } entryGroupId: string, Required. The id of the entry group to create. The id must begin with a letter or underscore, contain only English letters, numbers and underscores, and be at most 64 characters. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description, which can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description, which can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description, which can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results. It is set to empty if no items remain in results. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an EntryGroup. The user should enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `entry_group.name` parameter (see [Data Catalog Resource Project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project) for more information).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description, which can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on an entry group. If this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Entry group description, which can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry group contents. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # A short name to identify the entry group, for example, "analytics data - jan 2011". Default value is an empty string. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html index 5ca4c6e66d2..070f015deed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }, @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

Updates an existing tag.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. } @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"timestampValue": "A String", # Holds the value for a tag field with timestamp type. }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "template": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the tag template that this tag uses. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} This field cannot be modified after creation. "templateDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tag template. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html index 4be132293b6..e09d198352d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.enumValues.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html index aca7297e18e..719b870047b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.fields.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html index 55987e05360..b2b1ac41ad6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } tagTemplateId: string, Required. The id of the tag template to create. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a tag template. This method cannot be used to update the fields of a template. The tag template fields are represented as separate resources and should be updated using their own create/update/delete methods. Users should enable the Data Catalog API in the project identified by the `tag_template.name` parameter (see [Data Catalog Resource Project] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/concepts/resource-project) for more information).
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ 

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. } updateMask: string, Names of fields whose values to overwrite on a tag template. Currently, only `display_name` can be overwritten. In general, if this parameter is absent or empty, all modifiable fields are overwritten. If such fields are non-required and omitted in the request body, their values are emptied. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # The description for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this field. Defaults to an empty string. "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this is a required field. Defaults to false. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name. "order": 42, # The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag template. A higher value indicates a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag do not have to be sequential. "type": { # Required. The type of value this tag field can contain. "enumType": { # Represents an enum type. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html index e53d905b38d..27a175ddefd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -806,7 +806,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -2629,7 +2629,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html index c9662dc645f..e20556f5386 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"sdkContainerImage": "A String", # Docker registry location of container image to use for the 'worker harness. Default is the container for the version of the SDK. Note this field is only valid for portable pipelines. "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # The email address of the service account to run the job as. "stagingLocation": "A String", # The Cloud Storage path for staging local files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "subnetwork": "A String", # Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK" or "regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK". If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL. "tempLocation": "A String", # The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. "workerRegion": "A String", # The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. "us-west1". Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane's region. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Method Details

"sdkContainerImage": "A String", # Docker registry location of container image to use for the 'worker harness. Default is the container for the version of the SDK. Note this field is only valid for portable pipelines. "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # The email address of the service account to run the job as. "stagingLocation": "A String", # The Cloud Storage path for staging local files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "subnetwork": "A String", # Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK" or "regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK". If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL. "tempLocation": "A String", # The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. "workerRegion": "A String", # The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. "us-west1". Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane's region. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html index fb3b353773d..a58e0b55631 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html index 379f05be809..c0f98ffde56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Optional. Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network "default". "numWorkers": 42, # Optional. The initial number of Google Compute Engine instances for the job. The default value is 11. "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the service account to run the job as. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK" or "regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK". If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL. "tempLocation": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. "workerRegion": "A String", # Required. The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. "us-west1". Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane's region. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Optional. Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network "default". "numWorkers": 42, # Optional. The initial number of Google Compute Engine instances for the job. The default value is 11. "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the service account to run the job as. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK" or "regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK". If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL. "tempLocation": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. "workerRegion": "A String", # Required. The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. "us-west1". Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane's region. @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html index bacfb694a3f..fff7a53f308 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Optional. Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network "default". "numWorkers": 42, # Optional. The initial number of Google Compute Engine instances for the job. The default value is 11. "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the service account to run the job as. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK" or "regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK". If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL. "tempLocation": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. "workerRegion": "A String", # Required. The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. "us-west1". Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane's region. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@

Method Details

"network": "A String", # Optional. Network to which VMs will be assigned. If empty or unspecified, the service will use the network "default". "numWorkers": 42, # Optional. The initial number of Google Compute Engine instances for the job. The default value is 11. "serviceAccountEmail": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the service account to run the job as. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork to which VMs will be assigned, if desired. You can specify a subnetwork using either a complete URL or an abbreviated path. Expected to be of the form "https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/HOST_PROJECT_ID/regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK" or "regions/REGION/subnetworks/SUBNETWORK". If the subnetwork is located in a Shared VPC network, you must use the complete URL. "tempLocation": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage path to use for temporary files. Must be a valid Cloud Storage URL, beginning with `gs://`. "workerRegion": "A String", # Required. The Compute Engine region (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones/regions-zones) in which worker processing should occur, e.g. "us-west1". Mutually exclusive with worker_zone. If neither worker_region nor worker_zone is specified, default to the control plane's region. @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "shuffleMode": "A String", # Output only. The shuffle mode used for the job. - "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. + "streamingMode": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes). "tempStoragePrefix": "A String", # The prefix of the resources the system should use for temporary storage. The system will append the suffix "/temp-{JOBNAME} to this resource prefix, where {JOBNAME} is the value of the job_name field. The resulting bucket and object prefix is used as the prefix of the resources used to store temporary data needed during the job execution. NOTE: This will override the value in taskrunner_settings. The supported resource type is: Google Cloud Storage: storage.googleapis.com/{bucket}/{object} bucket.storage.googleapis.com/{object} "useStreamingEngineResourceBasedBilling": True or False, # Output only. Whether the job uses the Streaming Engine resource-based billing model. "userAgent": { # A description of the process that generated the request. @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@

Method Details

"runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. - "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. + "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). }, "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Reserved for future use. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html index f167190ca73..8c624c8a8c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The repository's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name. "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. To modify access to the created repository later apply setIamPolicy from https://cloud.google.com/dataform/reference/rest#rest-resource:-v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The repository's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name. "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. To modify access to the created repository later apply setIamPolicy from https://cloud.google.com/dataform/reference/rest#rest-resource:-v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The repository's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name. "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. To modify access to the created repository later apply setIamPolicy from https://cloud.google.com/dataform/reference/rest#rest-resource:-v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The repository's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name. "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. To modify access to the created repository later apply setIamPolicy from https://cloud.google.com/dataform/reference/rest#rest-resource:-v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a single Repository.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. The repository's name. (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The repository's name. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ 

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The repository's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name. "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. To modify access to the created repository later apply setIamPolicy from https://cloud.google.com/dataform/reference/rest#rest-resource:-v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Repository user labels. "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", # Output only. The repository's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The repository's name. "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Secret Manager secret version to be used to interpolate variables into the .npmrc file for package installation operations. Must be in the format `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. The file itself must be in a JSON format. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. The service account to run workflow invocations under. "setAuthenticatedUserAdmin": True or False, # Optional. Input only. If set to true, the authenticated user will be granted the roles/dataform.admin role on the created repository. To modify access to the created repository later apply setIamPolicy from https://cloud.google.com/dataform/reference/rest#rest-resource:-v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html index ebdc3fba689..269f2e5f805 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workspaces.html @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a Dataform Git workspace. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The workspace's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. } workspaceId: string, Required. The ID to use for the workspace, which will become the final component of the workspace's resource name. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git workspace. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The workspace's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. }
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a Dataform Git workspace. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The workspace's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. } @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

], "workspaces": [ # List of workspaces. { # Represents a Dataform Git workspace. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The workspace's name. + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The workspace's name. }, ], } diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html index cd6f3672874..791b835b1dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.connectionProfiles.html @@ -275,6 +275,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. }, "provider": "A String", # The database provider. + "sqlserver": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for SQL Server databases. # Connection profile for a SQL Server data source. + "backups": { # Specifies the backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # The backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "gcsBucket": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage bucket that stores backups for all replicated databases. + "gcsPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path inside the bucket that stores backups. + }, + "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. + "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. + "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. + "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. + "port": 42, # Port for the SSH tunnel, default value is 22. + "privateKey": "A String", # Input only. SSH private key. + "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the SSH tunnel. + }, + "host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source SQL Server database. + "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Database Migration Service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request, and the value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + "passwordSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether a new password is included in the request. + "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the source SQL Server database. + "privateConnectivity": { # Private Connectivity. # Private connectivity. + "privateConnection": "A String", # Required. The resource name (URI) of the private connection. + }, + "privateServiceConnectConnectivity": { # [Private Service Connect connectivity](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect#service-attachments) # Private Service Connect connectivity. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Required. A service attachment that exposes a database, and has the following format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment_name} + }, + "ssl": { # SSL configuration information. # SSL configuration for the destination to connect to the source database. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Required. Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate. The replica will use this certificate to verify it's connecting to the right host. + "clientCertificate": "A String", # Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate that will be used by the replica to authenticate against the source database server.If this field is used then the 'client_key' field is mandatory. + "clientKey": "A String", # Input only. The unencrypted PKCS#1 or PKCS#8 PEM-encoded private key associated with the Client Certificate. If this field is used then the 'client_certificate' field is mandatory. + "type": "A String", # Output only. The ssl config type according to 'client_key', 'client_certificate' and 'ca_certificate'. + }, + "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # Static IP connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). + }, + "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + }, "state": "A String", # The current connection profile state (e.g. DRAFT, READY, or FAILED). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format, accurate to nanoseconds. Example: "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z". } @@ -519,6 +552,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. }, "provider": "A String", # The database provider. + "sqlserver": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for SQL Server databases. # Connection profile for a SQL Server data source. + "backups": { # Specifies the backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # The backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "gcsBucket": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage bucket that stores backups for all replicated databases. + "gcsPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path inside the bucket that stores backups. + }, + "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. + "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. + "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. + "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. + "port": 42, # Port for the SSH tunnel, default value is 22. + "privateKey": "A String", # Input only. SSH private key. + "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the SSH tunnel. + }, + "host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source SQL Server database. + "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Database Migration Service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request, and the value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + "passwordSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether a new password is included in the request. + "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the source SQL Server database. + "privateConnectivity": { # Private Connectivity. # Private connectivity. + "privateConnection": "A String", # Required. The resource name (URI) of the private connection. + }, + "privateServiceConnectConnectivity": { # [Private Service Connect connectivity](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect#service-attachments) # Private Service Connect connectivity. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Required. A service attachment that exposes a database, and has the following format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment_name} + }, + "ssl": { # SSL configuration information. # SSL configuration for the destination to connect to the source database. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Required. Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate. The replica will use this certificate to verify it's connecting to the right host. + "clientCertificate": "A String", # Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate that will be used by the replica to authenticate against the source database server.If this field is used then the 'client_key' field is mandatory. + "clientKey": "A String", # Input only. The unencrypted PKCS#1 or PKCS#8 PEM-encoded private key associated with the Client Certificate. If this field is used then the 'client_certificate' field is mandatory. + "type": "A String", # Output only. The ssl config type according to 'client_key', 'client_certificate' and 'ca_certificate'. + }, + "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # Static IP connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). + }, + "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + }, "state": "A String", # The current connection profile state (e.g. DRAFT, READY, or FAILED). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format, accurate to nanoseconds. Example: "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z". } @@ -748,6 +814,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. }, "provider": "A String", # The database provider. + "sqlserver": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for SQL Server databases. # Connection profile for a SQL Server data source. + "backups": { # Specifies the backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # The backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "gcsBucket": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage bucket that stores backups for all replicated databases. + "gcsPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path inside the bucket that stores backups. + }, + "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. + "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. + "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. + "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. + "port": 42, # Port for the SSH tunnel, default value is 22. + "privateKey": "A String", # Input only. SSH private key. + "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the SSH tunnel. + }, + "host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source SQL Server database. + "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Database Migration Service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request, and the value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + "passwordSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether a new password is included in the request. + "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the source SQL Server database. + "privateConnectivity": { # Private Connectivity. # Private connectivity. + "privateConnection": "A String", # Required. The resource name (URI) of the private connection. + }, + "privateServiceConnectConnectivity": { # [Private Service Connect connectivity](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect#service-attachments) # Private Service Connect connectivity. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Required. A service attachment that exposes a database, and has the following format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment_name} + }, + "ssl": { # SSL configuration information. # SSL configuration for the destination to connect to the source database. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Required. Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate. The replica will use this certificate to verify it's connecting to the right host. + "clientCertificate": "A String", # Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate that will be used by the replica to authenticate against the source database server.If this field is used then the 'client_key' field is mandatory. + "clientKey": "A String", # Input only. The unencrypted PKCS#1 or PKCS#8 PEM-encoded private key associated with the Client Certificate. If this field is used then the 'client_certificate' field is mandatory. + "type": "A String", # Output only. The ssl config type according to 'client_key', 'client_certificate' and 'ca_certificate'. + }, + "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # Static IP connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). + }, + "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + }, "state": "A String", # The current connection profile state (e.g. DRAFT, READY, or FAILED). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format, accurate to nanoseconds. Example: "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z". }, @@ -938,6 +1037,39 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. }, "provider": "A String", # The database provider. + "sqlserver": { # Specifies connection parameters required specifically for SQL Server databases. # Connection profile for a SQL Server data source. + "backups": { # Specifies the backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # The backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "gcsBucket": "A String", # Required. The Cloud Storage bucket that stores backups for all replicated databases. + "gcsPrefix": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path inside the bucket that stores backups. + }, + "cloudSqlId": "A String", # If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source. + "forwardSshConnectivity": { # Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity. # Forward SSH tunnel connectivity. + "hostname": "A String", # Required. Hostname for the SSH tunnel. + "password": "A String", # Input only. SSH password. + "port": 42, # Port for the SSH tunnel, default value is 22. + "privateKey": "A String", # Input only. SSH private key. + "username": "A String", # Required. Username for the SSH tunnel. + }, + "host": "A String", # Required. The IP or hostname of the source SQL Server database. + "password": "A String", # Required. Input only. The password for the user that Database Migration Service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request, and the value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + "passwordSet": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether a new password is included in the request. + "port": 42, # Required. The network port of the source SQL Server database. + "privateConnectivity": { # Private Connectivity. # Private connectivity. + "privateConnection": "A String", # Required. The resource name (URI) of the private connection. + }, + "privateServiceConnectConnectivity": { # [Private Service Connect connectivity](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect#service-attachments) # Private Service Connect connectivity. + "serviceAttachment": "A String", # Required. A service attachment that exposes a database, and has the following format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/serviceAttachments/{service_attachment_name} + }, + "ssl": { # SSL configuration information. # SSL configuration for the destination to connect to the source database. + "caCertificate": "A String", # Required. Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate of the CA that signed the source database server's certificate. The replica will use this certificate to verify it's connecting to the right host. + "clientCertificate": "A String", # Input only. The x509 PEM-encoded certificate that will be used by the replica to authenticate against the source database server.If this field is used then the 'client_key' field is mandatory. + "clientKey": "A String", # Input only. The unencrypted PKCS#1 or PKCS#8 PEM-encoded private key associated with the Client Certificate. If this field is used then the 'client_certificate' field is mandatory. + "type": "A String", # Output only. The ssl config type according to 'client_key', 'client_certificate' and 'ca_certificate'. + }, + "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # Static IP connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). + }, + "username": "A String", # Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service. + }, "state": "A String", # The current connection profile state (e.g. DRAFT, READY, or FAILED). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was last updated. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" format, accurate to nanoseconds. Example: "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z". } diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html index 4225497cace..844b48b8a64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html @@ -199,6 +199,19 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # The database engine. "provider": "A String", # The database provider. }, + "sqlserverHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { # Configuration for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Optional. Configuration for SQL Server homogeneous migration. + "backupFilePattern": "A String", # Required. Pattern that describes the default backup naming strategy. The specified pattern should ensure lexicographical order of backups. The pattern must define one of the following capture group sets: Capture group set #1 yy/yyyy - year, 2 or 4 digits mm - month number, 1-12 dd - day of month, 1-31 hh - hour of day, 00-23 mi - minutes, 00-59 ss - seconds, 00-59 Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_20230802_155400.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?\d{4})(?\d{2})(?\d{2})_(?\d{2})(?\d{2})(?\d{2}).trn Capture group set #2 timestamp - unix timestamp Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_1691448254.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?.*).trn + "databaseBackups": [ # Required. Backup details per database in Cloud Storage. + { # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. + "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + }, + }, + ], + }, "state": "A String", # The current migration job state. "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # static ip connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). }, @@ -449,6 +462,19 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # The database engine. "provider": "A String", # The database provider. }, + "sqlserverHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { # Configuration for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Optional. Configuration for SQL Server homogeneous migration. + "backupFilePattern": "A String", # Required. Pattern that describes the default backup naming strategy. The specified pattern should ensure lexicographical order of backups. The pattern must define one of the following capture group sets: Capture group set #1 yy/yyyy - year, 2 or 4 digits mm - month number, 1-12 dd - day of month, 1-31 hh - hour of day, 00-23 mi - minutes, 00-59 ss - seconds, 00-59 Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_20230802_155400.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?\d{4})(?\d{2})(?\d{2})_(?\d{2})(?\d{2})(?\d{2}).trn Capture group set #2 timestamp - unix timestamp Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_1691448254.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?.*).trn + "databaseBackups": [ # Required. Backup details per database in Cloud Storage. + { # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. + "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + }, + }, + ], + }, "state": "A String", # The current migration job state. "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # static ip connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). }, @@ -581,6 +607,19 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # The database engine. "provider": "A String", # The database provider. }, + "sqlserverHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { # Configuration for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Optional. Configuration for SQL Server homogeneous migration. + "backupFilePattern": "A String", # Required. Pattern that describes the default backup naming strategy. The specified pattern should ensure lexicographical order of backups. The pattern must define one of the following capture group sets: Capture group set #1 yy/yyyy - year, 2 or 4 digits mm - month number, 1-12 dd - day of month, 1-31 hh - hour of day, 00-23 mi - minutes, 00-59 ss - seconds, 00-59 Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_20230802_155400.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?\d{4})(?\d{2})(?\d{2})_(?\d{2})(?\d{2})(?\d{2}).trn Capture group set #2 timestamp - unix timestamp Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_1691448254.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?.*).trn + "databaseBackups": [ # Required. Backup details per database in Cloud Storage. + { # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. + "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + }, + }, + ], + }, "state": "A String", # The current migration job state. "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # static ip connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). }, @@ -674,6 +713,19 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # The database engine. "provider": "A String", # The database provider. }, + "sqlserverHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { # Configuration for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Optional. Configuration for SQL Server homogeneous migration. + "backupFilePattern": "A String", # Required. Pattern that describes the default backup naming strategy. The specified pattern should ensure lexicographical order of backups. The pattern must define one of the following capture group sets: Capture group set #1 yy/yyyy - year, 2 or 4 digits mm - month number, 1-12 dd - day of month, 1-31 hh - hour of day, 00-23 mi - minutes, 00-59 ss - seconds, 00-59 Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_20230802_155400.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?\d{4})(?\d{2})(?\d{2})_(?\d{2})(?\d{2})(?\d{2}).trn Capture group set #2 timestamp - unix timestamp Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_1691448254.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?.*).trn + "databaseBackups": [ # Required. Backup details per database in Cloud Storage. + { # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. + "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + }, + }, + ], + }, "state": "A String", # The current migration job state. "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # static ip connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). }, @@ -1100,6 +1152,19 @@

Method Details

"engine": "A String", # The database engine. "provider": "A String", # The database provider. }, + "sqlserverHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { # Configuration for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. # Optional. Configuration for SQL Server homogeneous migration. + "backupFilePattern": "A String", # Required. Pattern that describes the default backup naming strategy. The specified pattern should ensure lexicographical order of backups. The pattern must define one of the following capture group sets: Capture group set #1 yy/yyyy - year, 2 or 4 digits mm - month number, 1-12 dd - day of month, 1-31 hh - hour of day, 00-23 mi - minutes, 00-59 ss - seconds, 00-59 Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_20230802_155400.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?\d{4})(?\d{2})(?\d{2})_(?\d{2})(?\d{2})(?\d{2}).trn Capture group set #2 timestamp - unix timestamp Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_1691448254.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?.*).trn + "databaseBackups": [ # Required. Backup details per database in Cloud Storage. + { # Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server. + "database": "A String", # Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration. + "encryptionOptions": { # Encryption settings for the SQL Server database. # Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password. + "certPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate. + "pvkPassword": "A String", # Required. Input only. Private key password. + "pvkPath": "A String", # Required. Path to certificate private key. + }, + }, + ], + }, "state": "A String", # The current migration job state. "staticIpConnectivity": { # The source database will allow incoming connections from the public IP of the destination database. You can retrieve the public IP of the Cloud SQL instance from the Cloud SQL console or using Cloud SQL APIs. No additional configuration is required. # static ip connectivity data (default, no additional details needed). }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.aspectTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.aspectTypes.html index b62b024389e..ed1ee6791e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.aspectTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.aspectTypes.html @@ -77,9 +77,27 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, aspectTypeId=None, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an AspectType

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a AspectType resource.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a AspectType resource.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists AspectType resources in a project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a AspectType resource.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

@@ -92,6 +110,195 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, aspectTypeId=None, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an AspectType
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Aspect Type is a template for creating Aspects, and represents the JSON-schema for a given Entry, e.g., BigQuery Table Schema.
+  "authorization": { # Autorization for an Aspect Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+    "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Aspects of Dataplex owned Aspect Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the AspectType.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the AspectType.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataTemplate": { # MetadataTemplate definition for AspectType # Required. MetadataTemplate of the aspect.
+    "annotations": { # Definition of the annotations of a field # Optional. Specifies annotations on this field.
+      "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Marks a field as deprecated, a deprecation message can be included.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Specify a description for a field
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Specify a displayname for a field.
+      "displayOrder": 42, # Optional. Specify a display order for a field. Display order can be used to reorder where a field is rendered
+      "stringType": "A String", # Optional. String Type annotations can be used to specify special meaning to string fields. The following values are supported: richText: The field must be interpreted as a rich text field. url: A fully qualified url link. resource: A service qualified resource reference.
+      "stringValues": [ # Optional. Suggested hints for string fields. These can be used to suggest values to users, through an UI for example.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "arrayItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. array_items needs to be set if the type is array. array_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+    "constraints": { # Definition of the constraints of a field # Optional. Specifies the constraints on this field.
+      "required": True or False, # Optional. Marks this as an optional/required field.
+    },
+    "enumValues": [ # Optional. The list of values for an enum type. Needs to be defined if the type is enum.
+      { # Definition of Enumvalue (to be used by enum fields)
+        "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Optional deprecation message to be set if an enum value needs to be deprecated.
+        "index": 42, # Required. Index for the enum. Cannot be modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the enumvalue. This is the actual value that the aspect will contain.
+      },
+    ],
+    "index": 42, # Optional. Index is used to encode Template messages. The value of index can range between 1 and 2,147,483,647. Index must be unique within all fields in a Template. (Nested Templates can reuse indexes). Once a Template is defined, the index cannot be changed, because it identifies the field in the actual storage format. Index is a mandatory field, but it is optional for top level fields, and map/array "values" definitions.
+    "mapItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. map_items needs to be set if the type is map. map_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the field.
+    "recordFields": [ # Optional. Field definition, needs to be specified if the type is record. Defines the nested fields.
+      # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate
+    ],
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The datatype of this field. The following values are supported: Primitive types (string, integer, boolean, double, datetime); datetime must be of the format RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" (Examples: "2014-10-02T15:01:23Z" and "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z"). Complex types (enum, array, map, record).
+    "typeId": "A String", # Optional. Id can be used if this definition of the field needs to be reused later. Id needs to be unique across the entire template. Id can only be specified if the field type is record.
+    "typeRef": "A String", # Optional. A reference to another field definition (instead of an inline definition). The value must be equal to the value of an id field defined elsewhere in the MetadataTemplate. Only fields with type as record can refer to other fields.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.
+  "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Aspect Type. It is unspecified for Aspect Types created from Dataplex API.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the AspectType. This ID will be different if the AspectType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was last updated.
+}
+
+  aspectTypeId: string, Required. AspectType identifier.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a AspectType resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the AspectType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. If the client provided etag value does not match the current etag value, the DeleteAspectTypeRequest method returns an ABORTED error response
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a AspectType resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the AspectType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Aspect Type is a template for creating Aspects, and represents the JSON-schema for a given Entry, e.g., BigQuery Table Schema.
+  "authorization": { # Autorization for an Aspect Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+    "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Aspects of Dataplex owned Aspect Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the AspectType.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the AspectType.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataTemplate": { # MetadataTemplate definition for AspectType # Required. MetadataTemplate of the aspect.
+    "annotations": { # Definition of the annotations of a field # Optional. Specifies annotations on this field.
+      "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Marks a field as deprecated, a deprecation message can be included.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Specify a description for a field
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Specify a displayname for a field.
+      "displayOrder": 42, # Optional. Specify a display order for a field. Display order can be used to reorder where a field is rendered
+      "stringType": "A String", # Optional. String Type annotations can be used to specify special meaning to string fields. The following values are supported: richText: The field must be interpreted as a rich text field. url: A fully qualified url link. resource: A service qualified resource reference.
+      "stringValues": [ # Optional. Suggested hints for string fields. These can be used to suggest values to users, through an UI for example.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "arrayItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. array_items needs to be set if the type is array. array_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+    "constraints": { # Definition of the constraints of a field # Optional. Specifies the constraints on this field.
+      "required": True or False, # Optional. Marks this as an optional/required field.
+    },
+    "enumValues": [ # Optional. The list of values for an enum type. Needs to be defined if the type is enum.
+      { # Definition of Enumvalue (to be used by enum fields)
+        "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Optional deprecation message to be set if an enum value needs to be deprecated.
+        "index": 42, # Required. Index for the enum. Cannot be modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the enumvalue. This is the actual value that the aspect will contain.
+      },
+    ],
+    "index": 42, # Optional. Index is used to encode Template messages. The value of index can range between 1 and 2,147,483,647. Index must be unique within all fields in a Template. (Nested Templates can reuse indexes). Once a Template is defined, the index cannot be changed, because it identifies the field in the actual storage format. Index is a mandatory field, but it is optional for top level fields, and map/array "values" definitions.
+    "mapItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. map_items needs to be set if the type is map. map_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the field.
+    "recordFields": [ # Optional. Field definition, needs to be specified if the type is record. Defines the nested fields.
+      # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate
+    ],
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The datatype of this field. The following values are supported: Primitive types (string, integer, boolean, double, datetime); datetime must be of the format RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" (Examples: "2014-10-02T15:01:23Z" and "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z"). Complex types (enum, array, map, record).
+    "typeId": "A String", # Optional. Id can be used if this definition of the field needs to be reused later. Id needs to be unique across the entire template. Id can only be specified if the field type is record.
+    "typeRef": "A String", # Optional. A reference to another field definition (instead of an inline definition). The value must be equal to the value of an id field defined elsewhere in the MetadataTemplate. Only fields with type as record can refer to other fields.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.
+  "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Aspect Type. It is unspecified for Aspect Types created from Dataplex API.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the AspectType. This ID will be different if the AspectType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -140,6 +347,185 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists AspectType resources in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the AspectType location, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter request. Filters are case-sensitive. The following formats are supported:labels.key1 = "value1" labels:key1 name = "value" These restrictions can be coinjoined with AND, OR and NOT conjunctions.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Order by fields (name or create_time) for the result. If not specified, the ordering is undefined.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of AspectTypes to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 AspectTypes will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAspectTypes call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAspectTypes must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List AspectTypes response
+  "aspectTypes": [ # ListAspectTypes under the given parent location.
+    { # Aspect Type is a template for creating Aspects, and represents the JSON-schema for a given Entry, e.g., BigQuery Table Schema.
+      "authorization": { # Autorization for an Aspect Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+        "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Aspects of Dataplex owned Aspect Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the AspectType.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+      "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+      "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the AspectType.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "metadataTemplate": { # MetadataTemplate definition for AspectType # Required. MetadataTemplate of the aspect.
+        "annotations": { # Definition of the annotations of a field # Optional. Specifies annotations on this field.
+          "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Marks a field as deprecated, a deprecation message can be included.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Specify a description for a field
+          "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Specify a displayname for a field.
+          "displayOrder": 42, # Optional. Specify a display order for a field. Display order can be used to reorder where a field is rendered
+          "stringType": "A String", # Optional. String Type annotations can be used to specify special meaning to string fields. The following values are supported: richText: The field must be interpreted as a rich text field. url: A fully qualified url link. resource: A service qualified resource reference.
+          "stringValues": [ # Optional. Suggested hints for string fields. These can be used to suggest values to users, through an UI for example.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "arrayItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. array_items needs to be set if the type is array. array_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+        "constraints": { # Definition of the constraints of a field # Optional. Specifies the constraints on this field.
+          "required": True or False, # Optional. Marks this as an optional/required field.
+        },
+        "enumValues": [ # Optional. The list of values for an enum type. Needs to be defined if the type is enum.
+          { # Definition of Enumvalue (to be used by enum fields)
+            "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Optional deprecation message to be set if an enum value needs to be deprecated.
+            "index": 42, # Required. Index for the enum. Cannot be modified.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the enumvalue. This is the actual value that the aspect will contain.
+          },
+        ],
+        "index": 42, # Optional. Index is used to encode Template messages. The value of index can range between 1 and 2,147,483,647. Index must be unique within all fields in a Template. (Nested Templates can reuse indexes). Once a Template is defined, the index cannot be changed, because it identifies the field in the actual storage format. Index is a mandatory field, but it is optional for top level fields, and map/array "values" definitions.
+        "mapItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. map_items needs to be set if the type is map. map_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the field.
+        "recordFields": [ # Optional. Field definition, needs to be specified if the type is record. Defines the nested fields.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate
+        ],
+        "type": "A String", # Required. The datatype of this field. The following values are supported: Primitive types (string, integer, boolean, double, datetime); datetime must be of the format RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" (Examples: "2014-10-02T15:01:23Z" and "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z"). Complex types (enum, array, map, record).
+        "typeId": "A String", # Optional. Id can be used if this definition of the field needs to be reused later. Id needs to be unique across the entire template. Id can only be specified if the field type is record.
+        "typeRef": "A String", # Optional. A reference to another field definition (instead of an inline definition). The value must be equal to the value of an id field defined elsewhere in the MetadataTemplate. Only fields with type as record can refer to other fields.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.
+      "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Aspect Type. It is unspecified for Aspect Types created from Dataplex API.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the AspectType. This ID will be different if the AspectType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachableLocations": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a AspectType resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Aspect Type is a template for creating Aspects, and represents the JSON-schema for a given Entry, e.g., BigQuery Table Schema.
+  "authorization": { # Autorization for an Aspect Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+    "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Aspects of Dataplex owned Aspect Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the AspectType.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the AspectType.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "metadataTemplate": { # MetadataTemplate definition for AspectType # Required. MetadataTemplate of the aspect.
+    "annotations": { # Definition of the annotations of a field # Optional. Specifies annotations on this field.
+      "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Marks a field as deprecated, a deprecation message can be included.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Specify a description for a field
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Specify a displayname for a field.
+      "displayOrder": 42, # Optional. Specify a display order for a field. Display order can be used to reorder where a field is rendered
+      "stringType": "A String", # Optional. String Type annotations can be used to specify special meaning to string fields. The following values are supported: richText: The field must be interpreted as a rich text field. url: A fully qualified url link. resource: A service qualified resource reference.
+      "stringValues": [ # Optional. Suggested hints for string fields. These can be used to suggest values to users, through an UI for example.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "arrayItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. array_items needs to be set if the type is array. array_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+    "constraints": { # Definition of the constraints of a field # Optional. Specifies the constraints on this field.
+      "required": True or False, # Optional. Marks this as an optional/required field.
+    },
+    "enumValues": [ # Optional. The list of values for an enum type. Needs to be defined if the type is enum.
+      { # Definition of Enumvalue (to be used by enum fields)
+        "deprecated": "A String", # Optional. Optional deprecation message to be set if an enum value needs to be deprecated.
+        "index": 42, # Required. Index for the enum. Cannot be modified.
+        "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the enumvalue. This is the actual value that the aspect will contain.
+      },
+    ],
+    "index": 42, # Optional. Index is used to encode Template messages. The value of index can range between 1 and 2,147,483,647. Index must be unique within all fields in a Template. (Nested Templates can reuse indexes). Once a Template is defined, the index cannot be changed, because it identifies the field in the actual storage format. Index is a mandatory field, but it is optional for top level fields, and map/array "values" definitions.
+    "mapItems": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate # Optional. map_items needs to be set if the type is map. map_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the field.
+    "recordFields": [ # Optional. Field definition, needs to be specified if the type is record. Defines the nested fields.
+      # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate
+    ],
+    "type": "A String", # Required. The datatype of this field. The following values are supported: Primitive types (string, integer, boolean, double, datetime); datetime must be of the format RFC3339 UTC "Zulu" (Examples: "2014-10-02T15:01:23Z" and "2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z"). Complex types (enum, array, map, record).
+    "typeId": "A String", # Optional. Id can be used if this definition of the field needs to be reused later. Id needs to be unique across the entire template. Id can only be specified if the field type is record.
+    "typeRef": "A String", # Optional. A reference to another field definition (instead of an inline definition). The value must be equal to the value of an id field defined elsewhere in the MetadataTemplate. Only fields with type as record can refer to other fields.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.
+  "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Aspect Type. It is unspecified for Aspect Types created from Dataplex API.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the AspectType. This ID will be different if the AspectType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the AspectType was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
index 2d6d6e53b1f..0ee5b0057ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a DataScan resource.

+

+ generateDataQualityRules(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates recommended DataQualityRule from a data profiling DataScan.

get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a DataScan resource.

@@ -133,6 +136,16 @@

Method Details

"entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could be: BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. @@ -449,6 +462,71 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ generateDataQualityRules(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates recommended DataQualityRule from a data profiling DataScan.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name should be either * the name of a datascan with at least one successful completed data profiling job, or * the name of a successful completed data profiling datascan job. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Generate recommended DataQualityRules request.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Generate recommended DataQualityRules response.
+  "rule": [ # Generated recommended {@link DataQualityRule}s.
+    { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source.
+      "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+      "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "INTEGRITY"
+      "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter.
+      "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null.
+      },
+      "rangeExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value lies between a specified range. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value lies between a specified range.
+        "maxValue": "A String", # Optional. The maximum column value allowed for a row to pass this validation. At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "minValue": "A String", # Optional. The minimum column value allowed for a row to pass this validation. At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "strictMaxEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether each value needs to be strictly lesser than ('<') the maximum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a max_value has been defined. Default = false.
+        "strictMinEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether each value needs to be strictly greater than ('>') the minimum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a min_value has been defined. Default = false.
+      },
+      "regexExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value matches a specified regex. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value matches a specified regex.
+        "regex": "A String", # Optional. A regular expression the column value is expected to match.
+      },
+      "rowConditionExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each row passes the specified condition.The SQL expression needs to use BigQuery standard SQL syntax and should produce a boolean value per row as the result.Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each row in a table passes the specified condition.
+        "sqlExpression": "A String", # Optional. The SQL expression.
+      },
+      "setExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is contained by a specified set. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is contained by a specified set.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Expected values for the column value.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "statisticRangeExpectation": { # Evaluates whether the column aggregate statistic lies between a specified range. # Aggregate rule which evaluates whether the column aggregate statistic lies between a specified range.
+        "maxValue": "A String", # Optional. The maximum column statistic value allowed for a row to pass this validation.At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "minValue": "A String", # Optional. The minimum column statistic value allowed for a row to pass this validation.At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "statistic": "A String", # Optional. The aggregate metric to evaluate.
+        "strictMaxEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether column statistic needs to be strictly lesser than ('<') the maximum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a max_value has been defined. Default = false.
+        "strictMinEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether column statistic needs to be strictly greater than ('>') the minimum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a min_value has been defined. Default = false.
+      },
+      "tableConditionExpectation": { # Evaluates whether the provided expression is true.The SQL expression needs to use BigQuery standard SQL syntax and should produce a scalar boolean result.Example: MIN(col1) >= 0 # Aggregate rule which evaluates whether the provided expression is true for a table.
+        "sqlExpression": "A String", # Optional. The SQL expression.
+      },
+      "threshold": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum ratio of passing_rows / total_rows required to pass this rule, with a range of 0.0, 1.0.0 indicates default value (i.e. 1.0).This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+      "uniquenessExpectation": { # Evaluates whether the column has duplicates. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is unique.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a DataScan resource.
@@ -474,6 +552,16 @@ 

Method Details

"entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could be: BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. @@ -799,6 +887,16 @@

Method Details

"entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could be: BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. @@ -1085,6 +1183,16 @@

Method Details

"entity": "A String", # Immutable. The Dataplex entity that represents the data source (e.g. BigQuery table) for DataScan, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{entity_id}. "resource": "A String", # Immutable. The service-qualified full resource name of the cloud resource for a DataScan job to scan against. The field could be: BigQuery table of type "TABLE" for DataProfileScan/DataQualityScan Format: //bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/PROJECT_ID/datasets/DATASET_ID/tables/TABLE_ID }, + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. @@ -1388,6 +1496,16 @@

Method Details

{ # Run DataScan Response. "job": { # A DataScanJob represents an instance of DataScan execution. # DataScanJob created by RunDataScan request. + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # Output only. DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html index e709ef83809..ee5b0389ae6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ generateDataQualityRules(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generates recommended DataQualityRule from a data profiling DataScan.

get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a DataScanJob resource.

@@ -92,6 +95,71 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ generateDataQualityRules(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generates recommended DataQualityRule from a data profiling DataScan.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name should be either * the name of a datascan with at least one successful completed data profiling job, or * the name of a successful completed data profiling datascan job. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Generate recommended DataQualityRules request.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Generate recommended DataQualityRules response.
+  "rule": [ # Generated recommended {@link DataQualityRule}s.
+    { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source.
+      "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
+      "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Supported dimensions are "COMPLETENESS", "ACCURACY", "CONSISTENCY", "VALIDITY", "UNIQUENESS", "INTEGRITY"
+      "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation
+      "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter.
+      "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null.
+      },
+      "rangeExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value lies between a specified range. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value lies between a specified range.
+        "maxValue": "A String", # Optional. The maximum column value allowed for a row to pass this validation. At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "minValue": "A String", # Optional. The minimum column value allowed for a row to pass this validation. At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "strictMaxEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether each value needs to be strictly lesser than ('<') the maximum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a max_value has been defined. Default = false.
+        "strictMinEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether each value needs to be strictly greater than ('>') the minimum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a min_value has been defined. Default = false.
+      },
+      "regexExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value matches a specified regex. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value matches a specified regex.
+        "regex": "A String", # Optional. A regular expression the column value is expected to match.
+      },
+      "rowConditionExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each row passes the specified condition.The SQL expression needs to use BigQuery standard SQL syntax and should produce a boolean value per row as the result.Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10 # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each row in a table passes the specified condition.
+        "sqlExpression": "A String", # Optional. The SQL expression.
+      },
+      "setExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is contained by a specified set. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is contained by a specified set.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Expected values for the column value.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "statisticRangeExpectation": { # Evaluates whether the column aggregate statistic lies between a specified range. # Aggregate rule which evaluates whether the column aggregate statistic lies between a specified range.
+        "maxValue": "A String", # Optional. The maximum column statistic value allowed for a row to pass this validation.At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "minValue": "A String", # Optional. The minimum column statistic value allowed for a row to pass this validation.At least one of min_value and max_value need to be provided.
+        "statistic": "A String", # Optional. The aggregate metric to evaluate.
+        "strictMaxEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether column statistic needs to be strictly lesser than ('<') the maximum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a max_value has been defined. Default = false.
+        "strictMinEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether column statistic needs to be strictly greater than ('>') the minimum, or if equality is allowed.Only relevant if a min_value has been defined. Default = false.
+      },
+      "tableConditionExpectation": { # Evaluates whether the provided expression is true.The SQL expression needs to use BigQuery standard SQL syntax and should produce a scalar boolean result.Example: MIN(col1) >= 0 # Aggregate rule which evaluates whether the provided expression is true for a table.
+        "sqlExpression": "A String", # Optional. The SQL expression.
+      },
+      "threshold": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum ratio of passing_rows / total_rows required to pass this rule, with a range of 0.0, 1.0.0 indicates default value (i.e. 1.0).This field is only valid for row-level type rules.
+      "uniquenessExpectation": { # Evaluates whether the column has duplicates. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is unique.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets a DataScanJob resource.
@@ -112,6 +180,16 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A DataScanJob represents an instance of DataScan execution. + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # Output only. DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. @@ -366,6 +444,16 @@

Method Details

{ # List DataScanJobs response. "dataScanJobs": [ # DataScanJobs (BASIC view only) under a given dataScan. { # A DataScanJob represents an instance of DataScan execution. + "dataDocumentationResult": { # The output of a DataDocumentation scan. # Output only. The result of the data documentation scan. + "queries": [ # Output only. The list of generated queries. + { # A query in data documentation + "description": "A String", # Output only. The description for the query. + "sql": "A String", # Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed. + }, + ], + }, + "dataDocumentationSpec": { # DataDocumentation scan related spec. # Output only. DataDocumentationScan related setting. + }, "dataProfileResult": { # DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result. # Output only. The result of the data profile scan. "postScanActionsResult": { # The result of post scan actions of DataProfileScan job. # Output only. The result of post scan actions. "bigqueryExportResult": { # The result of BigQuery export post scan action. # Output only. The result of BigQuery export post scan action. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9e3cb7dbadf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -0,0 +1,515 @@ + + + +

Cloud Dataplex API . projects . locations . entryGroups . entries

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, entryId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an Entry.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an Entry.

+

+ get(name, aspectTypes=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a single entry.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists entries within an entry group.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, aspectKeys=None, body=None, deleteMissingAspects=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an Entry.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, entryId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an Entry.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+  entryId: string, Required. Entry identifier. It has to be unique within an Entry Group.Entries corresponding to Google Cloud resources use Entry ID format based on Full Resource Names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). The format is a Full Resource Name of the resource without the prefix double slashes in the API Service Name part of Full Resource Name. This allows retrieval of entries using their associated resource name.For example if the Full Resource Name of a resource is //library.googleapis.com/shelves/shelf1/books/book2, then the suggested entry_id is library.googleapis.com/shelves/shelf1/books/book2.It is also suggested to follow the same convention for entries corresponding to resources from other providers or systems than Google Cloud.The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an Entry.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, aspectTypes=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a single entry.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}. (required)
+  aspectTypes: string, Optional. Limits the aspects returned to the provided aspect types. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected. (repeated)
+  paths: string, Optional. Limits the aspects returned to those associated with the provided paths within the Entry. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected. (repeated)
+  view: string, Optional. View for controlling which parts of an entry are to be returned.
+    Allowed values
+      ENTRY_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified EntryView. Defaults to FULL.
+      BASIC - Returns entry only, without aspects.
+      FULL - Returns all required aspects as well as the keys of all non-required aspects.
+      CUSTOM - Returns aspects matching custom fields in GetEntryRequest. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned.
+      ALL - Returns all aspects. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists entries within an entry group.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter on the entries to return. Filters are case-sensitive. The request can be filtered by the following fields: entry_type, display_name. The comparison operators are =, !=, <, >, <=, >= (strings are compared according to lexical order) The logical operators AND, OR, NOT can be used in the filter. Example filter expressions: "display_name=AnExampleDisplayName" "entry_type=projects/example-project/locations/global/entryTypes/example-entry_type" "entry_type=projects/a* OR "entry_type=projects/k*" "NOT display_name=AnotherExampleDisplayName"
+  pageSize: integer, A parameter
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The pagination token returned by a previous request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "entries": [ # The list of entries.
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+      "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+        "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+          "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+            "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+          },
+          "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+          "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+        },
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+      "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+        "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+          { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+            "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+          },
+        ],
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+        "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+        "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+        "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+        "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+      },
+      "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+      "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+      "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, aspectKeys=None, body=None, deleteMissingAspects=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an Entry.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true and the entry does not exist, it will be created.
+  aspectKeys: string, Optional. The map keys of the Aspects which should be modified. Supports the following syntaxes: * - matches aspect on given type and empty path * @path - matches aspect on given type and specified path * * - matches aspects on given type for all paths * *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given pathExisting aspects matching the syntax will not be removed unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, it will be treated as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request. (repeated)
+  deleteMissingAspects: boolean, Optional. If set to true and the aspect_keys specify aspect ranges, any existing aspects from that range not provided in the request will be deleted.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to update. To update Aspects, the update_mask must contain the value "aspects".If the update_mask is empty, all modifiable fields present in the request will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html index e7d6dd32ee4..b62c6c6a460 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.html @@ -74,12 +74,35 @@

Cloud Dataplex API . projects . locations . entryGroups

Instance Methods

+

+ entries() +

+

Returns the entries Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, entryGroupId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an EntryGroup

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a EntryGroup resource.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a EntryGroup resource.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists EntryGroup resources in a project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a EntryGroup resource.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

@@ -92,6 +115,125 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, entryGroupId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an EntryGroup
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the entryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An Entry Group represents a logical grouping of one or more Entries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryGroup.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryGroup.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.
+  "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Entry Group. It is unspecified for Entry Group created from Dataplex API.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryGroup. This ID will be different if the EntryGroup is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was last updated.
+}
+
+  entryGroupId: string, Required. EntryGroup identifier.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a EntryGroup resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the EntryGroup: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. If the client provided etag value does not match the current etag value, the DeleteEntryGroupRequest method returns an ABORTED error response
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a EntryGroup resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the EntryGroup: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Entry Group represents a logical grouping of one or more Entries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryGroup.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryGroup.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.
+  "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Entry Group. It is unspecified for Entry Group created from Dataplex API.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryGroup. This ID will be different if the EntryGroup is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -140,6 +282,115 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists EntryGroup resources in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the entryGroup location, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter request.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Order by fields for the result.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of EntryGroups to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EntryGroups will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous ListEntryGroups call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListEntryGroups must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List ListEntryGroups response.
+  "entryGroups": [ # ListEntryGroups under the given parent location.
+    { # An Entry Group represents a logical grouping of one or more Entries.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryGroup.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+      "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+      "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryGroup.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.
+      "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Entry Group. It is unspecified for Entry Group created from Dataplex API.
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryGroup. This ID will be different if the EntryGroup is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachableLocations": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a EntryGroup resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An Entry Group represents a logical grouping of one or more Entries.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryGroup.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryGroup.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.
+  "transferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Entry Group. It is unspecified for Entry Group created from Dataplex API.
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryGroup. This ID will be different if the EntryGroup is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryTypes.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryTypes.html
index 008055d3778..d0fed358cd8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryTypes.html
@@ -77,9 +77,27 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, entryTypeId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an EntryType

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a EntryType resource.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a EntryType resource.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists EntryType resources in a project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a EntryType resource.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

@@ -92,6 +110,149 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, entryTypeId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an EntryType
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Entry Type is a template for creating Entries.
+  "authorization": { # Authorization for an Entry Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+    "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Entries of Dataplex owned Entry Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryType.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryType.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.
+  "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that Entries of this type belongs to.
+  "requiredAspects": [ # AspectInfo for the entry type.
+    {
+      "type": "A String", # Required aspect type for the entry type.
+    },
+  ],
+  "system": "A String", # Optional. The system that Entries of this type belongs to. Examples include CloudSQL, MariaDB etc
+  "typeAliases": [ # Optional. Indicates the class this Entry Type belongs to, for example, TABLE, DATABASE, MODEL.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryType. This ID will be different if the EntryType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was last updated.
+}
+
+  entryTypeId: string, Required. EntryType identifier.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a EntryType resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the EntryType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. If the client provided etag value does not match the current etag value, the DeleteEntryTypeRequest method returns an ABORTED error response
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a EntryType resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the EntryType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Entry Type is a template for creating Entries.
+  "authorization": { # Authorization for an Entry Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+    "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Entries of Dataplex owned Entry Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryType.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryType.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.
+  "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that Entries of this type belongs to.
+  "requiredAspects": [ # AspectInfo for the entry type.
+    {
+      "type": "A String", # Required aspect type for the entry type.
+    },
+  ],
+  "system": "A String", # Optional. The system that Entries of this type belongs to. Examples include CloudSQL, MariaDB etc
+  "typeAliases": [ # Optional. Indicates the class this Entry Type belongs to, for example, TABLE, DATABASE, MODEL.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryType. This ID will be different if the EntryType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -140,6 +301,139 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists EntryType resources in a project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the EntryType location, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter request. Filters are case-sensitive. The following formats are supported:labels.key1 = "value1" labels:key1 name = "value" These restrictions can be coinjoined with AND, OR and NOT conjunctions.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Order by fields (name or create_time) for the result. If not specified, the ordering is undefined.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of EntryTypes to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EntryTypes will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous ListEntryTypes call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListEntryTypes must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List EntryTypes response
+  "entryTypes": [ # ListEntryTypes under the given parent location.
+    { # Entry Type is a template for creating Entries.
+      "authorization": { # Authorization for an Entry Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+        "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Entries of Dataplex owned Entry Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryType.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+      "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryType.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.
+      "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that Entries of this type belongs to.
+      "requiredAspects": [ # AspectInfo for the entry type.
+        {
+          "type": "A String", # Required aspect type for the entry type.
+        },
+      ],
+      "system": "A String", # Optional. The system that Entries of this type belongs to. Examples include CloudSQL, MariaDB etc
+      "typeAliases": [ # Optional. Indicates the class this Entry Type belongs to, for example, TABLE, DATABASE, MODEL.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryType. This ID will be different if the EntryType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachableLocations": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a EntryType resource.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Entry Type is a template for creating Entries.
+  "authorization": { # Authorization for an Entry Type. # Immutable. Authorization defined for this type.
+    "alternateUsePermission": "A String", # Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Entries of Dataplex owned Entry Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the EntryType.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly display name.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
+  "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryType.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.
+  "platform": "A String", # Optional. The platform that Entries of this type belongs to.
+  "requiredAspects": [ # AspectInfo for the entry type.
+    {
+      "type": "A String", # Required aspect type for the entry type.
+    },
+  ],
+  "system": "A String", # Optional. The system that Entries of this type belongs to. Examples include CloudSQL, MariaDB etc
+  "typeAliases": [ # Optional. Indicates the class this Entry Type belongs to, for example, TABLE, DATABASE, MODEL.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "uid": "A String", # Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryType. This ID will be different if the EntryType is deleted and re-created with the same name.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the EntryType was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
index 04d38def688..c304dbecdf5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -131,6 +131,15 @@ 

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ lookupEntry(name, aspectTypes=None, entry=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Looks up a single entry.

+

+ searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Searches for entries matching given query and scope.

+

+ searchEntries_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -213,4 +222,209 @@

Method Details

+
+ lookupEntry(name, aspectTypes=None, entry=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Looks up a single entry.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  aspectTypes: string, Optional. Limits the aspects returned to the provided aspect types. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected. (repeated)
+  entry: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  paths: string, Optional. Limits the aspects returned to those associated with the provided paths within the Entry. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected. (repeated)
+  view: string, Optional. View for controlling which parts of an entry are to be returned.
+    Allowed values
+      ENTRY_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified EntryView. Defaults to FULL.
+      BASIC - Returns entry only, without aspects.
+      FULL - Returns all required aspects as well as the keys of all non-required aspects.
+      CUSTOM - Returns aspects matching custom fields in GetEntryRequest. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned.
+      ALL - Returns all aspects. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.
+  "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+    "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+      "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+        "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+      },
+      "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+      "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+    },
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+  "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+    "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+      { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+        "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+        "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+      },
+    ],
+    "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+    "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+    "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+    "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+    "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+  },
+  "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+  "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+  "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Searches for entries matching given query and scope.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Ordering of the results. Supported options to be added later.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Pagination.
+  pageToken: string, A parameter
+  query: string, Required. The query against which entries in scope should be matched.
+  scope: string, Optional. The scope under which the search should be operating. Should either be organizations/ or projects/. If left unspecified, it will default to the organization where the project provided in name is located.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token.
+  "results": [ # The results matching the search query.
+    { # A single result of a SearchEntries request.
+      "dataplexEntry": { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata. # Entry format of the result.
+        "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+          "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+            "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+              "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+            },
+            "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+            "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+            "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+          },
+        },
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+        "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+          "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+            { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+              "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+              "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+            },
+          ],
+          "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+          "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+          "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+          "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+          "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+          "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+        },
+        "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+        "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+        "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+        "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Entry description.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Display name.
+      "entry": "A String", # Resource name of the entry.
+      "entryType": "A String", # The entry type.
+      "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Fully qualified name.
+      "linkedResource": "A String", # Linked resource name.
+      "modifyTime": "A String", # The last modification timestamp.
+      "relativeResource": "A String", # Relative resource name.
+      "snippets": { # Snippets for the entry, contains HTML-style highlighting for matched tokens, will be used in UI. # Snippets.
+        "dataplexEntry": { # An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata. # Entry
+          "aspects": { # Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or "aspectType@path" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.
+            "a_key": { # An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.
+              "aspectSource": { # AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.
+                "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the aspect in the source system.
+                "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the aspect in the source system.
+              },
+              "aspectType": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.
+              "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.
+              "data": { # Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "path": "A String", # Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.
+              "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.
+            },
+          },
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was created.
+          "entrySource": { # EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry. # Optional. Source system related information for an entry.
+            "ancestors": [ # Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.
+              { # Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.
+                "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.
+              },
+            ],
+            "createTime": "A String", # The create time of the resource in the source system.
+            "description": "A String", # Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.
+            "displayName": "A String", # User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.
+            "labels": { # User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "platform": "A String", # The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+            "resource": "A String", # The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+            "system": "A String", # The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.
+            "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the resource in the source system.
+          },
+          "entryType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.
+          "fullyQualifiedName": "A String", # Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.
+          "name": "A String", # Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.
+          "parentEntry": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "totalSize": 42, # The estimated total number of matching entries. Not guaranteed to be accurate.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unreachable locations. Search results don't include data from those locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ searchEntries_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html index fb8da13d6b3..0c76d4041be 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -3369,7 +3369,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -4156,7 +4156,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -4834,7 +4834,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html index d5fbece8353..78c3060b360 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html index c059b9c6577..503a27d157e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -3369,7 +3369,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -4156,7 +4156,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -4834,7 +4834,7 @@

Method Details

"confidentialInstanceConfig": { # Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs) # Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs). "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, - "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses. + "internalIpOnly": True or False, # Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM. "metadata": { # Optional. The Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see Project and instance metadata (https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/storing-retrieving-metadata#project_and_instance_metadata)). "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.html index 5cc23fd9be6..1af5b251573 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.html @@ -169,6 +169,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -177,6 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -188,6 +197,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -196,6 +213,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -338,6 +356,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -346,6 +372,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -357,6 +384,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -365,6 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -423,6 +459,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -431,6 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -442,6 +487,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -450,6 +503,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -525,6 +579,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -533,6 +595,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -544,6 +607,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -552,6 +623,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -618,6 +690,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -626,6 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -637,6 +718,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -645,6 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 1150b87c50f..8cd1e5be618 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -182,6 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -1261,6 +1262,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1529,6 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -2624,6 +2672,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -2851,6 +2945,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -4018,6 +4113,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -5097,6 +5193,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index 7fc8c4b7e02..6165612821a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -1264,6 +1265,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1532,6 +1579,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -2627,6 +2675,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -2854,6 +2948,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -4021,6 +4116,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -5100,6 +5196,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html index 00ae048f975..f8bf537d043 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html @@ -118,6 +118,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -126,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -137,6 +146,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -145,6 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -170,6 +188,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -178,6 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -189,6 +216,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -197,6 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -248,6 +284,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -256,6 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -267,6 +312,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -275,6 +328,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -312,6 +366,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -320,6 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -331,6 +394,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -339,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -382,6 +454,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -390,6 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -401,6 +482,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -409,6 +498,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -435,6 +525,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -443,6 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -454,6 +553,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -462,6 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.html index d0f36835cb6..c23808d6180 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.html @@ -169,6 +169,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -177,6 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -188,6 +197,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -196,6 +213,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -338,6 +356,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -346,6 +372,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -357,6 +384,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -365,6 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -423,6 +459,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -431,6 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -442,6 +487,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -450,6 +503,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -525,6 +579,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -533,6 +595,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -544,6 +607,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -552,6 +623,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -618,6 +690,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -626,6 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -637,6 +718,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -645,6 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index f89b9de2efd..5b794e54d34 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -182,6 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -1249,6 +1250,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1528,6 +1575,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -2611,6 +2659,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -2849,6 +2943,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -4004,6 +4099,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -5071,6 +5167,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index e3246591bfa..62b9c9f533b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -1252,6 +1253,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1531,6 +1578,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -2614,6 +2662,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -2852,6 +2946,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -4007,6 +4102,7 @@

Method Details

"payload": { # This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { "telephony": { "caller_id": "+18558363987" } } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": True or False, # Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations. "searchConfig": { # Search configuration for UCS search queries. # Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries. "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. { # Boost specifications for data stores. @@ -5074,6 +5170,52 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "dataStoreConnectionSignals": { # Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ... # Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request. + "answer": "A String", # Optional. The final compiled answer. + "answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "answerParts": [ # Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces). + { # Answer part with citation. + "supportingIndices": [ # Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`. + 42, + ], + "text": "A String", # Substring of the answer. + }, + ], + "citedSnippets": [ # Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant. + { # Snippet cited by the answer generation model. + "searchSnippet": { # Search snippet details. # Details of the snippet. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + "snippetIndex": 42, # Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field. + }, + ], + "groundingSignals": { # Grounding signals. # Optional. Grounding signals. + "decision": "A String", # Represents the decision of the grounding check. + "score": "A String", # Grounding score bucket setting. + }, + "rewriterModelCallSignals": { # Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. # Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call. + "modelOutput": "A String", # Output of the generative model. + "renderedPrompt": "A String", # Prompt as sent to the model. + }, + "rewrittenQuery": "A String", # Optional. Rewritten string query used for search. + "safetySignals": { # Safety check results. # Optional. Safety check result. + "bannedPhraseMatch": "A String", # Specifies banned phrase match subject. + "decision": "A String", # Safety decision. + "matchedBannedPhrase": "A String", # The matched banned phrase if there was a match. + }, + "searchSnippets": [ # Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt. + { # Search snippet details. + "documentTitle": "A String", # Title of the enclosing document. + "documentUri": "A String", # Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document. + "text": "A String", # Text included in the prompt. + }, + ], + }, "diagnosticInfo": { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called "Alternative Matched Intents", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html index 3dab8916da5..72b90d1f18f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.html @@ -118,6 +118,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -126,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -137,6 +146,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -145,6 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -170,6 +188,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -178,6 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -189,6 +216,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -197,6 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -248,6 +284,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -256,6 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -267,6 +312,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -275,6 +328,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -312,6 +366,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -320,6 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -331,6 +394,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -339,6 +410,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -382,6 +454,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -390,6 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -401,6 +482,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -409,6 +498,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -435,6 +525,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -443,6 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. @@ -454,6 +553,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "httpMethod": "A String", # Optional. HTTP method for the flexible webhook calls. Standard webhook always uses POST. + "oauthConfig": { # Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication. # Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header. + "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant. + "A String", + ], + "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token. + }, "parameterMapping": { # Optional. Maps the values extracted from specific fields of the flexible webhook response into session parameters. - Key: session parameter name - Value: field path in the webhook response "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -462,6 +569,7 @@

Method Details

"requestHeaders": { # The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests. "a_key": "A String", }, + "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header. "uri": "A String", # Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol. "username": "A String", # The user name for HTTP Basic authentication. "webhookType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the webhook. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html index 804659ea77a..b8311a14d26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html @@ -122,6 +122,20 @@

Method Details

"allowlistedDomains": [ # Allowlisted domains that can load this widget. "A String", ], + "collectionComponents": [ # Output only. Collection components that lists all collections and child data stores associated with the widget config, those data sources can be used for filtering in widget service APIs, users can return results that from selected data sources. + { # Read-only collection component that contains data store collections fields that may be used for filtering + "dataStoreComponents": [ # For the data store collection, list of the children data stores. + { # Read-only data store component that contains data stores fields that may be used for filtering, it's the child of `CollectionComponent`. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the data store. + "id": "A String", # Output only. the identifier of the data store, used for widget service. For now it refers to data_store_id, in the future we will migrate the field to encrypted data store name UUID. + "name": "A String", # The name of the data store. It should be data store resource name Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. For widget service usage, such look up widget config, returned name should be skipped. + }, + ], + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the collection. + "id": "A String", # Output only. the identifier of the collection, used for widget service. For now it refers to collection_id, in the future we will migrate the field to encrypted collection name UUID. + "name": "A String", # The name of the collection. It should be collection resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. For widget service usage, such look up widget config, returned name should be skipped. + }, + ], "configId": "A String", # Output only. Unique obfuscated identifier of a WidgetConfig. "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # The content search spec that configs the desired behavior of content search. "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response. @@ -129,6 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -145,13 +160,35 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the WidgetConfig was created. "dataStoreType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent data store. + "dataStoreUiConfigs": [ # Configurable UI configurations per data store. + { # UI component configuration for data store. + "facetField": [ # Facet fields that store the mapping of fields to end user widget appearance. + { # Facet fields that store the mapping of fields to end user widget appearance. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The field name that end users will see. + "field": "A String", # Required. Registered field name. The format is `field.abc`. + }, + ], + "fieldsUiComponentsMap": { # The key is the UI component. Mock. Currently supported `title`, `thumbnail`, `url`, `custom1`, `custom2`, `custom3`. The value is the name of the field along with its device visibility. The 3 custom fields are optional and can be added or removed. `title`, `thumbnail`, `url` are required UI components that cannot be removed. + "a_key": { # Facet field that maps to a UI Component. + "deviceVisibility": [ # The field visibility on different types of devices. + "A String", + ], + "displayTemplate": "A String", # The template to customize how the field is displayed. An example value would be a string that looks like: "Price: {value}". + "field": "A String", # Required. Registered field name. The format is `field.abc`. + }, + }, + "id": "A String", # Output only. the identifier of the data store, used for widget service. For now it refers to data_store_id, in the future we will migrate the field to encrypted data store name UUID. + "name": "A String", # The name of the data store. It should be data store resource name Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. For widget service usage, such look up widget config, returned name should be skipped. + }, + ], "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable widget config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "enableAutocomplete": True or False, # Whether or not to enable autocomplete. "enableConversationalSearch": True or False, # Whether to allow conversational search (LLM, multi-turn) or not (non-LLM, single-turn). @@ -204,7 +241,7 @@

Method Details

"dataStore": "A String", # Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * + "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. }, "configId": "A String", # Required. The UUID of the WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the widget configuration, set of models used to make the auto complete query. @@ -247,8 +284,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -343,9 +380,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -500,7 +538,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -562,8 +600,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -575,6 +613,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -591,14 +630,20 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model. }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. @@ -745,7 +790,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d529b95ef0d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . dataStores . branches . documents . chunks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Document.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a list of Chunks.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Document.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of Chunk, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}/chunks/{chunk}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Chunk, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Chunk does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode.
+  "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content).
+  "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+    "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+    "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+  },
+  "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk.
+  "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a list of Chunks.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent document resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to list Chunks under this document, regardless of whether or not this document exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of Chunks to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000. Values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token ListChunksResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous ChunkService.ListChunks call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ChunkService.ListChunks must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ChunkService.ListChunks method.
+  "chunks": [ # The Chunks.
+    { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode.
+      "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content).
+      "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+        "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+        "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk.
+      "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListChunksRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 19149deec72..b223bf33ab4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . dataStores . branches . documents

Instance Methods

+

+ chunks() +

+

Returns the chunks Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,6 +91,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Document.

+

+ getProcessedDocument(name, processedDocumentFormat=None, processedDocumentType=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the parsed layout information for a Document.

import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items will be created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.

@@ -118,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -159,7 +167,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -224,7 +232,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -255,6 +263,35 @@

Method Details

} +
+ getProcessedDocument(name, processedDocumentFormat=None, processedDocumentType=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the parsed layout information for a Document.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Document does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned. (required)
+  processedDocumentFormat: string, What format output should be. If unspecified, defaults to JSON.
+    Allowed values
+      PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED - Default value.
+      JSON - output format will be a JSON string representation of processed document.
+  processedDocumentType: string, Required. What type of processing to return.
+    Allowed values
+      PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value.
+      PARSED_DOCUMENT - Available for all data store parsing configs.
+      CHUNKED_DOCUMENT - Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabeld on the data store.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
+  "document": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of the referenced document, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.
+  "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the processed document.
+}
+
+
import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items will be created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.
@@ -292,7 +329,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documents": [ # Required. A list of documents to update/create. Each document must have a valid Document.id. Recommended max of 100 items. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -375,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"documents": [ # The Documents. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -434,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -476,7 +513,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 4afe21c1f3a..8db311a98d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -213,9 +213,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -367,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index d69fb7991c0..6434a02d56d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required) includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * + queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -227,13 +227,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -388,13 +381,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -478,13 +464,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -566,13 +545,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -674,13 +646,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -764,13 +729,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -834,10 +792,10 @@

Method Details

"gcsPrefix": "A String", # Cloud Storage prefix for import errors. This must be an empty, existing Cloud Storage directory. Import errors are written to sharded files in this directory, one per line, as a JSON-encoded `google.rpc.Status` message. }, "gcsTrainingInput": { # Cloud Storage training data input. # Cloud Storage training input. - "corpusDataPath": "A String", # The Cloud Storage corpus data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is gs:///. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id, title and text. Example: {"_id": "doc1", title: "relevant doc", "text": "relevant text"} - "queryDataPath": "A String", # The gcs query data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is gs:///. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id and text. Example: {"_id": "query1", "text": "example query"} + "corpusDataPath": "A String", # The Cloud Storage corpus data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id, title and text. Example: `{"_id": "doc1", title: "relevant doc", "text": "relevant text"}` + "queryDataPath": "A String", # The gcs query data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id and text. Example: {"_id": "query1", "text": "example query"} "testDataPath": "A String", # Cloud Storage test data. Same format as train_data_path. If not provided, a random 80/20 train/test split will be performed on train_data_path. - "trainDataPath": "A String", # Cloud Storage training data path whose format should be gs:///. The file should be in tsv format. Each line should have the doc_id and query_id and score (number). For search-tuning model, it should have the query-id corpus-id score as tsv file header. The score should be a number in [0, inf+). The larger the number is, the more relevant the pair is. Example: query-id\tcorpus-id\tscore query1\tdoc1\t1 + "trainDataPath": "A String", # Cloud Storage training data path whose format should be `gs:///`. The file should be in tsv format. Each line should have the doc_id and query_id and score (number). For search-tuning model, it should have the query-id corpus-id score as tsv file header. The score should be a number in `[0, inf+)`. The larger the number is, the more relevant the pair is. Example: * `query-id\tcorpus-id\tscore` * `query1\tdoc1\t1` }, "modelType": "A String", # Model to be trained. Supported values are: * **search-tuning**: Fine tuning the search system based on data provided. } @@ -900,13 +858,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -952,13 +903,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 32dec828ef0..2b3d32fb51d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -160,9 +161,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -176,13 +178,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -246,6 +247,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -262,9 +264,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -278,13 +281,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -324,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -354,6 +356,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -370,9 +373,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -386,13 +390,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -445,6 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -461,9 +465,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -477,13 +482,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -613,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

{ # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -665,8 +669,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -678,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -694,14 +699,20 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model. }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. @@ -846,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index c89d88c3a3b..9392db65911 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -213,9 +213,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -367,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 091f392fb25..6910954d116 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -135,7 +135,6 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. @@ -265,7 +264,6 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. @@ -336,7 +334,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for EngineService.ListEngines method. "engines": [ # All the customer's Engines. { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. @@ -414,7 +411,6 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. @@ -474,7 +470,6 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. @@ -546,7 +541,6 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. @@ -618,7 +612,6 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine. - "allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": True or False, # Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field. "chatEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Chat Engine. # Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. "agentCreationConfig": { # Configurations for generating a Dialogflow agent. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. # The configurationt generate the Dialogflow agent that is associated to this Engine. Note that these configurations are one-time consumed by and passed to Dialogflow service. It means they cannot be retrieved using EngineService.GetEngine or EngineService.ListEngines API after engine creation. "business": "A String", # Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index cbdc36e46d2..371a3e02f41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -160,9 +161,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -176,13 +178,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -246,6 +247,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -262,9 +264,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -278,13 +281,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -324,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -354,6 +356,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -370,9 +373,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -386,13 +390,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -445,6 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -461,9 +465,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -477,13 +482,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -613,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

{ # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -665,8 +669,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -678,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -694,14 +699,20 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model. }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. @@ -846,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..61dc5da73bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.html @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . dataStores . branches . documents . chunks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Document.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a list of Chunks.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Document.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of Chunk, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}/chunks/{chunk}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Chunk, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Chunk does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode.
+  "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content).
+  "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+    "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+    "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+  },
+  "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk.
+  "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a list of Chunks.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent document resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to list Chunks under this document, regardless of whether or not this document exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of Chunks to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000. Values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token ListChunksResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous ChunkService.ListChunks call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ChunkService.ListChunks must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ChunkService.ListChunks method.
+  "chunks": [ # The Chunks.
+    { # Chunk captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched in the chunk mode.
+      "content": "A String", # Content is a string from a document (parsed content).
+      "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "documentMetadata": { # Document metadata contains the information of the document of the current chunk. # Metadata of the document from the current chunk.
+        "title": "A String", # Title of the document.
+        "uri": "A String", # Uri of the document.
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Unique chunk id of the current chunk.
+      "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the chunk. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}/chunks/{chunk_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListChunksRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 8d44971f859..717f4cd2759 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . dataStores . branches . documents

Instance Methods

+

+ chunks() +

+

Returns the chunks Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,6 +91,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a Document.

+

+ getProcessedDocument(name, processedDocumentFormat=None, processedDocumentType=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the parsed layout information for a Document.

import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items will be created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.

@@ -118,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -159,7 +167,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -224,7 +232,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -255,6 +263,35 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getProcessedDocument(name, processedDocumentFormat=None, processedDocumentType=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the parsed layout information for a Document.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Document does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned. (required)
+  processedDocumentFormat: string, What format output should be. If unspecified, defaults to JSON.
+    Allowed values
+      PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED - Default value.
+      JSON - output format will be a JSON string representation of processed document.
+  processedDocumentType: string, Required. What type of processing to return.
+    Allowed values
+      PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Default value.
+      PARSED_DOCUMENT - Available for all data store parsing configs.
+      CHUNKED_DOCUMENT - Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabeld on the data store.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.
+  "document": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of the referenced document, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.
+  "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the processed document.
+}
+
+
import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items will be created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.
@@ -292,7 +329,7 @@ 

Method Details

"documents": [ # Required. A list of documents to update/create. Each document must have a valid Document.id. Recommended max of 100 items. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -375,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"documents": [ # The Documents. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -434,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -476,7 +513,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index d8503e5bde5..11729ca9760 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -213,9 +213,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -367,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 92a751b4fdf..7bec1fc2618 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required) includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * + queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -224,13 +224,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -385,13 +378,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -475,13 +461,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -563,13 +542,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -671,13 +643,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -761,13 +726,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -846,13 +804,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. @@ -898,13 +849,6 @@

Method Details

}, }, "name": "A String", # The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`. - "ocrConfig": { # The OCR options for parsing documents. # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs. - "enabled": True or False, # Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files. - "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model. - "A String", - ], - "useNativeText": True or False, # If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text. - }, "parsingConfigOverrides": { # Map from file type to override the default parsing configuration based on the file type. Supported keys: * `pdf`: Override parsing config for PDF files, either digital parsing, ocr parsing or layout parsing is supported. * `html`: Override parsing config for HTML files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. * `docx`: Override parsing config for DOCX files, only digital parsing and or layout parsing are supported. "a_key": { # Related configurations applied to a specific type of document parser. "digitalParsingConfig": { # The digital parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to digital parser. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 93d437e4c8e..ff5b3931a5c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -144,6 +144,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -160,9 +161,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -176,13 +178,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -246,6 +247,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -262,9 +264,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -278,13 +281,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -324,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -354,6 +356,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -370,9 +373,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -386,13 +390,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -445,6 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -461,9 +465,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -477,13 +482,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -613,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

{ # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. @@ -665,8 +669,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -678,6 +682,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "searchResultMode": "A String", # Specifies the search result mode. If unspecified, the search result mode is based on DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config: * If DataStore.DocumentProcessingConfig.chunking_config is specified, it defaults to `CHUNKS`. * Otherwise, it defaults to `DOCUMENTS`. "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. @@ -694,14 +699,20 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model. }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. @@ -846,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

}, "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated. "aclInfo": { # ACL Information of the Document. # Access control information for the document. - "readers": [ + "readers": [ # Readers of the document. { # AclRestriction to model complex inheritance restrictions. Example: Modeling a "Both Permit" inheritance, where to access a child document, user needs to have access to parent document. Document Hierarchy - Space_S --> Page_P. Readers: Space_S: group_1, user_1 Page_P: group_2, group_3, user_2 Space_S ACL Restriction - { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ] } ] } } Page_P ACL Restriction. { "acl_info": { "readers": [ { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_2" }, { "group_id": "group_3" }, { "user_id": "user_2" } ], }, { "principals": [ { "group_id": "group_1" }, { "user_id": "user_1" } ], } ] } } "principals": [ # List of principals. { # Principal identifier of a user or a group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 725c69e6cd6..cd06e40f57c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -212,9 +212,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 381f112514b..f277e4ac89a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -146,6 +146,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a DataStore

+

+ trainCustomModel(dataStore, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Trains a custom model.

Method Details

close() @@ -160,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required) includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * + queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -568,4 +571,55 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ trainCustomModel(dataStore, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Trains a custom model.
+
+Args:
+  dataStore: string, Required. The resource name of the Data Store, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. This field is used to identify the data store where to train the models. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SearchTuningService.TrainCustomModel method.
+  "errorConfig": { # Configuration of destination for Import related errors. # The desired location of errors incurred during the data ingestion and training.
+    "gcsPrefix": "A String", # Cloud Storage prefix for import errors. This must be an empty, existing Cloud Storage directory. Import errors are written to sharded files in this directory, one per line, as a JSON-encoded `google.rpc.Status` message.
+  },
+  "gcsTrainingInput": { # Cloud Storage training data input. # Cloud Storage training input.
+    "corpusDataPath": "A String", # The Cloud Storage corpus data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id, title and text. Example: `{"_id": "doc1", title: "relevant doc", "text": "relevant text"}`
+    "queryDataPath": "A String", # The gcs query data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id and text. Example: {"_id": "query1", "text": "example query"}
+    "testDataPath": "A String", # Cloud Storage test data. Same format as train_data_path. If not provided, a random 80/20 train/test split will be performed on train_data_path.
+    "trainDataPath": "A String", # Cloud Storage training data path whose format should be `gs:///`. The file should be in tsv format. Each line should have the doc_id and query_id and score (number). For search-tuning model, it should have the query-id corpus-id score as tsv file header. The score should be a number in `[0, inf+)`. The larger the number is, the more relevant the pair is. Example: * `query-id\tcorpus-id\tscore` * `query1\tdoc1\t1`
+  },
+  "modelType": "A String", # Model to be trained. Supported values are: * **search-tuning**: Fine tuning the search system based on data provided.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 77c1b84d8b9..92bd82c7830 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -156,9 +157,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -167,13 +169,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -234,6 +235,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -249,9 +251,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -260,13 +263,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -333,6 +335,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -348,9 +351,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -359,13 +363,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -415,6 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -430,9 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -441,13 +446,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -617,8 +621,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -630,6 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -645,11 +650,17 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 09a58222de4..afe938d7107 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -212,9 +212,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index d0b86a0792f..86d27edaf8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -156,9 +157,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -167,13 +169,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -234,6 +235,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -249,9 +251,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -260,13 +263,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -333,6 +335,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -348,9 +351,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -359,13 +363,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -415,6 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -430,9 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -441,13 +446,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -617,8 +621,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -630,6 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -645,11 +650,17 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index de09cda5e55..3bb4ea3b64e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents in search results which may affect the converse response. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -212,9 +212,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 22aed96b520..053dddaff4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required) includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. - queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. * + queryModel: string, Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 6ebb46021fa..ab0ede5db93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -156,9 +157,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -167,13 +169,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -234,6 +235,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -249,9 +251,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -260,13 +263,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -333,6 +335,7 @@ 

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -348,9 +351,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -359,13 +363,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -415,6 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -430,9 +434,10 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, }, @@ -441,13 +446,12 @@

Method Details

], "mediaConfig": { # Specifies the configurations needed for Media Discovery. Currently we support: * `demote_content_watched`: Threshold for watched content demotion. Customers can specify if using watched content demotion or use viewed detail page. Using the content watched demotion, customers need to specify the watched minutes or percentage exceeds the threshold, the content will be demoted in the recommendation result. * `promote_fresh_content`: cutoff days for fresh content promotion. Customers can specify if using content freshness promotion. If the content was published within the cutoff days, the content will be promoted in the recommendation result. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. # The MediaConfig of the serving configuration. "contentFreshnessCutoffDays": 42, # Specifies the content freshness used for recommendation result. Contents will be demoted if contents were published for more than content freshness cutoff days. - "contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive. "contentWatchedSecondsThreshold": 3.14, # Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion. "demotionEventType": "A String", # Specifies the event type used for demoting recommendation result. Currently supported values: * `view-item`: Item viewed. * `media-play`: Start/resume watching a video, playing a song, etc. * `media-complete`: Finished or stopped midway through a video, song, etc. If unset, watch history demotion will not be applied. Content freshness demotion will still be applied. }, "modelId": "A String", # The id of the model to use at serving time. Currently only RecommendationModels are supported. Can be changed but only to a compatible model (e.g. others-you-may-like CTR to others-you-may-like CVR). Required when SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION. - "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` + "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` "onewaySynonymsControlIds": [ # Condition oneway synonyms specifications. If multiple oneway synonyms conditions match, all matching oneway synonyms controls in the list will execute. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "A String", ], @@ -617,8 +621,8 @@

Method Details

"boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents. For more information on boosting, see [Boosting](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting#boost) "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20. { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition. - "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. - "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue")) + "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied. + "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": `(document_id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red", "Blue"))` }, ], }, @@ -630,6 +634,7 @@

Method Details

"maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`. "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments. "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments. + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`. }, "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response. "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0. @@ -645,11 +650,17 @@

Method Details

"preamble": "A String", # Text at the beginning of the prompt that instructs the assistant. Examples are available in the user guide. }, "modelSpec": { # Specification of the model. # If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM. - "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English. + "version": "A String", # The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). }, - "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary. + "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary. + "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list. }, }, + "dataStoreSpecs": [ # A list of data store specs to apply on a search call. + { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call. + "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. + }, + ], "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path. "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1. { # Embedding vector. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.users.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.users.html index 35e73d2fa8c..d1c714a4605 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.users.html @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@

Method Details

Lists users that are accessible to the current user. If two users have user roles on the same partner or advertiser, they can access each other. This method has unique authentication requirements. Read the prerequisites in our [Managing Users guide](/display-video/api/guides/users/overview#prerequisites) before using this method. The "Try this method" feature does not work for this method.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `displayName and `email` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType` * This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId` * This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing "foo": `displayName:"foo"` * The user with `email` containing "bar": `email:"bar"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole="STANDARD"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId="123"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId="123"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType="PARTNER"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId="123"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `displayName` and `email` fields must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * The `lastLoginTime` field must use either the `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` or `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType`: This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId`: This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` * `lastLoginTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing "foo": `displayName:"foo"` * The user with `email` containing "bar": `email:"bar"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole="STANDARD"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId="123"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId="123"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType="PARTNER"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId="123"` * All users that last logged in on or after 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z (format of ISO 8601): `lastLoginTime>="2023-01-01T00:00:00Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. For example, `displayName desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListUsers` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.users.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.users.html
index bd0415a4ce5..05773b25a68 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.users.html
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists users that are accessible to the current user. If two users have user roles on the same partner or advertiser, they can access each other. This method has unique authentication requirements. Read the prerequisites in our [Managing Users guide](/display-video/api/guides/users/overview#prerequisites) before using this method. The "Try this method" feature does not work for this method.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `displayName and `email` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType` * This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId` * This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing "foo": `displayName:"foo"` * The user with `email` containing "bar": `email:"bar"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole="STANDARD"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId="123"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId="123"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType="PARTNER"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId="123"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `displayName` and `email` fields must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * The `lastLoginTime` field must use either the `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` or `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType`: This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId`: This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` * `lastLoginTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing "foo": `displayName:"foo"` * The user with `email` containing "bar": `email:"bar"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole="STANDARD"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId="123"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId="123"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType="PARTNER"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId="123"` * All users that last logged in on or after 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z (format of ISO 8601): `lastLoginTime>="2023-01-01T00:00:00Z"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.
   orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `displayName` (default) The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. For example, `displayName desc`.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. Must be between `1` and `200`. If unspecified will default to `100`.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to `ListUsers` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.columnDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.columnDataProfiles.html
index 0a59fe32602..2eef0425a89 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.columnDataProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.columnDataProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a column data profile.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists data profiles for an organization.

+

Lists column data profiles for an organization.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists data profiles for an organization.
+  
Lists column data profiles for an organization.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or projects/project-id/locations/asia. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or `projects/project-id/locations/asia`. (required)
   filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `table_data_profile_name` - The name of the related table data profile. - `project_id` - The Google Cloud project ID. (REQUIRED) - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. (REQUIRED) - `table_id` - The BigQuery table ID. (REQUIRED) - `field_id` - The ID of the BigQuery field. - `info_type` - The infotype detected in the resource. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MEDIUM|LOW - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` for project_id, dataset_id, and table_id. Other filters also support `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH * project_id = 12345 AND info_type = STREET_ADDRESS The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
   orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a column is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.
   pageSize: integer, Size of the page. This value can be limited by the server. If zero, server returns a page of max size 100.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.projectDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.projectDataProfiles.html
index 1296bcc8a62..a892d35a5a5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.projectDataProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.projectDataProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a project data profile.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists data profiles for an organization.

+

Lists project data profiles for an organization.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -133,12 +133,12 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists data profiles for an organization.
+  
Lists project data profiles for an organization.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. organizations/{org_id}/locations/{loc_id} (required)
-  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
-  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: GCP project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
+  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: Google Cloud project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.
   pageSize: integer, Size of the page. This value can be limited by the server. If zero, server returns a page of max size 100.
   pageToken: string, Page token to continue retrieval.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html
index 88e144aa1df..5d6aba4c0ae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a table data profile.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists data profiles for an organization.

+

Lists table data profiles for an organization.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -509,12 +509,12 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists data profiles for an organization.
+  
Lists table data profiles for an organization.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or `projects/project-id/locations/asia`. (required)
-  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH * project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
-  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` * `project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
+  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.
   pageSize: integer, Size of the page. This value can be limited by the server. If zero, server returns a page of max size 100.
   pageToken: string, Page token to continue retrieval.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.columnDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.columnDataProfiles.html
index c5c10457f87..bd3f5ff100b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.columnDataProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.columnDataProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a column data profile.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists data profiles for an organization.

+

Lists column data profiles for an organization.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -168,10 +168,10 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists data profiles for an organization.
+  
Lists column data profiles for an organization.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or projects/project-id/locations/asia. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or `projects/project-id/locations/asia`. (required)
   filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `table_data_profile_name` - The name of the related table data profile. - `project_id` - The Google Cloud project ID. (REQUIRED) - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. (REQUIRED) - `table_id` - The BigQuery table ID. (REQUIRED) - `field_id` - The ID of the BigQuery field. - `info_type` - The infotype detected in the resource. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MEDIUM|LOW - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` for project_id, dataset_id, and table_id. Other filters also support `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH * project_id = 12345 AND info_type = STREET_ADDRESS The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
   orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a column is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.
   pageSize: integer, Size of the page. This value can be limited by the server. If zero, server returns a page of max size 100.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.projectDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.projectDataProfiles.html
index 827efb14da1..6e43e3b69e8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.projectDataProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.projectDataProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a project data profile.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists data profiles for an organization.

+

Lists project data profiles for an organization.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -133,12 +133,12 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists data profiles for an organization.
+  
Lists project data profiles for an organization.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. organizations/{org_id}/locations/{loc_id} (required)
-  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
-  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: GCP project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
+  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: Google Cloud project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.
   pageSize: integer, Size of the page. This value can be limited by the server. If zero, server returns a page of max size 100.
   pageToken: string, Page token to continue retrieval.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html
index 18362a8a727..c17704fdb96 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dlp_v2.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a table data profile.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists data profiles for an organization.

+

Lists table data profiles for an organization.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -509,12 +509,12 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists data profiles for an organization.
+  
Lists table data profiles for an organization.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or `projects/project-id/locations/asia`. (required)
-  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH * project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
-  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.
+  filter: string, Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` * `project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.
+  orderBy: string, Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.
   pageSize: integer, Size of the page. This value can be limited by the server. If zero, server returns a page of max size 100.
   pageToken: string, Page token to continue retrieval.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 46787244bb2..ec696f1a2d7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -2424,6 +2424,10 @@ 

Method Details

"skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked. }, }, + "foundationModelTuningOptions": { # Options to control foundation model tuning of the processor. # Options to control foundation model tuning of a processor. + "learningRateMultiplier": 3.14, # Optional. The multiplier to apply to the recommended learning rate. Valid values are between 0.1 and 10. If not provided, recommended learning rate will be used. + "trainSteps": 42, # Optional. The number of steps to run for model tuning. Valid values are between 1 and 400. If not provided, recommended steps will be used. + }, "inputData": { # The input data used to train a new ProcessorVersion. # Optional. The input data used to train the ProcessorVersion. "testDocuments": { # The common config to specify a set of documents used as input. # The documents used for testing the trained version. "gcsDocuments": { # Specifies a set of documents on Cloud Storage. # The set of documents individually specified on Cloud Storage. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index 660fd8927a8..2d6bdfe4ef2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"processorVersion": "A String", # Required. The processor version name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` "serviceEndpoint": "A String", # Optional. The Document AI service endpoint. For example, 'https://us-documentai.googleapis.com' }, - "processorVersionSource": "A String", # The source processor version to import from. The source processor version and destination processor need to be in the same environment and region. + "processorVersionSource": "A String", # The source processor version to import from. The source processor version and destination processor need to be in the same environment and region. Note that ProcessorVersions with `model_type` `MODEL_TYPE_LLM` are not supported. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html index b45ffdf46cf..08e5e56ffc0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.html @@ -138,6 +138,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A Cloud Firestore Database. "appEngineIntegrationMode": "A String", # The App Engine integration mode to use for this database. + "cmekConfig": { # The CMEK (Customer Managed Encryption Key) configuration for a Firestore database. If not present, the database is secured by the default Google encryption key. # Optional. Presence indicates CMEK is enabled for this database. + "activeKeyVersion": [ # Output only. Currently in-use [KMS key versions](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/resource-hierarchy#key_versions). During [key rotation](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/key-rotation), there can be multiple in-use key versions. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{key_version}`. + "A String", + ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. Only keys in the same location as this database are allowed to be used for encryption. For Firestore's nam5 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region us. For Firestore's eur3 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region europe. See https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/locations. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. + }, "concurrencyMode": "A String", # The concurrency control mode to use for this database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was created. Databases created before 2016 do not populate create_time. "deleteProtectionState": "A String", # State of delete protection for the database. @@ -284,6 +290,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A Cloud Firestore Database. "appEngineIntegrationMode": "A String", # The App Engine integration mode to use for this database. + "cmekConfig": { # The CMEK (Customer Managed Encryption Key) configuration for a Firestore database. If not present, the database is secured by the default Google encryption key. # Optional. Presence indicates CMEK is enabled for this database. + "activeKeyVersion": [ # Output only. Currently in-use [KMS key versions](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/resource-hierarchy#key_versions). During [key rotation](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/key-rotation), there can be multiple in-use key versions. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{key_version}`. + "A String", + ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. Only keys in the same location as this database are allowed to be used for encryption. For Firestore's nam5 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region us. For Firestore's eur3 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region europe. See https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/locations. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. + }, "concurrencyMode": "A String", # The concurrency control mode to use for this database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was created. Databases created before 2016 do not populate create_time. "deleteProtectionState": "A String", # State of delete protection for the database. @@ -366,6 +378,12 @@

Method Details

"databases": [ # The databases in the project. { # A Cloud Firestore Database. "appEngineIntegrationMode": "A String", # The App Engine integration mode to use for this database. + "cmekConfig": { # The CMEK (Customer Managed Encryption Key) configuration for a Firestore database. If not present, the database is secured by the default Google encryption key. # Optional. Presence indicates CMEK is enabled for this database. + "activeKeyVersion": [ # Output only. Currently in-use [KMS key versions](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/resource-hierarchy#key_versions). During [key rotation](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/key-rotation), there can be multiple in-use key versions. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{key_version}`. + "A String", + ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. Only keys in the same location as this database are allowed to be used for encryption. For Firestore's nam5 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region us. For Firestore's eur3 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region europe. See https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/locations. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. + }, "concurrencyMode": "A String", # The concurrency control mode to use for this database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was created. Databases created before 2016 do not populate create_time. "deleteProtectionState": "A String", # State of delete protection for the database. @@ -398,6 +416,12 @@

Method Details

{ # A Cloud Firestore Database. "appEngineIntegrationMode": "A String", # The App Engine integration mode to use for this database. + "cmekConfig": { # The CMEK (Customer Managed Encryption Key) configuration for a Firestore database. If not present, the database is secured by the default Google encryption key. # Optional. Presence indicates CMEK is enabled for this database. + "activeKeyVersion": [ # Output only. Currently in-use [KMS key versions](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/resource-hierarchy#key_versions). During [key rotation](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/key-rotation), there can be multiple in-use key versions. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{key_version}`. + "A String", + ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. Only keys in the same location as this database are allowed to be used for encryption. For Firestore's nam5 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region us. For Firestore's eur3 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region europe. See https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/locations. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. + }, "concurrencyMode": "A String", # The concurrency control mode to use for this database. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this database was created. Databases created before 2016 do not populate create_time. "deleteProtectionState": "A String", # State of delete protection for the database. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html index 1e53e85aded..6bab15f5a85 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The response for FirestoreAdmin.ListBackups. - "backups": [ # List of all backups for the project. Ordered by `location ASC, create_time DESC, name ASC`. + "backups": [ # List of all backups for the project. { # A Backup of a Cloud Firestore Database. The backup contains all documents and index configurations for the given database at a specific point in time. "database": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Firestore database that the backup is from. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}`. "databaseUid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for the Firestore database that the backup is from. diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 13f1f846eaf..067f6ea5bf5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -638,7 +638,6 @@ ## gkehub * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.html) * [v1alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.html) -* [v1alpha2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.html) * [v1beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.html) * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.html) * [v2alpha](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkehub_v2alpha.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.connections.html index 79ce1230370..4b9f2186ca5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1alpha.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -446,6 +446,28 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Output only. Description of error if State is set to "ERROR". "state": "A String", # Output only. State. }, + "webhookData": { # WebhookData has details of webhook configuration. # Output only. Webhook data. + "additionalVariables": [ # Output only. Additional webhook related field values. + { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. + "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. + "encryptionKeyValue": { # Encryption Key value. # Value is a Encryption Key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The [KMS key name] with which the content of the Operation is encrypted. The expected format: `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`. Will be empty string if google managed. + "type": "A String", # Type. + }, + "intValue": "A String", # Value is an integer + "key": "A String", # Key of the config variable. + "secretValue": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Value is a secret. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "stringValue": "A String", # Value is a string. + }, + ], + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created. + "id": "A String", # Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Webhook + "nextRefreshTime": "A String", # Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated. + }, }, "imageLocation": "A String", # Output only. GCR location where the runtime image is stored. formatted like: gcr.io/{bucketName}/{imageName} "isTrustedTester": True or False, # Output only. Is trusted tester program enabled for the project. diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html index 9ab5f512526..3aee7c05880 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a sink.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists sinks.

list_next()

@@ -134,8 +134,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -171,8 +173,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -231,19 +235,22 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists sinks.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"  (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope("ALL")', 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")', 'in_scope("DEFAULT")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope("DEFAULT")' is applied.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -278,8 +285,10 @@ 

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }, @@ -331,8 +340,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -369,8 +380,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -406,8 +419,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -444,8 +459,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html index e59cd2e3f78..508f6e5b18f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a sink.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists sinks.

list_next()

@@ -134,8 +134,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -171,8 +173,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -231,19 +235,22 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists sinks.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"  (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope("ALL")', 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")', 'in_scope("DEFAULT")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope("DEFAULT")' is applied.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -278,8 +285,10 @@ 

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }, @@ -331,8 +340,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -369,8 +380,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -406,8 +419,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -444,8 +459,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html index 010eb9e2263..46d8cb478fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a sink.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists sinks.

list_next()

@@ -134,8 +134,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -171,8 +173,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -231,19 +235,22 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists sinks.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"  (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope("ALL")', 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")', 'in_scope("DEFAULT")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope("DEFAULT")' is applied.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -278,8 +285,10 @@ 

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }, @@ -331,8 +340,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -369,8 +380,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -406,8 +419,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -444,8 +459,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html index ce339fb7c7e..9004336b00b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a sink.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists sinks.

list_next()

@@ -134,8 +134,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -171,8 +173,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -231,19 +235,22 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists sinks.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"  (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope("ALL")', 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")', 'in_scope("DEFAULT")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope("DEFAULT")' is applied.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -278,8 +285,10 @@ 

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }, @@ -331,8 +340,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -369,8 +380,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -406,8 +419,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -444,8 +459,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html index eec3db6ef36..e673f2d627b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(sinkName, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a sink.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists sinks.

list_next()

@@ -131,8 +131,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -168,8 +170,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
@@ -228,19 +232,22 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists sinks.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed: "projects/[PROJECT_ID]" "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]" "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]" "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"  (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope("ALL")', 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")', 'in_scope("DEFAULT")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope("DEFAULT")' is applied.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -275,8 +282,10 @@ 

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }, @@ -328,8 +337,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. } @@ -366,8 +377,10 @@

Method Details

], "filter": "A String", # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName="projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]" AND severity>=ERROR "includeChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND resource.type=gce_instance + "interceptChildren": True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope("ALL")' or 'in_scope("ANCESTOR")'. "name": "A String", # Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric. "outputVersionFormat": "A String", # Deprecated. This field is unused. + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the sink. "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks. "writerIdentity": "A String", # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's destination. This field is either set by specifying custom_writer_identity or set automatically by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service's documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.Sinks that have a destination that is a log bucket in the same project as the sink cannot have a writer_identity and no additional permissions are required. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 3d47d73ed34..d9a9b1270c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. @@ -561,6 +562,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. @@ -990,6 +992,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of Connectivity Tests. "resources": [ # List of Connectivity Tests. { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. @@ -1378,6 +1381,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 0903c4dea0b..3e56463b598 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. @@ -562,6 +563,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. @@ -992,6 +994,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Page token to fetch the next set of Connectivity Tests. "resources": [ # List of Connectivity Tests. { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. @@ -1381,6 +1384,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis. + "bypassFirewallChecks": True or False, # Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the test was created. "description": "A String", # The user-supplied description of the Connectivity Test. Maximum of 512 characters. "destination": { # Source or destination of the Connectivity Test. # Required. Destination specification of the Connectivity Test. You can use a combination of destination IP address, Compute Engine VM instance, or VPC network to uniquely identify the destination location. Even if the destination IP address is not unique, the source IP location is unique. Usually, the analysis can infer the destination endpoint from route information. If the destination you specify is a VM instance and the instance has multiple network interfaces, then you must also specify either a destination IP address or VPC network to identify the destination interface. A reachability analysis proceeds even if the destination location is ambiguous. However, the result can include endpoints that you don't intend to test. diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index f314a6d15f8..95b4959c135 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "machineType": "A String", # Required. The [Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) of this instance. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=``BUCKET''"`. + "metadata": { # Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=BUCKET"`. "a_key": "A String", }, "migrated": True or False, # Output only. Bool indicating whether this notebook has been migrated to a Workbench Instance @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "machineType": "A String", # Required. The [Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) of this instance. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=``BUCKET''"`. + "metadata": { # Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=BUCKET"`. "a_key": "A String", }, "migrated": True or False, # Output only. Bool indicating whether this notebook has been migrated to a Workbench Instance @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "machineType": "A String", # Required. The [Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) of this instance. - "metadata": { # Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=``BUCKET''"`. + "metadata": { # Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=BUCKET"`. "a_key": "A String", }, "migrated": True or False, # Output only. Bool indicating whether this notebook has been migrated to a Workbench Instance diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.global_.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.global_.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09f88f5da4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.global_.html @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ + + + +

OS Config API . projects . locations . global_

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getProjectFeatureSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

GetProjectFeatureSettings returns the feature settings for a project

+

+ updateProjectFeatureSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

UpdateProjectFeatureSettings sets the feature settings for a project.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getProjectFeatureSettings(name, x__xgafv=None) +
GetProjectFeatureSettings returns the feature settings for a project
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the billing config. "projects//locations/global/projectFeatureSettings" (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ProjectFeatureSettings represents the features settings for the VM Manager. The project features settings can be set for a project.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the config, e.g. projects/12345/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings
+  "patchAndConfigFeatureSet": "A String", # Currently set PatchAndConfigFeatureSet for name.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateProjectFeatureSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
UpdateProjectFeatureSettings sets the feature settings for a project.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Immutable. Name of the config, e.g. projects/12345/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # ProjectFeatureSettings represents the features settings for the VM Manager. The project features settings can be set for a project.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the config, e.g. projects/12345/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings
+  "patchAndConfigFeatureSet": "A String", # Currently set PatchAndConfigFeatureSet for name.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that controls which fields of the ProjectFeatureSettings should be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ProjectFeatureSettings represents the features settings for the VM Manager. The project features settings can be set for a project.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the config, e.g. projects/12345/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings
+  "patchAndConfigFeatureSet": "A String", # Currently set PatchAndConfigFeatureSet for name.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html index 24592b5f665..1042aafbaa9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

OS Config API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ global_() +

+

Returns the global_ Resource.

+

instances()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html index f40228ee777..610338f9712 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `otherContacts.list` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `otherContacts.list`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html index 60a84d8abc3..466dc30ad38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `people.connections.list` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `people.connections.list`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html index b27c740355f..338f457e705 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html +++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html @@ -4656,7 +4656,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -5576,7 +5576,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -6481,7 +6481,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -7384,7 +7384,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -9231,7 +9231,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -11947,7 +11947,7 @@

Method Details

READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT. READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. - READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT. + READ_SOURCE_TYPE_OTHER_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT. updatePersonFields: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on the person are updated. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. All updated fields will be replaced. Valid values are: * addresses * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * relations * sipAddresses * urls * userDefined x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html index b640c003f00..170fbd0fcf7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"packageName": "A String", # Package name of the application under attestation. Set iff app_recognition_verdict != UNEVALUATED. "versionCode": "A String", # Version code of the application. Set iff app_recognition_verdict != UNEVALUATED. }, - "deviceIntegrity": { # Contains the device attestation information. # Required. Details about the device integrity. + "deviceIntegrity": { # Contains the device attestation information. Next tag: 4 # Required. Details about the device integrity. "deviceRecognitionVerdict": [ # Details about the integrity of the device the app is running on. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index b76ebad39ff..44f388eb38b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment. "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id` "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs. - "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. + "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index ce423c95200..79da1af538c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment. "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id` "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs. - "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. + "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.html index 424f9796ef6..23c2e675942 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.html @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

], } - updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided LoggingConfig to update. The following are the only supported fields: * default_log_generation_rule * per_service_log_generation_rules If not set, all supported fields are updated. + updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided LoggingConfig to update. The following are the only supported fields: * LoggingConfig.default_log_generation_rule * LoggingConfig.per_service_log_generation_rules If not set, all supported fields are updated. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 9e04556dbb6..f6bdde9ca09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment. "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id` "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs. - "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. + "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index b2b33334a81..8b9f0983195 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment. "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id` "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs. - "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. + "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index e4579e109f2..c61f3d7a30d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment. "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id` "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs. - "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. + "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index f296bbb4829..131a813e76c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment. "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id` "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs. - "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. + "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html index 18b01dc3ca3..9d796da6bf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html index d8f76aa3eb8..6343c13d5ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Service acts as a top-level container that manages a set of Routes and Configurations which implement a network service. Service exists to provide a singular abstraction which can be access controlled, reasoned about, and which encapsulates software lifecycle decisions such as rollout policy and team resource ownership. Service acts only as an orchestrator of the underlying Routes and Configurations (much as a kubernetes Deployment orchestrates ReplicaSets). The Service's controller will track the statuses of its owned Configuration and Route, reflecting their statuses and conditions as its own. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call. It must be "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of resource. It must be "Service". - "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. + "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal. "annotations": { # Unstructured key value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/maxScale`: Revision. * `autoscaling.knative.dev/minScale`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass`: Service, Job, * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization`: Service, Job, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/client-name`: All resources. * `run.googleapis.com/cloudsql-instances`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/container-dependencies`: Revision . * `run.googleapis.com/cpu-throttling`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key-shutdown-hours`: Revision * `run.googleapis.com/encryption-key`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/execution-environment`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/launch-stage`: Service, Job. * `run.googleapis.com/minScale`: Service (ALPHA) * `run.googleapis.com/network-interfaces`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/post-key-revocation-action-type`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/secrets`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/secure-session-agent`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/sessionAffinity`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/startup-cpu-boost`: Revision. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-connector`: Revision, Execution. * `run.googleapis.com/vpc-access-egress`: Revision, Execution. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index 7c35cd628df..8391e4e7a3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a Service.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a Service.
 
 Args:
@@ -1262,6 +1262,7 @@ 

Method Details

} allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and if the Service does not exist, it will create a new one. The caller must have 'run.services.create' permissions if this is set to true and the Service does not exist. + updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to be updated. validateOnly: boolean, Indicates that the request should be validated and default values populated, without persisting the request or updating any resources. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html index bc17459f642..3fc748ecb2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html @@ -94,6 +94,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the databases Resource.

+

+ instancePartitionOperations() +

+

Returns the instancePartitionOperations Resource.

+

instancePartitions()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..427e786b6a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ + + + +

Cloud Spanner API . projects . instances . instancePartitionOperations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, instancePartitionDeadline=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists instance partition long-running operations in the given instance. An instance partition operation has a name of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitionOperations.list` permission on the resource parent.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, instancePartitionDeadline=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists instance partition long-running operations in the given instance. An instance partition operation has a name of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitionOperations.list` permission on the resource parent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent instance of the instance partition operations. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstancePartitionMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstancePartitionMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstancePartitionMetadata) AND` \ `(metadata.instance_partition.name:custom-instance-partition) AND` \ `(metadata.start_time < \"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\") AND` \ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstancePartitionMetadata. * The instance partition name contains "custom-instance-partition". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.
+  instancePartitionDeadline: string, Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partition operations. Instance partitions whose operation metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable in ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Number of operations to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. If non-empty, `page_token` should contain a next_page_token from a previous ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse to the same `parent` and with the same `filter`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for ListInstancePartitionOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # `next_page_token` can be sent in a subsequent ListInstancePartitionOperations call to fetch more of the matching metadata.
+  "operations": [ # The list of matching instance partition long-running operations. Each operation's name will be prefixed by the instance partition's name. The operation's metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachableInstancePartitions": [ # The list of unreachable instance partitions. It includes the names of instance partitions whose operation metadata could not be retrieved within instance_partition_deadline.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html index 722aea0b585..ea298ee94bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.html @@ -82,10 +82,256 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an instance partition and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance partition. The instance partition name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance partition already exists, `CreateInstancePartition` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * The instance partition is readable via the API, with all requested attributes but no allocated resources. Its state is `CREATING`. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance partition immediately unreadable via the API. * The instance partition can be deleted. * All other attempts to modify the instance partition are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing for all successfully-allocated resources begins (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * Databases can start using this instance partition. * The instance partition's allocated resource levels are readable via the API. * The instance partition's state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance partition. The metadata field type is CreateInstancePartitionMetadata. The response field type is InstancePartition, if successful.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an existing instance partition. Requires that the instance partition is not used by any database or backup and is not the default instance partition of an instance. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitions.delete` permission on the resource name.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets information about a particular instance partition.

+

+ list(parent, instancePartitionDeadline=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all instance partitions for the given instance.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an instance partition, and begins allocating or releasing resources as requested. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance partition. If the named instance partition does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * For resource types for which a decrease in the instance partition's allocation has been requested, billing is based on the newly-requested level. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time, and begins restoring resources to their pre-request values. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all resource changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance partition are rejected. * Reading the instance partition via the API continues to give the pre-request resource levels. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing begins for all successfully-allocated resources (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * All newly-reserved resources are available for serving the instance partition's tables. * The instance partition's new resource levels are readable via the API. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance partition modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstancePartitionMetadata. The response field type is InstancePartition, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitions.update` permission on the resource name.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an instance partition and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance partition. The instance partition name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance partition already exists, `CreateInstancePartition` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * The instance partition is readable via the API, with all requested attributes but no allocated resources. Its state is `CREATING`. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance partition immediately unreadable via the API. * The instance partition can be deleted. * All other attempts to modify the instance partition are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing for all successfully-allocated resources begins (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * Databases can start using this instance partition. * The instance partition's allocated resource levels are readable via the API. * The instance partition's state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance partition. The metadata field type is CreateInstancePartitionMetadata. The response field type is InstancePartition, if successful.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the instance in which to create the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for CreateInstancePartition.
+  "instancePartition": { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources that databases can define placements on. # Required. The instance partition to create. The instance_partition.name may be omitted, but if specified must be `/instancePartitions/`.
+    "config": "A String", # Required. The name of the instance partition's configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. See also InstanceConfig and ListInstanceConfigs.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was created.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length.
+    "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created.
+    "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+    "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+    "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencingDatabases": [ # Output only. The names of the databases that reference this instance partition. Referencing databases should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing database prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance partition state.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was most recently updated.
+  },
+  "instancePartitionId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the instance partition to create. Valid identifiers are of the form `a-z*[a-z0-9]` and must be between 2 and 64 characters in length.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an existing instance partition. Requires that the instance partition is not used by any database or backup and is not the default instance partition of an instance. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitions.delete` permission on the resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the instance partition to be deleted. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/instancePartitions/{instance_partition}` (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. If not empty, the API only deletes the instance partition when the etag provided matches the current status of the requested instance partition. Otherwise, deletes the instance partition without checking the current status of the requested instance partition.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets information about a particular instance partition.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the requested instance partition. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/instancePartitions/{instance_partition}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources that databases can define placements on.
+  "config": "A String", # Required. The name of the instance partition's configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. See also InstanceConfig and ListInstanceConfigs.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was created.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length.
+  "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly.
+  "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created.
+  "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+  "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+  "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencingDatabases": [ # Output only. The names of the databases that reference this instance partition. Referencing databases should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing database prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance partition state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, instancePartitionDeadline=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all instance partitions for the given instance.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The instance whose instance partitions should be listed. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`. (required)
+  instancePartitionDeadline: string, Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partitions. Instance partitions whose metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable in ListInstancePartitionsResponse.
+  pageSize: integer, Number of instance partitions to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
+  pageToken: string, If non-empty, `page_token` should contain a next_page_token from a previous ListInstancePartitionsResponse.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for ListInstancePartitions.
+  "instancePartitions": [ # The list of requested instancePartitions.
+    { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources that databases can define placements on.
+      "config": "A String", # Required. The name of the instance partition's configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. See also InstanceConfig and ListInstanceConfigs.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was created.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length.
+      "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created.
+      "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+      "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+      "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "referencingDatabases": [ # Output only. The names of the databases that reference this instance partition. Referencing databases should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing database prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance partition state.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was most recently updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # `next_page_token` can be sent in a subsequent ListInstancePartitions call to fetch more of the matching instance partitions.
+  "unreachable": [ # The list of unreachable instance partitions. It includes the names of instance partitions whose metadata could not be retrieved within instance_partition_deadline.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an instance partition, and begins allocating or releasing resources as requested. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance partition. If the named instance partition does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * For resource types for which a decrease in the instance partition's allocation has been requested, billing is based on the newly-requested level. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time, and begins restoring resources to their pre-request values. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all resource changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance partition are rejected. * Reading the instance partition via the API continues to give the pre-request resource levels. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing begins for all successfully-allocated resources (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * All newly-reserved resources are available for serving the instance partition's tables. * The instance partition's new resource levels are readable via the API. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance partition modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstancePartitionMetadata. The response field type is InstancePartition, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitions.update` permission on the resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for UpdateInstancePartition.
+  "fieldMask": "A String", # Required. A mask specifying which fields in InstancePartition should be updated. The field mask must always be specified; this prevents any future fields in InstancePartition from being erased accidentally by clients that do not know about them.
+  "instancePartition": { # An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources that databases can define placements on. # Required. The instance partition to update, which must always include the instance partition name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in field_mask need be included.
+    "config": "A String", # Required. The name of the instance partition's configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. See also InstanceConfig and ListInstanceConfigs.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was created.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length.
+    "etag": "A String", # Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly.
+    "name": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created.
+    "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+    "processingUnits": 42, # The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.
+    "referencingBackups": [ # Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencingDatabases": [ # Output only. The names of the databases that reference this instance partition. Referencing databases should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing database prevents the instance partition from being deleted.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. The current instance partition state.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the instance partition was most recently updated.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.managedFolders.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.managedFolders.html index c1891557859..274482353cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.managedFolders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.managedFolders.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- delete(bucket, managedFolder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

+ delete(bucket, managedFolder, allowNonEmpty=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

Permanently deletes a managed folder.

get(bucket, managedFolder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

@@ -108,12 +108,13 @@

Method Details

- delete(bucket, managedFolder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None) + delete(bucket, managedFolder, allowNonEmpty=None, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)
Permanently deletes a managed folder.
 
 Args:
   bucket: string, Name of the bucket containing the managed folder. (required)
   managedFolder: string, The managed folder name/path. (required)
+  allowNonEmpty: boolean, Allows the deletion of a managed folder even if it is not empty. A managed folder is empty if there are no objects or managed folders that it applies to. Callers must have storage.managedFolders.setIamPolicy permission.
   ifMetagenerationMatch: string, If set, only deletes the managed folder if its metageneration matches this value.
   ifMetagenerationNotMatch: string, If set, only deletes the managed folder if its metageneration does not match this value.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html index a0474938068..d2d851637f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html @@ -141,6 +141,47 @@

Method Details

"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Required. The `Topic.name` of the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish notifications. Must be of the format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Not matching this format results in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job. + "replicationSpec": { # Specifies the configuration for running a replication job. # Replication specification. + "gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data sink. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data source. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don't support `ObjectConditions`. # Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink. + "excludePrefixes": [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "includePrefixes": [ # If you specify `include_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `include_prefixes` array to determine which objects to include in a transfer. Objects must start with one of the matching `include_prefixes` for inclusion in the transfer. If exclude_prefixes is specified, objects must not start with any of the `exclude_prefixes` specified for inclusion in the transfer. The following are requirements of `include_prefixes`: * Each include-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each include-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to include the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the include-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the include-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each include-prefix must include a distinct portion of the object namespace. No include-prefix may be a prefix of another include-prefix. The max size of `include_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "lastModifiedBefore": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" before this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. + "lastModifiedSince": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" on or after this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. The `last_modified_since` and `last_modified_before` fields can be used together for chunked data processing. For example, consider a script that processes each day's worth of data at a time. For that you'd set each of the fields as follows: * `last_modified_since` to the start of the day * `last_modified_before` to the end of the day + "maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred if a specific maximum time has elapsed since the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation`and the "last modification time" of the object is less than the value of max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + "minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred until a specific minimum time has elapsed after the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation` and the "last modification time" of the object is equal to or greater than the value of min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + }, + "transferOptions": { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + "deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer": True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive. + "deleteObjectsUniqueInSink": True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive. + "metadataOptions": { # Specifies the metadata options for running a transfer. # Represents the selected metadata options for a transfer job. + "acl": "A String", # Specifies how each object's ACLs should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as ACL_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "gid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX group ID (GID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, GID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "kmsKey": "A String", # Specifies how each object's Cloud KMS customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) is preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as KMS_KEY_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "mode": "A String", # Specifies how each file's mode attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, mode is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "storageClass": "A String", # Specifies the storage class to set on objects being transferred to Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as STORAGE_CLASS_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "symlink": "A String", # Specifies how symlinks should be handled by the transfer. By default, symlinks are not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "temporaryHold": "A String", # Specifies how each object's temporary hold status should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TEMPORARY_HOLD_PRESERVE. + "timeCreated": "A String", # Specifies how each object's `timeCreated` metadata is preserved for transfers. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TIME_CREATED_SKIP. + "uid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX user ID (UID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, UID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + }, + "overwriteObjectsAlreadyExistingInSink": True or False, # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. The default is that only objects that are different from the source are ovewritten. If true, all objects in the sink whose name matches an object in the source are overwritten with the source object. + "overwriteWhen": "A String", # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. If not set, overwrite behavior is determined by overwrite_objects_already_existing_in_sink. + }, + }, "schedule": { # Transfers can be scheduled to recur or to run just once. # Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule. "endTimeOfDay": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The time in UTC that no further transfer operations are scheduled. Combined with schedule_end_date, `end_time_of_day` specifies the end date and time for starting new transfer operations. This field must be greater than or equal to the timestamp corresponding to the combintation of schedule_start_date and start_time_of_day, and is subject to the following: * If `end_time_of_day` is not set and `schedule_end_date` is set, then a default value of `23:59:59` is used for `end_time_of_day`. * If `end_time_of_day` is set and `schedule_end_date` is not set, then INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -301,6 +342,47 @@

Method Details

"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Required. The `Topic.name` of the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish notifications. Must be of the format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Not matching this format results in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job. + "replicationSpec": { # Specifies the configuration for running a replication job. # Replication specification. + "gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data sink. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data source. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don't support `ObjectConditions`. # Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink. + "excludePrefixes": [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "includePrefixes": [ # If you specify `include_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `include_prefixes` array to determine which objects to include in a transfer. Objects must start with one of the matching `include_prefixes` for inclusion in the transfer. If exclude_prefixes is specified, objects must not start with any of the `exclude_prefixes` specified for inclusion in the transfer. The following are requirements of `include_prefixes`: * Each include-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each include-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to include the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the include-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the include-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each include-prefix must include a distinct portion of the object namespace. No include-prefix may be a prefix of another include-prefix. The max size of `include_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "lastModifiedBefore": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" before this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. + "lastModifiedSince": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" on or after this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. The `last_modified_since` and `last_modified_before` fields can be used together for chunked data processing. For example, consider a script that processes each day's worth of data at a time. For that you'd set each of the fields as follows: * `last_modified_since` to the start of the day * `last_modified_before` to the end of the day + "maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred if a specific maximum time has elapsed since the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation`and the "last modification time" of the object is less than the value of max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + "minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred until a specific minimum time has elapsed after the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation` and the "last modification time" of the object is equal to or greater than the value of min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + }, + "transferOptions": { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + "deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer": True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive. + "deleteObjectsUniqueInSink": True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive. + "metadataOptions": { # Specifies the metadata options for running a transfer. # Represents the selected metadata options for a transfer job. + "acl": "A String", # Specifies how each object's ACLs should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as ACL_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "gid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX group ID (GID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, GID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "kmsKey": "A String", # Specifies how each object's Cloud KMS customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) is preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as KMS_KEY_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "mode": "A String", # Specifies how each file's mode attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, mode is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "storageClass": "A String", # Specifies the storage class to set on objects being transferred to Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as STORAGE_CLASS_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "symlink": "A String", # Specifies how symlinks should be handled by the transfer. By default, symlinks are not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "temporaryHold": "A String", # Specifies how each object's temporary hold status should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TEMPORARY_HOLD_PRESERVE. + "timeCreated": "A String", # Specifies how each object's `timeCreated` metadata is preserved for transfers. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TIME_CREATED_SKIP. + "uid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX user ID (UID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, UID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + }, + "overwriteObjectsAlreadyExistingInSink": True or False, # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. The default is that only objects that are different from the source are ovewritten. If true, all objects in the sink whose name matches an object in the source are overwritten with the source object. + "overwriteWhen": "A String", # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. If not set, overwrite behavior is determined by overwrite_objects_already_existing_in_sink. + }, + }, "schedule": { # Transfers can be scheduled to recur or to run just once. # Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule. "endTimeOfDay": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The time in UTC that no further transfer operations are scheduled. Combined with schedule_end_date, `end_time_of_day` specifies the end date and time for starting new transfer operations. This field must be greater than or equal to the timestamp corresponding to the combintation of schedule_start_date and start_time_of_day, and is subject to the following: * If `end_time_of_day` is not set and `schedule_end_date` is set, then a default value of `23:59:59` is used for `end_time_of_day`. * If `end_time_of_day` is set and `schedule_end_date` is not set, then INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -488,6 +570,47 @@

Method Details

"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Required. The `Topic.name` of the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish notifications. Must be of the format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Not matching this format results in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job. + "replicationSpec": { # Specifies the configuration for running a replication job. # Replication specification. + "gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data sink. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data source. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don't support `ObjectConditions`. # Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink. + "excludePrefixes": [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "includePrefixes": [ # If you specify `include_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `include_prefixes` array to determine which objects to include in a transfer. Objects must start with one of the matching `include_prefixes` for inclusion in the transfer. If exclude_prefixes is specified, objects must not start with any of the `exclude_prefixes` specified for inclusion in the transfer. The following are requirements of `include_prefixes`: * Each include-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each include-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to include the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the include-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the include-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each include-prefix must include a distinct portion of the object namespace. No include-prefix may be a prefix of another include-prefix. The max size of `include_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "lastModifiedBefore": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" before this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. + "lastModifiedSince": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" on or after this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. The `last_modified_since` and `last_modified_before` fields can be used together for chunked data processing. For example, consider a script that processes each day's worth of data at a time. For that you'd set each of the fields as follows: * `last_modified_since` to the start of the day * `last_modified_before` to the end of the day + "maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred if a specific maximum time has elapsed since the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation`and the "last modification time" of the object is less than the value of max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + "minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred until a specific minimum time has elapsed after the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation` and the "last modification time" of the object is equal to or greater than the value of min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + }, + "transferOptions": { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + "deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer": True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive. + "deleteObjectsUniqueInSink": True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive. + "metadataOptions": { # Specifies the metadata options for running a transfer. # Represents the selected metadata options for a transfer job. + "acl": "A String", # Specifies how each object's ACLs should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as ACL_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "gid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX group ID (GID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, GID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "kmsKey": "A String", # Specifies how each object's Cloud KMS customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) is preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as KMS_KEY_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "mode": "A String", # Specifies how each file's mode attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, mode is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "storageClass": "A String", # Specifies the storage class to set on objects being transferred to Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as STORAGE_CLASS_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "symlink": "A String", # Specifies how symlinks should be handled by the transfer. By default, symlinks are not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "temporaryHold": "A String", # Specifies how each object's temporary hold status should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TEMPORARY_HOLD_PRESERVE. + "timeCreated": "A String", # Specifies how each object's `timeCreated` metadata is preserved for transfers. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TIME_CREATED_SKIP. + "uid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX user ID (UID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, UID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + }, + "overwriteObjectsAlreadyExistingInSink": True or False, # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. The default is that only objects that are different from the source are ovewritten. If true, all objects in the sink whose name matches an object in the source are overwritten with the source object. + "overwriteWhen": "A String", # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. If not set, overwrite behavior is determined by overwrite_objects_already_existing_in_sink. + }, + }, "schedule": { # Transfers can be scheduled to recur or to run just once. # Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule. "endTimeOfDay": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The time in UTC that no further transfer operations are scheduled. Combined with schedule_end_date, `end_time_of_day` specifies the end date and time for starting new transfer operations. This field must be greater than or equal to the timestamp corresponding to the combintation of schedule_start_date and start_time_of_day, and is subject to the following: * If `end_time_of_day` is not set and `schedule_end_date` is set, then a default value of `23:59:59` is used for `end_time_of_day`. * If `end_time_of_day` is set and `schedule_end_date` is not set, then INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -660,6 +783,47 @@

Method Details

"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Required. The `Topic.name` of the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish notifications. Must be of the format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Not matching this format results in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job. + "replicationSpec": { # Specifies the configuration for running a replication job. # Replication specification. + "gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data sink. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data source. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don't support `ObjectConditions`. # Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink. + "excludePrefixes": [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "includePrefixes": [ # If you specify `include_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `include_prefixes` array to determine which objects to include in a transfer. Objects must start with one of the matching `include_prefixes` for inclusion in the transfer. If exclude_prefixes is specified, objects must not start with any of the `exclude_prefixes` specified for inclusion in the transfer. The following are requirements of `include_prefixes`: * Each include-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each include-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to include the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the include-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the include-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each include-prefix must include a distinct portion of the object namespace. No include-prefix may be a prefix of another include-prefix. The max size of `include_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "lastModifiedBefore": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" before this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. + "lastModifiedSince": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" on or after this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. The `last_modified_since` and `last_modified_before` fields can be used together for chunked data processing. For example, consider a script that processes each day's worth of data at a time. For that you'd set each of the fields as follows: * `last_modified_since` to the start of the day * `last_modified_before` to the end of the day + "maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred if a specific maximum time has elapsed since the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation`and the "last modification time" of the object is less than the value of max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + "minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred until a specific minimum time has elapsed after the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation` and the "last modification time" of the object is equal to or greater than the value of min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + }, + "transferOptions": { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + "deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer": True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive. + "deleteObjectsUniqueInSink": True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive. + "metadataOptions": { # Specifies the metadata options for running a transfer. # Represents the selected metadata options for a transfer job. + "acl": "A String", # Specifies how each object's ACLs should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as ACL_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "gid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX group ID (GID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, GID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "kmsKey": "A String", # Specifies how each object's Cloud KMS customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) is preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as KMS_KEY_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "mode": "A String", # Specifies how each file's mode attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, mode is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "storageClass": "A String", # Specifies the storage class to set on objects being transferred to Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as STORAGE_CLASS_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "symlink": "A String", # Specifies how symlinks should be handled by the transfer. By default, symlinks are not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "temporaryHold": "A String", # Specifies how each object's temporary hold status should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TEMPORARY_HOLD_PRESERVE. + "timeCreated": "A String", # Specifies how each object's `timeCreated` metadata is preserved for transfers. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TIME_CREATED_SKIP. + "uid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX user ID (UID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, UID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + }, + "overwriteObjectsAlreadyExistingInSink": True or False, # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. The default is that only objects that are different from the source are ovewritten. If true, all objects in the sink whose name matches an object in the source are overwritten with the source object. + "overwriteWhen": "A String", # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. If not set, overwrite behavior is determined by overwrite_objects_already_existing_in_sink. + }, + }, "schedule": { # Transfers can be scheduled to recur or to run just once. # Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule. "endTimeOfDay": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The time in UTC that no further transfer operations are scheduled. Combined with schedule_end_date, `end_time_of_day` specifies the end date and time for starting new transfer operations. This field must be greater than or equal to the timestamp corresponding to the combintation of schedule_start_date and start_time_of_day, and is subject to the following: * If `end_time_of_day` is not set and `schedule_end_date` is set, then a default value of `23:59:59` is used for `end_time_of_day`. * If `end_time_of_day` is set and `schedule_end_date` is not set, then INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -840,6 +1004,47 @@

Method Details

"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Required. The `Topic.name` of the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish notifications. Must be of the format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Not matching this format results in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job. + "replicationSpec": { # Specifies the configuration for running a replication job. # Replication specification. + "gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data sink. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data source. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don't support `ObjectConditions`. # Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink. + "excludePrefixes": [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "includePrefixes": [ # If you specify `include_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `include_prefixes` array to determine which objects to include in a transfer. Objects must start with one of the matching `include_prefixes` for inclusion in the transfer. If exclude_prefixes is specified, objects must not start with any of the `exclude_prefixes` specified for inclusion in the transfer. The following are requirements of `include_prefixes`: * Each include-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each include-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to include the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the include-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the include-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each include-prefix must include a distinct portion of the object namespace. No include-prefix may be a prefix of another include-prefix. The max size of `include_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "lastModifiedBefore": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" before this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. + "lastModifiedSince": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" on or after this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. The `last_modified_since` and `last_modified_before` fields can be used together for chunked data processing. For example, consider a script that processes each day's worth of data at a time. For that you'd set each of the fields as follows: * `last_modified_since` to the start of the day * `last_modified_before` to the end of the day + "maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred if a specific maximum time has elapsed since the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation`and the "last modification time" of the object is less than the value of max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + "minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred until a specific minimum time has elapsed after the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation` and the "last modification time" of the object is equal to or greater than the value of min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + }, + "transferOptions": { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + "deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer": True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive. + "deleteObjectsUniqueInSink": True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive. + "metadataOptions": { # Specifies the metadata options for running a transfer. # Represents the selected metadata options for a transfer job. + "acl": "A String", # Specifies how each object's ACLs should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as ACL_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "gid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX group ID (GID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, GID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "kmsKey": "A String", # Specifies how each object's Cloud KMS customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) is preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as KMS_KEY_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "mode": "A String", # Specifies how each file's mode attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, mode is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "storageClass": "A String", # Specifies the storage class to set on objects being transferred to Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as STORAGE_CLASS_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "symlink": "A String", # Specifies how symlinks should be handled by the transfer. By default, symlinks are not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "temporaryHold": "A String", # Specifies how each object's temporary hold status should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TEMPORARY_HOLD_PRESERVE. + "timeCreated": "A String", # Specifies how each object's `timeCreated` metadata is preserved for transfers. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TIME_CREATED_SKIP. + "uid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX user ID (UID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, UID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + }, + "overwriteObjectsAlreadyExistingInSink": True or False, # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. The default is that only objects that are different from the source are ovewritten. If true, all objects in the sink whose name matches an object in the source are overwritten with the source object. + "overwriteWhen": "A String", # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. If not set, overwrite behavior is determined by overwrite_objects_already_existing_in_sink. + }, + }, "schedule": { # Transfers can be scheduled to recur or to run just once. # Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule. "endTimeOfDay": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The time in UTC that no further transfer operations are scheduled. Combined with schedule_end_date, `end_time_of_day` specifies the end date and time for starting new transfer operations. This field must be greater than or equal to the timestamp corresponding to the combintation of schedule_start_date and start_time_of_day, and is subject to the following: * If `end_time_of_day` is not set and `schedule_end_date` is set, then a default value of `23:59:59` is used for `end_time_of_day`. * If `end_time_of_day` is set and `schedule_end_date` is not set, then INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -1002,6 +1207,47 @@

Method Details

"pubsubTopic": "A String", # Required. The `Topic.name` of the Pub/Sub topic to which to publish notifications. Must be of the format: `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. Not matching this format results in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. }, "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job. + "replicationSpec": { # Specifies the configuration for running a replication job. # Replication specification. + "gcsDataSink": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data sink. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "gcsDataSource": { # In a GcsData resource, an object's name is the Cloud Storage object's name and its "last modification time" refers to the object's `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, which changes when the content or the metadata of the object is updated. # Specifies cloud Storage data source. + "bucketName": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket name. Must meet [Bucket Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#requirements). + "managedFolderTransferEnabled": True or False, # Preview. Enables the transfer of managed folders between Cloud Storage buckets. Set this option on the gcs_data_source. If set to true: - Managed folders in the source bucket are transferred to the destination bucket. - Managed folders in the destination bucket are overwritten. Other OVERWRITE options are not supported. See [Transfer Cloud Storage managed folders](/storage-transfer/docs/managed-folders). + "path": "A String", # Root path to transfer objects. Must be an empty string or full path name that ends with a '/'. This field is treated as an object prefix. As such, it should generally not begin with a '/'. The root path value must meet [Object Name Requirements](/storage/docs/naming#objectnames). + }, + "objectConditions": { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The "last modification time" refers to the time of the last change to the object's content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. Transfers with a PosixFilesystem source or destination don't support `ObjectConditions`. # Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' "last modification time" do not exclude objects in a data sink. + "excludePrefixes": [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "includePrefixes": [ # If you specify `include_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `include_prefixes` array to determine which objects to include in a transfer. Objects must start with one of the matching `include_prefixes` for inclusion in the transfer. If exclude_prefixes is specified, objects must not start with any of the `exclude_prefixes` specified for inclusion in the transfer. The following are requirements of `include_prefixes`: * Each include-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each include-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to include the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the include-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the include-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each include-prefix must include a distinct portion of the object namespace. No include-prefix may be a prefix of another include-prefix. The max size of `include_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers). + "A String", + ], + "lastModifiedBefore": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" before this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. + "lastModifiedSince": "A String", # If specified, only objects with a "last modification time" on or after this timestamp and objects that don't have a "last modification time" are transferred. The `last_modified_since` and `last_modified_before` fields can be used together for chunked data processing. For example, consider a script that processes each day's worth of data at a time. For that you'd set each of the fields as follows: * `last_modified_since` to the start of the day * `last_modified_before` to the end of the day + "maxTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred if a specific maximum time has elapsed since the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation`and the "last modification time" of the object is less than the value of max_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + "minTimeElapsedSinceLastModification": "A String", # Ensures that objects are not transferred until a specific minimum time has elapsed after the "last modification time". When a TransferOperation begins, objects with a "last modification time" are transferred only if the elapsed time between the start_time of the `TransferOperation` and the "last modification time" of the object is equal to or greater than the value of min_time_elapsed_since_last_modification`. Objects that do not have a "last modification time" are also transferred. + }, + "transferOptions": { # TransferOptions define the actions to be performed on objects in a transfer. # Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. + "deleteObjectsFromSourceAfterTransfer": True or False, # Whether objects should be deleted from the source after they are transferred to the sink. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_unique_in_sink are mutually exclusive. + "deleteObjectsUniqueInSink": True or False, # Whether objects that exist only in the sink should be deleted. **Note:** This option and delete_objects_from_source_after_transfer are mutually exclusive. + "metadataOptions": { # Specifies the metadata options for running a transfer. # Represents the selected metadata options for a transfer job. + "acl": "A String", # Specifies how each object's ACLs should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as ACL_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "gid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX group ID (GID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, GID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "kmsKey": "A String", # Specifies how each object's Cloud KMS customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) is preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as KMS_KEY_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "mode": "A String", # Specifies how each file's mode attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, mode is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "storageClass": "A String", # Specifies the storage class to set on objects being transferred to Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as STORAGE_CLASS_DESTINATION_BUCKET_DEFAULT. + "symlink": "A String", # Specifies how symlinks should be handled by the transfer. By default, symlinks are not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + "temporaryHold": "A String", # Specifies how each object's temporary hold status should be preserved for transfers between Google Cloud Storage buckets. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TEMPORARY_HOLD_PRESERVE. + "timeCreated": "A String", # Specifies how each object's `timeCreated` metadata is preserved for transfers. If unspecified, the default behavior is the same as TIME_CREATED_SKIP. + "uid": "A String", # Specifies how each file's POSIX user ID (UID) attribute should be handled by the transfer. By default, UID is not preserved. Only applicable to transfers involving POSIX file systems, and ignored for other transfers. + }, + "overwriteObjectsAlreadyExistingInSink": True or False, # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. The default is that only objects that are different from the source are ovewritten. If true, all objects in the sink whose name matches an object in the source are overwritten with the source object. + "overwriteWhen": "A String", # When to overwrite objects that already exist in the sink. If not set, overwrite behavior is determined by overwrite_objects_already_existing_in_sink. + }, + }, "schedule": { # Transfers can be scheduled to recur or to run just once. # Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule. "endTimeOfDay": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The time in UTC that no further transfer operations are scheduled. Combined with schedule_end_date, `end_time_of_day` specifies the end date and time for starting new transfer operations. This field must be greater than or equal to the timestamp corresponding to the combintation of schedule_start_date and start_time_of_day, and is subject to the following: * If `end_time_of_day` is not set and `schedule_end_date` is set, then a default value of `23:59:59` is used for `end_time_of_day`. * If `end_time_of_day` is set and `schedule_end_date` is not set, then INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html index 5230aa1f265..6e348f4d238 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sts_v1.v1.html @@ -77,12 +77,6 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

-

- introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).

-

- oauthtoken(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Exchanges a credential that represents the resource owner's authorization for a Google-generated [OAuth 2.0 access token] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5) or [refreshes an accesstoken] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6) following [the OAuth 2.0 authorization framework] (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8693) The credential can be one of the following: - An authorization code issued by the workforce identity federation authorization endpoint - A [refresh token](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-10.4) issued by this endpoint This endpoint is only meant to be called by the Google Cloud CLI. Also note that this API only accepts the authorization code issued for workforce pools.

token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. Note that workforce pools do not support Credential Access Boundaries. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.

@@ -92,75 +86,6 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
-
- introspect(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).
-
-Args:
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for IntrospectToken.
-  "token": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.
-  "tokenTypeHint": "A String", # Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for IntrospectToken.
-  "active": True or False, # A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.
-  "client_id": "A String", # The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.
-  "exp": "A String", # The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.
-  "iat": "A String", # The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.
-  "iss": "A String", # The issuer of the provided token.
-  "scope": "A String", # A list of scopes associated with the provided token.
-  "sub": "A String", # The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account's user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.
-  "username": "A String", # The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`. If the provided token is associated with a workforce pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools//subject/`.
-}
-
- -
- oauthtoken(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Exchanges a credential that represents the resource owner's authorization for a Google-generated [OAuth 2.0 access token] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5) or [refreshes an accesstoken] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6) following [the OAuth 2.0 authorization framework] (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8693) The credential can be one of the following: - An authorization code issued by the workforce identity federation authorization endpoint - A [refresh token](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-10.4) issued by this endpoint This endpoint is only meant to be called by the Google Cloud CLI. Also note that this API only accepts the authorization code issued for workforce pools.
-
-Args:
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for ExchangeOauthToken
-  "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token. It is REQUIRED when the [client] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.1) is not authenticating with the authorization server, i.e. when authentication method is [client authentication] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-3.2.1).
-  "code": "A String", # Optional. The authorization code that was previously from workforce identity federation's `authorize` endpoint. Required if the flow is authorization code flow, i.e. if grant_type is 'authorization_code'
-  "codeVerifier": "A String", # Optional. The code verifier for the PKCE request, Google Cloud CLI originally generates it before the authorization request. PKCE is used to protect authorization code from interception attacks. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7636#section-1.1 and https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7636#section-3. It is required when the flow is authorization code flow, i.e. if grant_type is 'authorization_code'
-  "grantType": "A String", # Required. The grant types are as follows: - 'authorization_code' : an authorization code flow, i.e. exchange of authorization code for the Oauth access token - 'refresh_token' : a refresh token flow, i.e. obtain a new access token by providing the refresh token. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6
-  "redirectUri": "A String", # Optional. redirect_url is required when the flow is authorization code flow i.e. if grant_type is `authorization_code` See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-4.1.3
-  "refreshToken": "A String", # Optional. The Refresh token is the credential that is used to obtain a new access token when the current access token becomes invalid or expires. Required when using refresh token flow, i.e. if `grant_type` is 'refresh_token' See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.5 and https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6
-  "scope": "A String", # Optional. An optional list of scopes that are requested for the token to be returned. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-3.3 Must be a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings. Note: Currently, the scopes in the request are not supported
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for ExchangeOauthToken. see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5.1
-  "access_token": "A String", # An OAuth 2.0 security token, issued by Google, in response to the Oauth token exchange request for the authorization code and refresh token flows. The returned [access token](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-4.1.4). Tokens can vary in size, depending, in part, on the size of mapped claims, up to a maximum of 12288 bytes (12 KB). Google reserves the right to change the token size and the maximum length at any time.
-  "expires_in": 42, # The amount of time, in seconds, between the time when the access token was issued and the time when the access token will expires.
-  "id_token": "A String", # Google issued ID token in response to the OAuth token exchange request for ID token flow.
-  "refresh_token": "A String", # A refresh token, issued by Google, in response to the OAuth token exchange request for refresh token flow
-  "scope": "A String", # A list of scopes associated with the returned token.
-  "token_type": "A String", # The type of token. Field reserved for RFC compliance. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5.1
-}
-
-
token(body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. Note that workforce pools do not support Credential Access Boundaries. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html
index a727fa491ca..e7c1b924744 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tasks_v1.tasks.html
@@ -174,6 +174,7 @@ 

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. }
@@ -208,6 +209,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. } parent: string, Parent task identifier. If the task is created at the top level, this parameter is omitted. Optional. @@ -242,6 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. }
@@ -294,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. }, ], "kind": "A String", # Type of the resource. This is always "tasks#tasks". @@ -354,6 +358,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. }
@@ -389,6 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -421,6 +427,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. }
@@ -456,6 +463,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -488,6 +496,7 @@

Method Details

"status": "A String", # Status of the task. This is either "needsAction" or "completed". "title": "A String", # Title of the task. "updated": "A String", # Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp). + "webViewLink": "A String", # An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.deviceSessions.html b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.deviceSessions.html index 56cb4155d42..876f505a04e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.deviceSessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.deviceSessions.html @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable message to explain the state. }, ], - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes. + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable message to explain the state. }, ], - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes. + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes. }
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable message to explain the state. }, ], - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes. + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes. }
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable message to explain the state. }, ], - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes. + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable message to explain the state. }, ], - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes. + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes. } updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Method Details

"stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable message to explain the state. }, ], - "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes. + "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html index 7a71cfd62ba..12c02b58e6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@

Method Details

"resource": { # The updated EventTicketClass resource. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -980,8 +980,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1782,8 +1782,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2583,8 +2583,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3400,8 +3400,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4205,8 +4205,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5006,8 +5006,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5809,8 +5809,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6610,8 +6610,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html index f29b89c94e8..06c06e5521f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html @@ -474,8 +474,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1991,8 +1991,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3496,8 +3496,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5000,8 +5000,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6520,8 +6520,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -8047,8 +8047,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -9553,8 +9553,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -11057,8 +11057,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -12563,8 +12563,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -14067,8 +14067,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html index 6536cf1766b..e286ec15afe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1068,8 +1068,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1953,8 +1953,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2837,8 +2837,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3737,8 +3737,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4625,8 +4625,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5509,8 +5509,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6395,8 +6395,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -7279,8 +7279,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html index f856d132866..a0d18216393 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html @@ -537,8 +537,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2168,8 +2168,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3787,8 +3787,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5405,8 +5405,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -7039,8 +7039,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -8661,8 +8661,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -10279,8 +10279,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -11899,8 +11899,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -13517,8 +13517,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html index 06d023f4da9..0446008e69a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Response to adding a new issuer message to the class. This contains the entire updated GenericClass. "resource": { # Generic Class # The updated EventTicketClass resource. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -569,8 +569,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -961,8 +961,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1352,8 +1352,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1759,8 +1759,8 @@

Method Details

"resources": [ # Resources corresponding to the list request. { # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2154,8 +2154,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2545,8 +2545,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2938,8 +2938,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3329,8 +3329,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Generic Class "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html index 36e3f663016..f1fab9ffe76 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -880,8 +880,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -1581,8 +1581,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -2281,8 +2281,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -2997,8 +2997,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -3701,8 +3701,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -4401,8 +4401,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -5103,8 +5103,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -5803,8 +5803,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html index 8ba839458e4..4d2f6de99ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html @@ -481,8 +481,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -1815,8 +1815,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -3137,8 +3137,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -4458,8 +4458,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -5795,8 +5795,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -7120,8 +7120,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -8441,8 +8441,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -9764,8 +9764,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -11085,8 +11085,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.issuer.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.issuer.html index f6e60ff0ce9..6ac56a8504f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.issuer.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.issuer.html @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -228,8 +228,8 @@

Method Details

"resources": [ # Resources corresponding to the list request. { "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -267,8 +267,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -302,8 +302,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -339,8 +339,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. @@ -374,8 +374,8 @@

Method Details

{ "callbackOptions": { # Allows the issuer to provide their callback settings. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "contactInfo": { # Issuer contact information. "alertsEmails": [ # Email addresses which will receive alerts. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html index 195cfe8689d..901b3725367 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1211,8 +1211,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2408,8 +2408,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3651,8 +3651,8 @@

Method Details

"seatClassPolicy": "A String", # Seating policy which dictates how we display the seat class. If unset, Google will default to `cabinBased`. }, "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4892,8 +4892,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -5899,8 +5899,8 @@

Method Details

"allowBarcodeRedemption": True or False, # Determines whether the merchant supports gift card redemption using barcode. If true, app displays a barcode for the gift card on the Gift card details screen. If false, a barcode is not displayed. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "cardNumberLabel": "A String", # The label to display for the card number, such as "Card Number". "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. @@ -6900,8 +6900,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -7999,8 +7999,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -9153,8 +9153,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -10188,8 +10188,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -11227,8 +11227,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -12506,8 +12506,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html index b7d41b8c36d..e6938db90ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -980,8 +980,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1780,8 +1780,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2579,8 +2579,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3394,8 +3394,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4197,8 +4197,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4996,8 +4996,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5797,8 +5797,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6596,8 +6596,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html index be86a7bfa68..6d45b63c20b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html @@ -478,8 +478,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1961,8 +1961,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3432,8 +3432,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4902,8 +4902,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6388,8 +6388,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -7881,8 +7881,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -9353,8 +9353,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -10823,8 +10823,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -12295,8 +12295,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -13765,8 +13765,8 @@

Method Details

"accountNameLabel": "A String", # The account name label, such as "Member Name." Recommended maximum length is 15 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html index 0cac24843cc..5afb13201cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@

Method Details

"resource": { # The updated OfferClass resource. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -916,8 +916,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1654,8 +1654,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2391,8 +2391,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3144,8 +3144,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3885,8 +3885,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4622,8 +4622,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5361,8 +5361,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6098,8 +6098,8 @@

Method Details

{ "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html index f8031c12ac6..921cf78a8fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html @@ -471,8 +471,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1831,8 +1831,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3179,8 +3179,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4526,8 +4526,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5889,8 +5889,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -7240,8 +7240,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -8587,8 +8587,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -9936,8 +9936,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -11283,8 +11283,8 @@

Method Details

"classReference": { # A copy of the inherited fields of the parent class. These fields are retrieved during a GET. "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html index 52eb6ccccb2..2229931f3b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html @@ -170,8 +170,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -1161,8 +1161,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2140,8 +2140,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -3118,8 +3118,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4112,8 +4112,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -5094,8 +5094,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6072,8 +6072,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -7052,8 +7052,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -8030,8 +8030,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html index da234d4bdc7..ec308d307bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html @@ -478,8 +478,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -2531,8 +2531,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -4572,8 +4572,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -6612,8 +6612,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -8668,8 +8668,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -10712,8 +10712,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -12752,8 +12752,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -14794,8 +14794,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. @@ -16834,8 +16834,8 @@

Method Details

}, "allowMultipleUsersPerObject": True or False, # Deprecated. Use `multipleDevicesAndHoldersAllowedStatus` instead. "callbackOptions": { # Callback options to be used to call the issuer back for every save/delete of an object for this class by the end-user. All objects of this class are eligible for the callback. - "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated. - "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. + "updateRequestUrl": "A String", # URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated. + "url": "A String", # The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. }, "classTemplateInfo": { # Template information about how the class should be displayed. If unset, Google will fallback to a default set of fields to display. "cardBarcodeSectionDetails": { # Specifies extra information to be displayed above and below the barcode. diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 9a3ea9328b6..5f3ba45dd90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json index 22e3396443d..4297900e88a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index 1d8184b5588..a539861eb11 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json index 63d3d42a508..13a97cc8596 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://acmedns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcmeChallengeSet": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index 940ea1dcf79..5a638f2d7f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -3115,7 +3115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index 3a12e713540..01ecd41cb04 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index be8929e055a..02ef958fe60 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdSource": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index 52db99952ff..fcc0282dc43 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json index dfa20736e25..17d438affb2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://advisorynotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAdvisorynotificationsV1Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 296dccb1d5d..91e3eece34f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://africa-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://asia-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-east1" }, @@ -121,6 +126,21 @@ }, { "description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://europe-west12-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://me-central1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://me-central2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://me-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "location": "me-west1" }, @@ -188,6 +208,11 @@ "description": "Locational Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://us-west4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://us-east5-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -3217,7 +3242,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `endpoint` supports = and !=. `endpoint` represents the Endpoint ID, i.e. the last segment of the Endpoint's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and, != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `endpoint=1` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `baseModelName=\"text-bison\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -10036,7 +10061,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"`", +"description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `model` supports = and !=. `model` represents the Model ID, i.e. the last segment of the Model's resource name. * `display_name` supports = and != * `labels` supports general map functions that is: * `labels.key=value` - key:value equality * `labels.key:* or labels:key - key existence * A key including a space must be quoted. `labels.\"a key\"`. * `base_model_name` only supports = Some examples: * `model=1234` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` * `labels.myKey=\"myValue\"` * `baseModelName=\"text-bison\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -11367,7 +11392,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -11618,6 +11643,163 @@ } } }, +"persistentResources": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a PersistentResource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to create the PersistentResource in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"persistentResourceId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the PersistentResource, which become the final component of the PersistentResource's resource name. The maximum length is 63 characters, and valid characters are `/^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$/`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/persistentResources", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentResource" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a PersistentResource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources/{persistentResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the PersistentResource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/persistentResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a PersistentResource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources/{persistentResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the PersistentResource resource. Format: `projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/persistentResources/{persistent_resource_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/persistentResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentResource" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists PersistentResources in a Location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListPersistentResourceResponse.next_page_token of the previous PersistentResourceService.ListPersistentResource call.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list the PersistentResources from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/persistentResources", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListPersistentResourcesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a PersistentResource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources/{persistentResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/persistentResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Specify the fields to be overwritten in the PersistentResource by the update method.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentResource" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "pipelineJobs": { "methods": { "batchCancel": { @@ -15557,6 +15739,64 @@ } } } +}, +"tuningJobs": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tuningJobs/{tuningJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tuningJobs/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tuningJobs/{tuningJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tuningJobs/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} } } } @@ -15618,7 +15858,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionEmbedVideoResponse": { @@ -16237,6 +16477,10 @@ "description": "A single part of a message.", "id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePart", "properties": { +"documentMetadata": { +"$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartDocumentMetadata", +"description": "Document metadata. The metadata should only be used by the Cloud LLM when supporting document mime types. It will only be populated when this image input part is converted from a document input part." +}, "fileData": { "$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartFileData", "description": "URI-based data." @@ -16284,6 +16528,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartDocumentMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata describes the original input document content.", +"id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartDocumentMetadata", +"properties": { +"originalDocumentBlob": { +"$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartBlob", +"description": "The original document blob." +}, +"pageNumber": { +"description": "The (1-indexed) page number of the image in the original document. The first page carries the original document content and mime type.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartFileData": { "description": "Represents file data.", "id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServicePartFileData", @@ -16429,6 +16689,13 @@ "description": "Whether the category is flagged as being present. Currently, this is set to true if score >= 0.5.", "type": "boolean" }, +"influentialTerms": { +"description": "The influential terms that could potentially block the response.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceRaiSignalInfluentialTerm" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "raiCategory": { "description": "The RAI category.", "enum": [ @@ -16517,6 +16784,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceRaiSignalInfluentialTerm": { +"description": "The influential term that could potentially block the response.", +"id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceRaiSignalInfluentialTerm", +"properties": { +"beginOffset": { +"description": "The beginning offset of the influential term.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"confidence": { +"description": "The confidence score of the influential term.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"source": { +"description": "The source of the influential term, prompt or response.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROMPT", +"RESPONSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified source.", +"The influential term comes from the prompt.", +"The influential term comes from the response." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"term": { +"description": "The influential term.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceSafetyRating": { "description": "Safety rating corresponding to the generated content.", "id": "CloudAiNlLlmProtoServiceSafetyRating", @@ -17827,7 +18129,10 @@ "MAX_TOKENS", "SAFETY", "RECITATION", -"OTHER" +"OTHER", +"BLOCKLIST", +"PROHIBITED_CONTENT", +"SPII" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The finish reason is unspecified.", @@ -17835,7 +18140,10 @@ "The maximum number of tokens as specified in the request was reached.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for safety reasons. NOTE: When streaming the Candidate.content will be empty if content filters blocked the output.", "The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for unauthorized citations.", -"All other reasons that stopped the token generation" +"All other reasons that stopped the token generation", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for the prohibited contents.", +"The token generation was stopped as the response was flagged for Sensitive Personally Identifiable Information (SPII) contents." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -18441,6 +18749,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreatePersistentResourceOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Details of operations that perform create PersistentResource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreatePersistentResourceOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"genericMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenericOperationMetadata", +"description": "Operation metadata for PersistentResource." +}, +"progressMessage": { +"description": "Progress Message for Create LRO", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreatePipelineJobRequest": { "description": "Request message for PipelineService.CreatePipelineJob.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CreatePipelineJobRequest", @@ -19664,10 +19987,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PredictRequestResponseLoggingConfig", "description": "Configures the request-response logging for online prediction." }, -"privateServiceConnectConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PrivateServiceConnectConfig", -"description": "Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive." -}, "trafficSplit": { "additionalProperties": { "format": "int32", @@ -21798,7 +22117,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FindNeighborsRequest": { -"description": "The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors.", +"description": "LINT.IfChange The request message for MatchService.FindNeighbors.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FindNeighborsRequest", "properties": { "deployedIndexId": { @@ -21948,12 +22267,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema", -"description": "Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1" +"description": "Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1" } }, "type": "object" @@ -22024,6 +22343,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"systemInstructions": { +"description": "Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "tools": { "description": "Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.", "items": { @@ -22067,12 +22393,16 @@ "enum": [ "BLOCKED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", "SAFETY", -"OTHER" +"OTHER", +"BLOCKLIST", +"PROHIBITED_CONTENT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified blocked reason.", "Candidates blocked due to safety.", -"Candidates blocked due to other reason." +"Candidates blocked due to other reason.", +"Candidates blocked due to the terms which are included from the terminology blocklist.", +"Candidates blocked due to prohibited content." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -22191,6 +22521,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleSearchRetrieval": { +"description": "Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleSearchRetrieval", +"properties": { +"disableAttribution": { +"description": "Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution": { "description": "Grounding attribution.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingAttribution", @@ -23660,6 +24001,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListPersistentResourcesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for PersistentResourceService.ListPersistentResources", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListPersistentResourcesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve next page of results. Pass to ListPersistentResourcesRequest.page_token to obtain that page.", +"type": "string" +}, +"persistentResources": { +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentResource" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListPipelineJobsResponse": { "description": "Response message for PipelineService.ListPipelineJobs", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListPipelineJobsResponse", @@ -26301,7 +26659,9 @@ "BEING_STARTED", "BEING_STOPPED", "STOPPED", -"BEING_UPGRADED" +"BEING_UPGRADED", +"ERROR", +"INVALID" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified runtime state.", @@ -26309,7 +26669,9 @@ "NotebookRuntime is in starting state.", "NotebookRuntime is in stopping state.", "NotebookRuntime is in stopped state.", -"NotebookRuntime is in upgrading state. It is in the middle of upgrading process." +"NotebookRuntime is in upgrading state. It is in the middle of upgrading process.", +"NotebookRuntime was unable to start/stop properly.", +"NotebookRuntime is in invalid state. Cannot be recovered." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -26508,6 +26870,103 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentResource": { +"description": "Represents long-lasting resources that are dedicated to users to runs custom workloads. A PersistentResource can have multiple node pools and each node pool can have its own machine spec.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PersistentResource", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. The display name of the PersistentResource. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1EncryptionSpec", +"description": "Optional. Customer-managed encryption key spec for a PersistentResource. If set, this PersistentResource and all sub-resources of this PersistentResource will be secured by this key." +}, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "Output only. Only populated when persistent resource's state is `STOPPING` or `ERROR`.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. The labels with user-defined metadata to organize PersistentResource. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Resource name of a PersistentResource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Optional. The full name of the Compute Engine [network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to peered with Vertex AI to host the persistent resources. For example, `projects/12345/global/networks/myVPC`. [Format](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/networks/insert) is of the form `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Where {project} is a project number, as in `12345`, and {network} is a network name. To specify this field, you must have already [configured VPC Network Peering for Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/vpc-peering). If this field is left unspecified, the resources aren't peered with any network.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservedIpRanges": { +"description": "Optional. A list of names for the reserved IP ranges under the VPC network that can be used for this persistent resource. If set, we will deploy the persistent resource within the provided IP ranges. Otherwise, the persistent resource is deployed to any IP ranges under the provided VPC network. Example: ['vertex-ai-ip-range'].", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"resourcePools": { +"description": "Required. The spec of the pools of different resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcePool" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"resourceRuntime": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourceRuntime", +"description": "Output only. Runtime information of the Persistent Resource.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"resourceRuntimeSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourceRuntimeSpec", +"description": "Optional. Persistent Resource runtime spec. For example, used for Ray cluster configuration." +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the PersistentResource for the first time entered the `RUNNING` state.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The detailed state of a Study.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROVISIONING", +"RUNNING", +"STOPPING", +"ERROR", +"UPDATING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not set.", +"The PROVISIONING state indicates the persistent resources is being created.", +"The RUNNING state indicates the persistent resource is healthy and fully usable.", +"The STOPPING state indicates the persistent resource is being deleted.", +"The ERROR state indicates the persistent resource may be unusable. Details can be found in the `error` field.", +"The UPDATING state indicates the persistent resource is being updated." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Time when the PersistentResource was most recently updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PipelineJob": { "description": "An instance of a machine learning PipelineJob.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1PipelineJob", @@ -27240,7 +27699,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Indicates the launch stage of the model.", "enum": [ "LAUNCH_STAGE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DOGFOOD", "EXPERIMENTAL", "PRIVATE_PREVIEW", "PUBLIC_PREVIEW", @@ -27248,7 +27706,6 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The model launch stage is unspecified.", -"Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Google internal testing launch stage.", "Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Experimental launch stage, available to a small set of customers.", "Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Private Preview launch stage, only available to a small set of customers, although a larger set of customers than an Experimental launch. Previews are the first launch stage used to get feedback from customers.", "Used to indicate the PublisherModel is at Public Preview launch stage, available to all customers, although not supported for production workloads.", @@ -27766,6 +28223,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayMetricSpec": { +"description": "Configuration for the Ray metrics.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayMetricSpec", +"properties": { +"disabled": { +"description": "Optional. Flag to disable the Ray metrics collection.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RaySpec": { +"description": "Configuration information for the Ray cluster. For experimental launch, Ray cluster creation and Persistent cluster creation are 1:1 mapping: We will provision all the nodes within the Persistent cluster as Ray nodes.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RaySpec", +"properties": { +"headNodeResourcePoolId": { +"description": "Optional. This will be used to indicate which resource pool will serve as the Ray head node(the first node within that pool). Will use the machine from the first workerpool as the head node by default if this field isn't set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"imageUri": { +"description": "Optional. Default image for user to choose a preferred ML framework (for example, TensorFlow or Pytorch) by choosing from [Vertex prebuilt images](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/pre-built-containers). Either this or the resource_pool_images is required. Use this field if you need all the resource pools to have the same Ray image. Otherwise, use the {@code resource_pool_images} field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"rayMetricSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RayMetricSpec", +"description": "Optional. Ray metrics configurations." +}, +"resourcePoolImages": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Required if image_uri isn't set. A map of resource_pool_id to prebuild Ray image if user need to use different images for different head/worker pools. This map needs to cover all the resource pool ids. Example: { \"ray_head_node_pool\": \"head image\" \"ray_worker_node_pool1\": \"worker image\" \"ray_worker_node_pool2\": \"another worker image\" }", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReadFeatureValuesRequest": { "description": "Request message for FeaturestoreOnlineServingService.ReadFeatureValues.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReadFeatureValuesRequest", @@ -27971,6 +28465,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RebootPersistentResourceOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Details of operations that perform reboot PersistentResource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RebootPersistentResourceOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"genericMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenericOperationMetadata", +"description": "Operation metadata for PersistentResource." +}, +"progressMessage": { +"description": "Progress Message for Reboot LRO", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RemoveContextChildrenRequest": { "description": "Request message for MetadataService.DeleteContextChildrenRequest.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RemoveContextChildrenRequest", @@ -28011,6 +28520,92 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcePool": { +"description": "Represents the spec of a group of resources of the same type, for example machine type, disk, and accelerators, in a PersistentResource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcePool", +"properties": { +"autoscalingSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcePoolAutoscalingSpec", +"description": "Optional. Optional spec to configure GKE autoscaling" +}, +"diskSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DiskSpec", +"description": "Optional. Disk spec for the machine in this node pool." +}, +"id": { +"description": "Immutable. The unique ID in a PersistentResource for referring to this resource pool. User can specify it if necessary. Otherwise, it's generated automatically.", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1MachineSpec", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine." +}, +"replicaCount": { +"description": "Optional. The total number of machines to use for this resource pool.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"usedReplicaCount": { +"description": "Output only. The number of machines currently in use by training jobs for this resource pool. Will replace idle_replica_count.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcePoolAutoscalingSpec": { +"description": "The min/max number of replicas allowed if enabling autoscaling", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcePoolAutoscalingSpec", +"properties": { +"maxReplicaCount": { +"description": "Optional. max replicas in the node pool, must be \u2265 replica_count and > min_replica_count or will throw error", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"minReplicaCount": { +"description": "Optional. min replicas in the node pool, must be \u2264 replica_count and < max_replica_count or will throw error", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourceRuntime": { +"description": "Persistent Cluster runtime information as output", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourceRuntime", +"properties": { +"accessUris": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Output only. URIs for user to connect to the Cluster. Example: { \"RAY_HEAD_NODE_INTERNAL_IP\": \"head-node-IP:10001\" \"RAY_DASHBOARD_URI\": \"ray-dashboard-address:8888\" }", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "object" +}, +"notebookRuntimeTemplate": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of NotebookRuntimeTemplate for the RoV Persistent Cluster The NotebokRuntimeTemplate is created in the same VPC (if set), and with the same Ray and Python version as the Persistent Cluster. Example: \"projects/1000/locations/us-central1/notebookRuntimeTemplates/abc123\"", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourceRuntimeSpec": { +"description": "Configuration for the runtime on a PersistentResource instance, including but not limited to: * Service accounts used to run the workloads. * Whether to make it a dedicated Ray Cluster.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourceRuntimeSpec", +"properties": { +"raySpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RaySpec", +"description": "Optional. Ray cluster configuration. Required when creating a dedicated RayCluster on the PersistentResource." +}, +"serviceAccountSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ServiceAccountSpec", +"description": "Optional. Configure the use of workload identity on the PersistentResource" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcesConsumed": { "description": "Statistics information about resource consumption.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ResourcesConsumed", @@ -28052,6 +28647,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Retrieval": { +"description": "Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Retrieval", +"properties": { +"disableAttribution": { +"description": "Optional. Disable using the result from this tool in detecting grounding attribution. This does not affect how the result is given to the model for generation.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"vertexAiSearch": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexAISearch", +"description": "Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SafetyRating": { "description": "Safety rating corresponding to the generated content.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SafetyRating", @@ -28155,6 +28765,20 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"method": { +"description": "Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_BLOCK_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEVERITY", +"PROBABILITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The harm block method is unspecified.", +"The harm block method uses both probability and severity scores.", +"The harm block method uses the probability score." +], +"type": "string" +}, "threshold": { "description": "Required. The harm block threshold.", "enum": [ @@ -32428,6 +33052,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ServiceAccountSpec": { +"description": "Configuration for the use of custom service account to run the workloads.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ServiceAccountSpec", +"properties": { +"enableCustomServiceAccount": { +"description": "Required. If true, custom user-managed service account is enforced to run any workloads (for example, Vertex Jobs) on the resource. Otherwise, uses the [Vertex AI Custom Code Service Agent](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "Optional. Default service account that this PersistentResource's workloads run as. The workloads include: * Any runtime specified via `ResourceRuntimeSpec` on creation time, for example, Ray. * Jobs submitted to PersistentResource, if no other service account specified in the job specs. Only works when custom service account is enabled and users have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account. Required if any containers are specified in `ResourceRuntimeSpec`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ShieldedVmConfig": { "description": "A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm).", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ShieldedVmConfig", @@ -33788,6 +34427,14 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FunctionDeclaration" }, "type": "array" +}, +"googleSearchRetrieval": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleSearchRetrieval", +"description": "Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search." +}, +"retrieval": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Retrieval", +"description": "Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation." } }, "type": "object" @@ -34248,6 +34895,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UpdatePersistentResourceOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Details of operations that perform update PersistentResource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UpdatePersistentResourceOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"genericMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenericOperationMetadata", +"description": "Operation metadata for PersistentResource." +}, +"progressMessage": { +"description": "Progress Message for Update LRO", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UpdateSpecialistPoolOperationMetadata": { "description": "Runtime operation metadata for SpecialistPoolService.UpdateSpecialistPool.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UpdateSpecialistPoolOperationMetadata", @@ -34411,6 +35073,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexAISearch": { +"description": "Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai-search-and-conversation", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexAISearch", +"properties": { +"datastore": { +"description": "Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search's datastore resource ID. projects/<>/locations/<>/collections/<>/dataStores/<>", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VideoMetadata": { "description": "Metadata describes the input video content.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VideoMetadata", @@ -38113,6 +38786,7 @@ false "C", "DART", "GRADLE", +"GROOVY", "JAVADOC", "JSON", "MAKEFILE", @@ -38140,6 +38814,7 @@ false "C code.", "Dart code.", "Gradle code.", +"Groovy code.", "API documentation.", "JSON code.", "Makefile code.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index c712374406d..1722305cb22 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://africa-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://asia-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "location": "asia-east1" }, @@ -121,6 +126,21 @@ }, { "description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://europe-west12-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://me-central1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://me-central2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://me-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "location": "me-west1" }, @@ -188,6 +208,11 @@ "description": "Locational Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://us-west4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Locational Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://us-east5-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -4297,6 +4322,194 @@ } }, "extensions": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an Extension.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions/{extensionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Extension resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/extensions/{extension}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/extensions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"execute": { +"description": "Executes the request against a given extension.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions/{extensionsId}:execute", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.execute", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name (identifier) of the extension; Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/extensions/{extension}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/extensions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:execute", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExecuteExtensionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExecuteExtensionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets an Extension.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions/{extensionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the Extension resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/extensions/{extension}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/extensions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"import": { +"description": "Imports an Extension.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions:import", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.import", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to import the Extension in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/extensions:import", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Extensions in a location.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` More detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `create_time` * `update_time` Example: `display_name, create_time desc`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list the Extensions from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/extensions", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListExtensionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates an Extension.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions/{extensionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/extensions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Mask specifying which fields to update. Supported fields: * `display_name` * `description`", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, "resources": { "deployments": { "resources": { @@ -12741,7 +12954,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", +"description": "Optional. An expression for filtering the results of the request. For field names both snake_case and camelCase are supported. * `notebookRuntime` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntime` represents the NotebookRuntime ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntime's resource name. * `displayName` supports = and != and regex. * `notebookRuntimeTemplate` supports = and !=. `notebookRuntimeTemplate` represents the NotebookRuntimeTemplate ID, i.e. the last segment of the NotebookRuntimeTemplate's resource name. * `healthState` supports = and !=. healthState enum: [HEALTHY, UNHEALTHY, HEALTH_STATE_UNSPECIFIED]. * `runtimeState` supports = and !=. runtimeState enum: [RUNTIME_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, RUNNING, BEING_STARTED, BEING_STOPPED, STOPPED, BEING_UPGRADED, ERROR, INVALID]. * `runtimeUser` supports = and !=. * API version is UI only: `uiState` supports = and !=. uiState enum: [UI_RESOURCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_CREATED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_ACTIVE, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED, UI_RESOURCE_STATE_CREATION_FAILED]. * `notebookRuntimeType` supports = and !=. notebookRuntimeType enum: [USER_DEFINED, ONE_CLICK]. Some examples: * `notebookRuntime=\"notebookRuntime123\"` * `displayName=\"myDisplayName\"` and `displayName=~\"myDisplayNameRegex\"` * `notebookRuntimeTemplate=\"notebookRuntimeTemplate321\"` * `healthState=HEALTHY` * `runtimeState=RUNNING` * `runtimeUser=\"test@google.com\"` * `uiState=UI_RESOURCE_STATE_BEING_DELETED` * `notebookRuntimeType=USER_DEFINED`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -17955,7 +18168,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionEmbedVideoResponse": { @@ -19424,6 +19637,149 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfig": { +"description": "Auth configuration to run the extension.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfig", +"properties": { +"apiKeyConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigApiKeyConfig", +"description": "Config for API key auth." +}, +"authType": { +"description": "Type of auth scheme.", +"enum": [ +"AUTH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_AUTH", +"API_KEY_AUTH", +"HTTP_BASIC_AUTH", +"GOOGLE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_AUTH", +"OAUTH", +"OIDC_AUTH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"googleServiceAccountConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigGoogleServiceAccountConfig", +"description": "Config for Google Service Account auth." +}, +"httpBasicAuthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigHttpBasicAuthConfig", +"description": "Config for HTTP Basic auth." +}, +"noAuth": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigNoAuth", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Config for no auth." +}, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigOauthConfig", +"description": "Config for user oauth." +}, +"oidcConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigOidcConfig", +"description": "Config for user OIDC auth." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigApiKeyConfig": { +"description": "Config for authentication with API key.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigApiKeyConfig", +"properties": { +"apiKeySecret": { +"description": "Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"httpElementLocation": { +"description": "Required. The location of the API key.", +"enum": [ +"HTTP_IN_UNSPECIFIED", +"HTTP_IN_QUERY", +"HTTP_IN_HEADER", +"HTTP_IN_PATH", +"HTTP_IN_BODY", +"HTTP_IN_COOKIE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The parameter name of the API key. E.g. If the API request is \"https://example.com/act?api_key=\", \"api_key\" would be the parameter name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigGoogleServiceAccountConfig": { +"description": "Config for Google Service Account Authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigGoogleServiceAccountConfig", +"properties": { +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "Optional. The service account that the extension execution service runs as. - If it is not specified, the Vertex AI Extension Service Agent (https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/general/access-control#service-agents) will be used. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Extension Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigHttpBasicAuthConfig": { +"description": "Config for HTTP Basic Authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigHttpBasicAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"credentialSecret": { +"description": "Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the base64 encoded credentials. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secrete}/versions/{version}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigNoAuth": { +"description": "Empty message, used to indicate no authentication for an endpoint.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigNoAuth", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigOauthConfig": { +"description": "Config for user oauth.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigOauthConfig", +"properties": { +"accessToken": { +"description": "Access token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "The service account that the extension execution service will use to query extension. Used for generating OAuth token on behalf of provided service account. - If the service account is provided, the service account should grant Vertex AI Service Agent `iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken` permission.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigOidcConfig": { +"description": "Config for user OIDC auth.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfigOidcConfig", +"properties": { +"idToken": { +"description": "OpenID Connect formatted ID token for extension endpoint. Only used to propagate token from ExecuteExtensionRequest.runtime_auth_config at request time.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AutomaticResources": { "description": "A description of resources that to large degree are decided by Vertex AI, and require only a modest additional configuration. Each Model supporting these resources documents its specific guidelines.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AutomaticResources", @@ -22169,10 +22525,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PredictRequestResponseLoggingConfig", "description": "Configures the request-response logging for online prediction." }, -"privateServiceConnectConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PrivateServiceConnectConfig", -"description": "Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive." -}, "trafficSplit": { "additionalProperties": { "format": "int32", @@ -22563,6 +22915,49 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExecuteExtensionRequest": { +"description": "Request message for ExtensionExecutionService.ExecuteExtension.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExecuteExtensionRequest", +"properties": { +"operationId": { +"description": "Required. The operation to be executed in this extension as defined in ExtensionOperation.operation_id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operationParams": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional. Request parameters that will be used for executing this operation. The struct should be in a form of map with param name as the key and actual param value as the value. E.g. If this operation requires a param \"name\" to be set to \"abc\". you can set this to something like {\"name\": \"abc\"}.", +"type": "object" +}, +"runtimeAuthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. Auth config provided at runtime to override the default value in Extension.manifest.auth_config. The AuthConfig.auth_type should match the value in Extension.manifest.auth_config." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExecuteExtensionResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ExtensionExecutionService.ExecuteExtension.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExecuteExtensionResponse", +"properties": { +"content": { +"description": "Response content from the extension. The content should be conformant to the response.content schema in the extension's manifest/OpenAPI spec.", +"type": "string" +}, +"output": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Output from the extension. The output should be conformant to the extension's manifest/OpenAPI spec. The output can contain values for keys like \"content\", \"headers\", etc. This field is deprecated, please use content field below for the extension execution result.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Execution": { "description": "Instance of a general execution.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Execution", @@ -23360,6 +23755,114 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension": { +"description": "Extensions are tools for large language models to access external data, run computations, etc.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. The description of the Extension.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the Extension. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind \"overwrite\" update happens.", +"type": "string" +}, +"extensionOperations": { +"description": "Output only. Supported operations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionOperation" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"manifest": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionManifest", +"description": "Required. Manifest of the Extension." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the Extension.", +"type": "string" +}, +"toolUseExamples": { +"description": "Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolUseExample" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this Extension was most recently updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionManifest": { +"description": "Manifest spec of an Extension needed for runtime execution.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionManifest", +"properties": { +"apiSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionManifestApiSpec", +"description": "Required. Immutable. The API specification shown to the LLM." +}, +"authConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1AuthConfig", +"description": "Required. Immutable. Type of auth supported by this extension." +}, +"description": { +"description": "Required. The natural language description shown to the LLM. It should describe the usage of the extension, and is essential for the LLM to perform reasoning.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Extension name shown to the LLM. The name can be up to 128 characters long.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionManifestApiSpec": { +"description": "The API specification shown to the LLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionManifestApiSpec", +"properties": { +"openApiGcsUri": { +"description": "Cloud Storage URI pointing to the OpenAPI spec.", +"type": "string" +}, +"openApiYaml": { +"description": "The API spec in Open API standard and YAML format.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionOperation": { +"description": "Operation of an extension.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExtensionOperation", +"properties": { +"functionDeclaration": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1FunctionDeclaration", +"description": "Output only. Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the OpenAPI Spec.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"operationId": { +"description": "Operation ID that uniquely identifies the operations among the extension. See: \"Operation Object\" in https://swagger.io/specification/. This field is parsed from the OpenAPI spec. For HTTP extensions, if it does not exist in the spec, we will generate one from the HTTP method and path.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Feature": { "description": "Feature Metadata information. For example, color is a feature that describes an apple.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Feature", @@ -24081,7 +24584,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Configuration options for using brute force search, which simply implements the standard linear search in the database for each query. It is primarily meant for benchmarking and to generate the ground truth for approximate search." }, "crowdingColumn": { -"description": "Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by nearest neighbor search requiring that no more than some value k' of the k neighbors returned have the same value of crowding_attribute.", +"description": "Optional. Column of crowding. This column contains crowding attribute which is a constraint on a neighbor list produced by FeatureOnlineStoreService.SearchNearestEntities to diversify search results. If NearestNeighborQuery.per_crowding_attribute_neighbor_count is set to K in SearchNearestEntitiesRequest, it's guaranteed that no more than K entities of the same crowding attribute are returned in the response.", "type": "string" }, "distanceMeasureType": { @@ -24619,12 +25122,12 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", +"description": "Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.", "type": "string" }, "parameters": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema", -"description": "Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1" +"description": "Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1" } }, "type": "object" @@ -24730,6 +25233,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"systemInstructions": { +"description": "Optional. The user provided system instructions for the model.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Content" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "tools": { "description": "Optional. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model.", "items": { @@ -26061,6 +26571,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListExtensionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ExtensionRegistryService.ListExtensions", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListExtensionsResponse", +"properties": { +"extensions": { +"description": "List of Extension in the requested page.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListExtensionsRequest.page_token to obtain that page.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListFeatureGroupsResponse": { "description": "Response message for FeatureRegistryService.ListFeatureGroups.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListFeatureGroupsResponse", @@ -29114,7 +29642,9 @@ "BEING_STARTED", "BEING_STOPPED", "STOPPED", -"BEING_UPGRADED" +"BEING_UPGRADED", +"ERROR", +"INVALID" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified runtime state.", @@ -29122,7 +29652,9 @@ "NotebookRuntime is in starting state.", "NotebookRuntime is in stopping state.", "NotebookRuntime is in stopped state.", -"NotebookRuntime is in upgrading state. It is in the middle of upgrading process." +"NotebookRuntime is in upgrading state. It is in the middle of upgrading process.", +"NotebookRuntime was unable to start/stop properly.", +"NotebookRuntime is in invalid state. Cannot be recovered." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -30939,6 +31471,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RebootPersistentResourceOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Details of operations that perform reboot PersistentResource.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RebootPersistentResourceOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"genericMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenericOperationMetadata", +"description": "Operation metadata for PersistentResource." +}, +"progressMessage": { +"description": "Progress Message for Reboot LRO", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RemoveContextChildrenRequest": { "description": "Request message for MetadataService.DeleteContextChildrenRequest.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RemoveContextChildrenRequest", @@ -31319,6 +31866,20 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"method": { +"description": "Optional. Specify if the threshold is used for probability or severity score. If not specified, the threshold is used for probability score.", +"enum": [ +"HARM_BLOCK_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEVERITY", +"PROBABILITY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The harm block method is unspecified.", +"The harm block method uses both probability and severity scores.", +"The harm block method uses the probability score." +], +"type": "string" +}, "threshold": { "description": "Required. The harm block threshold.", "enum": [ @@ -36905,6 +37466,64 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolUseExample": { +"description": "A single example of the tool usage.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolUseExample", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name for example.", +"type": "string" +}, +"extensionOperation": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolUseExampleExtensionOperation", +"description": "Extension operation to call." +}, +"functionName": { +"description": "Function name to call.", +"type": "string" +}, +"query": { +"description": "Required. Query that should be routed to this tool.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestParams": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Request parameters used for executing this tool.", +"type": "object" +}, +"responseParams": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Response parameters generated by this tool.", +"type": "object" +}, +"responseSummary": { +"description": "Summary of the tool response to the user query.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolUseExampleExtensionOperation": { +"description": "Identifies one operation of the extension.", +"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ToolUseExampleExtensionOperation", +"properties": { +"extension": { +"description": "Resource name of the extension.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operationId": { +"description": "Required. Operation ID of the extension.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrainingConfig": { "description": "CMLE training config. For every active learning labeling iteration, system will train a machine learning model on CMLE. The trained model will be used by data sampling algorithm to select DataItems.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TrainingConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index c6d3862f245..bddd6fb1146 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index 93808d0272e..1a946529a07 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -517,34 +517,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"generateClientCertificate": { -"description": "Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:generateClientCertificate", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.generateClientCertificate", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the parent resource. The required format is: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+parent}:generateClientCertificate", -"request": { -"$ref": "GenerateClientCertificateRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GenerateClientCertificateResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets details of a single Cluster.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}", @@ -1489,7 +1461,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutomatedBackupPolicy": { @@ -2129,49 +2101,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GenerateClientCertificateRequest": { -"description": "Message for requests to generate a client certificate signed by the Cluster CA.", -"id": "GenerateClientCertificateRequest", -"properties": { -"certDuration": { -"description": "Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate the client certificate with the requested duration. The duration can be from 1 hour to 24 hours. The endpoint may or may not honor the hint. If the hint is left unspecified or is not honored, then the endpoint will pick an appropriate default duration.", -"format": "google-duration", -"type": "string" -}, -"publicKey": { -"description": "Optional. The public key from the client.", -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"type": "string" -}, -"useMetadataExchange": { -"description": "Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate a client ceritificate that can be used by AlloyDB connectors to exchange additional metadata with the server after TLS handshake.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GenerateClientCertificateResponse": { -"description": "Message returned by a GenerateClientCertificate operation.", -"id": "GenerateClientCertificateResponse", -"properties": { -"caCert": { -"description": "Optional. The pem-encoded cluster ca X.509 certificate.", -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCertificateChain": { -"description": "Output only. The pem-encoded chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.", "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse", @@ -3327,7 +3256,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3390,6 +3325,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3453,7 +3394,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3657,10 +3604,15 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"userLabelSet": { +"$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels", +"description": "User-provided labels associated with the resource" +}, "userLabels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, +"deprecated": true, "description": "User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.", "type": "object" } @@ -3783,7 +3735,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3846,6 +3804,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3909,7 +3873,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" } @@ -3938,11 +3908,18 @@ false "description": "An enum that represents the type of this entitlement.", "enum": [ "ENTITLEMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DUET_AI" +"DUET_AI", +"GEMINI" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", -"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership." +"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership.", +"The root entitlement representing Gemini package ownership." ], "type": "string" } @@ -4015,6 +3992,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels": { +"description": "Message type for storing user labels. User labels are used to tag App Engine resources, allowing users to search for resources matching a set of labels and to aggregate usage data by labels.", +"id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels", +"properties": { +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct": { "description": "Product specification for Condor resources.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 2ea2f4f54a1..317c0138d49 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -517,34 +517,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"generateClientCertificate": { -"description": "Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:generateClientCertificate", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.generateClientCertificate", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the parent resource. The required format is: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}:generateClientCertificate", -"request": { -"$ref": "GenerateClientCertificateRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GenerateClientCertificateResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets details of a single Cluster.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}", @@ -1489,7 +1461,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1878,6 +1850,10 @@ false "description": "For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)", "type": "string" }, +"geminiConfig": { +"$ref": "GeminiClusterConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details." +}, "initialUser": { "$ref": "UserPassword", "description": "Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored." @@ -1889,6 +1865,10 @@ false "description": "Labels as key value pairs", "type": "object" }, +"maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { +"$ref": "MaintenanceUpdatePolicy", +"description": "Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates." +}, "migrationSource": { "$ref": "MigrationSource", "description": "Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration.", @@ -2111,6 +2091,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DenyMaintenancePeriod": { +"description": "DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date.", +"id": "DenyMaintenancePeriod", +"properties": { +"endDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end." +}, +"startDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start." +}, +"time": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay", +"description": "Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -2173,56 +2172,26 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GenerateClientCertificateRequest": { -"description": "Message for requests to generate a client certificate signed by the Cluster CA.", -"id": "GenerateClientCertificateRequest", +"GeminiClusterConfig": { +"description": "Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details.", +"id": "GeminiClusterConfig", "properties": { -"certDuration": { -"description": "Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate the client certificate with the requested duration. The duration can be from 1 hour to 24 hours. The endpoint may or may not honor the hint. If the hint is left unspecified or is not honored, then the endpoint will pick an appropriate default duration.", -"format": "google-duration", -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCsr": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Optional. A pem-encoded X.509 certificate signing request (CSR). It is recommended to use public_key instead.", -"type": "string" -}, -"publicKey": { -"description": "Optional. The public key from the client.", -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"type": "string" -}, -"useMetadataExchange": { -"description": "Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate a client ceritificate that can be used by AlloyDB connectors to exchange additional metadata with the server after TLS handshake.", +"entitled": { +"description": "Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GenerateClientCertificateResponse": { -"description": "Message returned by a GenerateClientCertificate operation.", -"id": "GenerateClientCertificateResponse", +"GeminiInstanceConfig": { +"description": "Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details.", +"id": "GeminiInstanceConfig", "properties": { -"caCert": { -"description": "Optional. The pem-encoded cluster ca X.509 certificate.", -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCertificate": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCertificateChain": { -"description": "Output only. The pem-encoded chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, +"entitled": { +"description": "Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs.", "readOnly": true, -"type": "array" +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2279,6 +2248,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleTypeDate": { +"description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp", +"id": "GoogleTypeDate", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay": { "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.", "id": "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay", @@ -2393,6 +2384,10 @@ false "description": "The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity.", "type": "string" }, +"geminiConfig": { +"$ref": "GeminiInstanceConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details." +}, "instanceType": { "description": "Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time.", "enum": [ @@ -2442,6 +2437,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"observabilityConfig": { +"$ref": "ObservabilityInstanceConfig", +"description": "Configuration for observability." +}, "pscInstanceConfig": { "$ref": "PscInstanceConfig", "description": "Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance." @@ -2707,6 +2706,62 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"MaintenanceUpdatePolicy": { +"description": "MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates.", +"id": "MaintenanceUpdatePolicy", +"properties": { +"denyMaintenancePeriods": { +"description": "Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"maintenanceWindows": { +"description": "Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MaintenanceWindow" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MaintenanceWindow": { +"description": "MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance.", +"id": "MaintenanceWindow", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc.", +"enum": [ +"DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED", +"MONDAY", +"TUESDAY", +"WEDNESDAY", +"THURSDAY", +"FRIDAY", +"SATURDAY", +"SUNDAY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The day of the week is unspecified.", +"Monday", +"Tuesday", +"Wednesday", +"Thursday", +"Friday", +"Saturday", +"Sunday" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay", +"description": "Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MigrationSource": { "description": "Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource.", "id": "MigrationSource", @@ -2775,6 +2830,48 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ObservabilityInstanceConfig": { +"description": "Observability Instance specific configuration.", +"id": "ObservabilityInstanceConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxQueryStringLength": { +"description": "Query string length. The default value is 10k.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"preserveComments": { +"description": "Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"queryPlansPerMinute": { +"description": "Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"recordApplicationTags": { +"description": "Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"trackActiveQueries": { +"description": "Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"trackWaitEventTypes": { +"description": "Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned \"on\" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"trackWaitEvents": { +"description": "Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned \"on\" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Operation": { "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", "id": "Operation", @@ -3500,7 +3597,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3563,6 +3666,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3626,7 +3735,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3830,10 +3945,15 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"userLabelSet": { +"$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels", +"description": "User-provided labels associated with the resource" +}, "userLabels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, +"deprecated": true, "description": "User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.", "type": "object" } @@ -3956,7 +4076,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4019,6 +4145,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4082,7 +4214,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" } @@ -4111,11 +4249,18 @@ false "description": "An enum that represents the type of this entitlement.", "enum": [ "ENTITLEMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DUET_AI" +"DUET_AI", +"GEMINI" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", -"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership." +"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership.", +"The root entitlement representing Gemini package ownership." ], "type": "string" } @@ -4188,6 +4333,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels": { +"description": "Message type for storing user labels. User labels are used to tag App Engine resources, allowing users to search for resources matching a set of labels and to aggregate usage data by labels.", +"id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels", +"properties": { +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct": { "description": "Product specification for Condor resources.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 552af6ff96b..14513039532 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -517,34 +517,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"generateClientCertificate": { -"description": "Generate a client certificate signed by a Cluster CA. The sole purpose of this endpoint is to support AlloyDB connectors and the Auth Proxy client. The endpoint's behavior is subject to change without notice, so do not rely on its behavior remaining constant. Future changes will not break AlloyDB connectors or the Auth Proxy client.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:generateClientCertificate", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.generateClientCertificate", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The name of the parent resource. The required format is: * projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+parent}:generateClientCertificate", -"request": { -"$ref": "GenerateClientCertificateRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GenerateClientCertificateResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets details of a single Cluster.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}", @@ -1486,7 +1458,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -1864,6 +1836,10 @@ false "description": "For Resource freshness validation (https://google.aip.dev/154)", "type": "string" }, +"geminiConfig": { +"$ref": "GeminiClusterConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details." +}, "initialUser": { "$ref": "UserPassword", "description": "Input only. Initial user to setup during cluster creation. Required. If used in `RestoreCluster` this is ignored." @@ -1875,6 +1851,10 @@ false "description": "Labels as key value pairs", "type": "object" }, +"maintenanceUpdatePolicy": { +"$ref": "MaintenanceUpdatePolicy", +"description": "Optional. The maintenance update policy determines when to allow or deny updates." +}, "migrationSource": { "$ref": "MigrationSource", "description": "Output only. Cluster created via DMS migration.", @@ -2092,6 +2072,25 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DenyMaintenancePeriod": { +"description": "DenyMaintenancePeriod definition. Excepting emergencies, maintenance will not be scheduled to start within this deny period. The start_date must be less than the end_date.", +"id": "DenyMaintenancePeriod", +"properties": { +"endDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Deny period end date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be before the end." +}, +"startDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Deny period start date. This can be: * A full date, with non-zero year, month and day values. * A month and day value, with a zero year for recurring. Date matching this period will have to be the same or after the start." +}, +"time": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay", +"description": "Time in UTC when the deny period starts on start_date and ends on end_date. This can be: * Full time. * All zeros for 00:00:00 UTC" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Empty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "Empty", @@ -2154,56 +2153,26 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GenerateClientCertificateRequest": { -"description": "Message for requests to generate a client certificate signed by the Cluster CA.", -"id": "GenerateClientCertificateRequest", +"GeminiClusterConfig": { +"description": "Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details.", +"id": "GeminiClusterConfig", "properties": { -"certDuration": { -"description": "Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate the client certificate with the requested duration. The duration can be from 1 hour to 24 hours. The endpoint may or may not honor the hint. If the hint is left unspecified or is not honored, then the endpoint will pick an appropriate default duration.", -"format": "google-duration", -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCsr": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Optional. A pem-encoded X.509 certificate signing request (CSR). It is recommended to use public_key instead.", -"type": "string" -}, -"publicKey": { -"description": "Optional. The public key from the client.", -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"type": "string" -}, -"useMetadataExchange": { -"description": "Optional. An optional hint to the endpoint to generate a client ceritificate that can be used by AlloyDB connectors to exchange additional metadata with the server after TLS handshake.", +"entitled": { +"description": "Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the cluster. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the cluster. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GenerateClientCertificateResponse": { -"description": "Message returned by a GenerateClientCertificate operation.", -"id": "GenerateClientCertificateResponse", +"GeminiInstanceConfig": { +"description": "Instance level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details.", +"id": "GeminiInstanceConfig", "properties": { -"caCert": { -"description": "Optional. The pem-encoded cluster ca X.509 certificate.", -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCertificate": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Output only. The pem-encoded, signed X.509 certificate.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"pemCertificateChain": { -"description": "Output only. The pem-encoded chain that may be used to verify the X.509 certificate. Expected to be in issuer-to-root order according to RFC 5246.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, +"entitled": { +"description": "Output only. Whether the Gemini in Databases add-on is enabled for the instance. It will be true only if the add-on has been enabled for the billing account corresponding to the instance. Its status is toggled from the Admin Control Center (ACC) and cannot be toggled using AlloyDB's APIs.", "readOnly": true, -"type": "array" +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2260,6 +2229,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleTypeDate": { +"description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp", +"id": "GoogleTypeDate", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay": { "description": "Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`.", "id": "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay", @@ -2374,6 +2365,10 @@ false "description": "The Compute Engine zone that the instance should serve from, per https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/regions-zones This can ONLY be specified for ZONAL instances. If present for a REGIONAL instance, an error will be thrown. If this is absent for a ZONAL instance, instance is created in a random zone with available capacity.", "type": "string" }, +"geminiConfig": { +"$ref": "GeminiInstanceConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on. See go/prd-enable-duet-ai-databases for more details." +}, "instanceType": { "description": "Required. The type of the instance. Specified at creation time.", "enum": [ @@ -2423,6 +2418,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"observabilityConfig": { +"$ref": "ObservabilityInstanceConfig", +"description": "Configuration for observability." +}, "pscInstanceConfig": { "$ref": "PscInstanceConfig", "description": "Optional. The configuration for Private Service Connect (PSC) for the instance." @@ -2683,6 +2682,62 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"MaintenanceUpdatePolicy": { +"description": "MaintenanceUpdatePolicy defines the policy for system updates.", +"id": "MaintenanceUpdatePolicy", +"properties": { +"denyMaintenancePeriods": { +"description": "Periods to deny maintenance. Currently limited to 1.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DenyMaintenancePeriod" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"maintenanceWindows": { +"description": "Preferred windows to perform maintenance. Currently limited to 1.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MaintenanceWindow" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MaintenanceWindow": { +"description": "MaintenanceWindow specifies a preferred day and time for maintenance.", +"id": "MaintenanceWindow", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Preferred day of the week for maintenance, e.g. MONDAY, TUESDAY, etc.", +"enum": [ +"DAY_OF_WEEK_UNSPECIFIED", +"MONDAY", +"TUESDAY", +"WEDNESDAY", +"THURSDAY", +"FRIDAY", +"SATURDAY", +"SUNDAY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The day of the week is unspecified.", +"Monday", +"Tuesday", +"Wednesday", +"Thursday", +"Friday", +"Saturday", +"Sunday" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeTimeOfDay", +"description": "Preferred time to start the maintenance operation on the specified day. Maintenance will start within 1 hour of this time." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MigrationSource": { "description": "Subset of the source instance configuration that is available when reading the cluster resource.", "id": "MigrationSource", @@ -2751,6 +2806,48 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ObservabilityInstanceConfig": { +"description": "Observability Instance specific configuration.", +"id": "ObservabilityInstanceConfig", +"properties": { +"enabled": { +"description": "Observability feature status for an instance. This is a read-only flag and modifiable only by producer API. This flag is turned \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"maxQueryStringLength": { +"description": "Query string length. The default value is 10k.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"preserveComments": { +"description": "Preserve comments in query string for an instance. This flag is turned \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"queryPlansPerMinute": { +"description": "Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. The default value is 5. Any integer between 0 to 20 is considered valid.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"recordApplicationTags": { +"description": "Record application tags for an instance. This flag is turned \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"trackActiveQueries": { +"description": "Track actively running queries on the instance. If not set, this flag is \"off\" by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"trackWaitEventTypes": { +"description": "Output only. Track wait event types during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned \"on\" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on. This is read-only flag and only modifiable by producer API.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"trackWaitEvents": { +"description": "Track wait events during query execution for an instance. This flag is turned \"on\" by default but tracking is enabled only after observability enabled flag is also turned on.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Operation": { "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", "id": "Operation", @@ -3476,7 +3573,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3539,6 +3642,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3602,7 +3711,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3806,10 +3921,15 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"userLabelSet": { +"$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels", +"description": "User-provided labels associated with the resource" +}, "userLabels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, +"deprecated": true, "description": "User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.", "type": "object" } @@ -3932,7 +4052,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3995,6 +4121,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4058,7 +4190,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" } @@ -4087,11 +4225,18 @@ false "description": "An enum that represents the type of this entitlement.", "enum": [ "ENTITLEMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"DUET_AI" +"DUET_AI", +"GEMINI" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", -"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership." +"The root entitlement representing Duet AI package ownership.", +"The root entitlement representing Gemini package ownership." ], "type": "string" } @@ -4164,6 +4309,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels": { +"description": "Message type for storing user labels. User labels are used to tag App Engine resources, allowing users to search for resources matching a set of labels and to aggregate usage data by labels.", +"id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUserLabels", +"properties": { +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct": { "description": "Product specification for Condor resources.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterProtoCommonProduct", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index d6a13dd4bdf..85dc51ce9d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -4457,7 +4457,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -5904,6 +5904,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"primary": { +"description": "Optional. If true, this channel group will be used as the default channel group for reports. Only one channel group can be set as `primary` at any time. If the `primary` field gets set on a channel group, it will get unset on the previous primary channel group. The Google Analytics predefined channel group is the primary by default.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "systemDefined": { "description": "Output only. If true, then this channel group is the Default Channel Group predefined by Google Analytics. Display name and grouping rules cannot be updated for this channel group.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json index c8ba9d782da..d3a955c21ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json @@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 0b2fad99d38..58978c3b8c5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index 9853324312f..812bb142db1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1080,6 +1080,13 @@ "dataset": { "description": "Resource name of the dataset source for this listing. e.g. `projects/myproject/datasets/123`", "type": "string" +}, +"selectedResources": { +"description": "Optional. Resources in this dataset that are selectively shared. If this field is empty, then the entire dataset (all resources) are shared. This field is only valid for data clean room exchanges.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SelectedResource" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1677,6 +1684,17 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"SelectedResource": { +"description": "Resource in this dataset that are selectively shared.", +"id": "SelectedResource", +"properties": { +"table": { +"description": "Optional. Format: For table: `projects/{projectId}/datasets/{datasetId}/tables/{tableId}` Example:\"projects/test_project/datasets/test_dataset/tables/test_table\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index f6334329f5a..749037bbf2f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index c9bfe5bc37e..ec171c725a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index fcd1f28e639..e4a3f304b68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index 1652544c3fc..977485ba71e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ "DISALLOW_USB_DATA_TRANSFER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified. Defaults to ALLOW_USB_DATA_TRANSFER, unless usbFileTransferDisabled is set to true. If usbFileTransferDisabled is set to true, this is equivalent to DISALLOW_USB_FILE_TRANSFER.", +"Unspecified. Defaults to DISALLOW_USB_FILE_TRANSFER.", "All types of USB data transfers are allowed. usbFileTransferDisabled is ignored.", "Transferring files over USB is disallowed. Other types of USB data connections, such as mouse and keyboard connection, are allowed. usbFileTransferDisabled is ignored.", "When set, all types of USB data transfers are prohibited. Supported for devices running Android 12 or above with USB HAL 1.3 or above. If the setting is not supported, DISALLOW_USB_FILE_TRANSFER will be set. A nonComplianceDetail with API_LEVEL is reported if the Android version is less than 12. A nonComplianceDetail with DEVICE_INCOMPATIBLE is reported if the device does not have USB HAL 1.3 or above. usbFileTransferDisabled is ignored." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 03f5b05b913..d8f22fc248f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "externalTransactionId": { -"description": "Required. The id to use for the external transaction. Must be unique across all other transactions for the app. This value should be 1-63 characters and valid characters are /a-z0-9_-/. Do not use this field to store any Personally Identifiable Information (PII) such as emails. Attempting to store PII in this field may result in requests being blocked.", +"description": "Required. The id to use for the external transaction. Must be unique across all other transactions for the app. This value should be 1-63 characters and valid characters are /a-zA-Z0-9_-/. Do not use this field to store any Personally Identifiable Information (PII) such as emails. Attempting to store PII in this field may result in requests being blocked.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4726,7 +4726,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index aad3985676a..63bf880b4ea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -10013,7 +10013,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { @@ -10357,7 +10357,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ApiDoc", "properties": { "anonAllowed": { -"description": "Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), this flag is ignored; instead visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)).", +"description": "Optional. Boolean flag that manages user access to the catalog item. When true, the catalog item has public visibility and can be viewed anonymously; otherwise, only registered users may view it. Note: when the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), and this flag is set to false, visibility is set to an indeterminate state and must be explicitly specified in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)). Additionally, when enrolled in the audience management feature, updates to this flag will be ignored as visibility permissions must be updated in the management UI.", "type": "boolean" }, "apiProductName": { @@ -10411,7 +10411,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "published": { -"description": "Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility must be further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is further managed by the `anonAllowed` flag.", +"description": "Optional. Denotes whether the catalog item is published to the portal or is in a draft state. When the parent portal is enrolled in the [audience management feature](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/portal-audience#enrolling_in_the_beta_release_of_the_audience_management_feature), the visibility can be set to public on creation by setting the anonAllowed flag to true or further managed in the management UI (see [Manage the visibility of an API in your portal](https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-platform/publish/portal/publish-apis#visibility)) before it can be visible to any users. If not enrolled in the audience management feature, the visibility is managed by the `anonAllowed` flag.", "type": "boolean" }, "requireCallbackUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index 5be18214654..2ab41292b26 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index c1b14a4c18c..5613541c2a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 963d70b4d31..ac872a16a91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1918,7 +1918,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index cc2ab4c416e..5adf93d9382 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index cfffd58e0a6..ce436d97ee4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index c7a6cd21953..6027439ea9d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index fcbfd2a398b..973b9826b33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index ee5f8c7e5fa..31a5b67728b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -695,7 +695,8 @@ "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT" +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown compliance regime.", @@ -716,7 +717,8 @@ "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions" +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"KSA R5 Controls." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1172,7 +1174,8 @@ "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT" +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown compliance regime.", @@ -1193,7 +1196,8 @@ "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions" +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"KSA R5 Controls." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json index 3a43da9a654..d0ba9160154 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1beta1.json @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1beta1AcknowledgeViolationRequest": { @@ -667,7 +667,8 @@ "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT" +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown compliance regime.", @@ -688,7 +689,8 @@ "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions" +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"KSA R5 Controls." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1136,7 +1138,8 @@ "CA_PROTECTED_B", "IL5", "IL2", -"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT" +"JP_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT", +"KSA_REGIONS_AND_SUPPORT_WITH_SOVEREIGNTY_CONTROLS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unknown compliance regime.", @@ -1157,7 +1160,8 @@ "Assured Workloads for Canada Protected B regime", "Information protection as per DoD IL5 requirements.", "Information protection as per DoD IL2 requirements.", -"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions" +"Assured Workloads for Japan Regions", +"KSA R5 Controls." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index e7a29094b96..f2be33ff91f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index 4135708c6d2..2aaf0167a7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json index b1ee8fa3d11..64fab774b61 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1.json @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json index 50966e22dee..ece2d0d4aaa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/beyondcorp.v1alpha.json @@ -3907,7 +3907,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://beyondcorp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocatedConnection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json index 7e383bb317d..ae0baba14d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://biglake.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Catalog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json index 8ce3c8f2e17..7db78eed924 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatapolicy.v1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatapolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json index 06efc6638e3..7b841fbec6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquerydatatransfer.v1.json @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://bigquerydatatransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckValidCredsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index e2cc993dff6..8a326bf8cbe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 5bc763a1dca..68433494453 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -1817,6 +1817,229 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"authorizedViews": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new AuthorizedView in a table.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/tables/{tablesId}/authorizedViews", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"authorizedViewId": { +"description": "Required. The id of the AuthorizedView to create. This AuthorizedView must not already exist. The `authorized_view_id` appended to `parent` forms the full AuthorizedView name of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedView/{authorized_view}`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. This is the name of the table the AuthorizedView belongs to. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/authorizedViews", +"request": { +"$ref": "AuthorizedView" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Permanently deletes a specified AuthorizedView.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/tables/{tablesId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. The current etag of the AuthorizedView. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the AuthorizedView, deletion will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The unique name of the AuthorizedView to be deleted. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets information from a specified AuthorizedView.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/tables/{tablesId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The unique name of the requested AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. The resource_view to be applied to the returned AuthorizedView's fields. Default to BASIC.", +"enum": [ +"RESPONSE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"NAME_ONLY", +"BASIC", +"FULL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Uses the default view for each method as documented in the request.", +"Only populates `name`.", +"Only populates the AuthorizedView's basic metadata. This includes: name, deletion_protection, etag.", +"Populates every fields." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "AuthorizedView" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all AuthorizedViews from a specific table.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/tables/{tablesId}/authorizedViews", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results per page. A page_size of zero lets the server choose the number of items to return. A page_size which is strictly positive will return at most that many items. A negative page_size will cause an error. Following the first request, subsequent paginated calls are not required to pass a page_size. If a page_size is set in subsequent calls, it must match the page_size given in the first request.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The value of `next_page_token` returned by a previous call.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The unique name of the table for which AuthorizedViews should be listed. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. The resource_view to be applied to the returned views' fields. Default to NAME_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"RESPONSE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"NAME_ONLY", +"BASIC", +"FULL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Uses the default view for each method as documented in the request.", +"Only populates `name`.", +"Only populates the AuthorizedView's basic metadata. This includes: name, deletion_protection, etag.", +"Populates every fields." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/authorizedViews", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListAuthorizedViewsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates an AuthorizedView in a table.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/tables/{tablesId}/authorizedViews/{authorizedViewsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "bigtableadmin.projects.instances.tables.authorizedViews.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"ignoreWarnings": { +"description": "Optional. If true, ignore the safety checks when updating the AuthorizedView.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+/authorizedViews/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. A mask specifying which fields in the AuthorizedView resource should be updated. This mask is relative to the AuthorizedView resource, not to the request message. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If empty, all fields set in the request will be overwritten. A special value `*` means to overwrite all fields (including fields not set in the request).", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "AuthorizedView" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-bigtable.admin.table", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } } } @@ -1875,7 +2098,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240225", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -1974,6 +2197,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AuthorizedView": { +"description": "Placeholder for admin API work while we work out the internals.", +"id": "AuthorizedView", +"properties": { +"deletionProtection": { +"description": "Set to true to make the AuthorizedView protected against deletion. The parent Table and containing Instance cannot be deleted if an AuthorizedView has this bit set.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "The etag for this AuthorizedView. If this is provided on update, it must match the server's etag. The server returns ABORTED error on a mismatched etag.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of this AuthorizedView. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedViews/{authorized_view}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"subsetView": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2AuthorizedViewSubsetView", +"description": "An AuthorizedView permitting access to an explicit subset of a Table." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AutomatedBackupPolicy": { "description": "Defines an automated backup policy for a table", "id": "AutomatedBackupPolicy", @@ -2378,6 +2624,46 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CreateAuthorizedViewMetadata": { +"description": "The metadata for the Operation returned by CreateAuthorizedView.", +"id": "CreateAuthorizedViewMetadata", +"properties": { +"finishTime": { +"description": "The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalRequest": { +"$ref": "CreateAuthorizedViewRequest", +"description": "The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateInstance operation." +}, +"requestTime": { +"description": "The time at which the original request was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CreateAuthorizedViewRequest": { +"description": "The request for CreateAuthorizedView", +"id": "CreateAuthorizedViewRequest", +"properties": { +"authorizedView": { +"$ref": "AuthorizedView", +"description": "Required. The AuthorizedView to create." +}, +"authorizedViewId": { +"description": "Required. The id of the AuthorizedView to create. This AuthorizedView must not already exist. The `authorized_view_id` appended to `parent` forms the full AuthorizedView name of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}/authorizedView/{authorized_view}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. This is the name of the table the AuthorizedView belongs to. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/tables/{table}`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateBackupMetadata": { "description": "Metadata type for the operation returned by CreateBackup.", "id": "CreateBackupMetadata", @@ -2672,6 +2958,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2AuthorizedViewFamilySubsets": { +"description": "Subsets of a column family that are included in this AuthorizedView.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2AuthorizedViewFamilySubsets", +"properties": { +"qualifierPrefixes": { +"description": "Prefixes for qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView. Every qualifier starting with one of these prefixes is included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all qualifiers, include the empty string as a prefix (\"\").", +"items": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"qualifiers": { +"description": "Individual exact column qualifiers to be included in the AuthorizedView.", +"items": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2AuthorizedViewSubsetView": { +"description": "Defines a simple AuthorizedView that is a subset of the underlying Table.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2AuthorizedViewSubsetView", +"properties": { +"familySubsets": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2AuthorizedViewFamilySubsets" +}, +"description": "Map from column family name to the columns in this family to be included in the AuthorizedView.", +"type": "object" +}, +"rowPrefixes": { +"description": "Row prefixes to be included in the AuthorizedView. To provide access to all rows, include the empty string as a prefix (\"\").", +"items": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HotTablet": { "description": "A tablet is a defined by a start and end key and is explained in https://cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/overview#architecture and https://cloud.google.com/bigtable/docs/performance#optimization. A Hot tablet is a tablet that exhibits high average cpu usage during the time interval from start time to end time.", "id": "HotTablet", @@ -2814,6 +3145,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListAuthorizedViewsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListAuthorizedViews", +"id": "ListAuthorizedViewsResponse", +"properties": { +"authorizedViews": { +"description": "The AuthorizedViews present in the requested table.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AuthorizedView" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Set if not all tables could be returned in a single response. Pass this value to `page_token` in another request to get the next page of results.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListBackupsResponse": { "description": "The response for ListBackups.", "id": "ListBackupsResponse", @@ -3565,6 +3914,47 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"UpdateAuthorizedViewMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata for the google.longrunning.Operation returned by UpdateAuthorizedView.", +"id": "UpdateAuthorizedViewMetadata", +"properties": { +"finishTime": { +"description": "The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"originalRequest": { +"$ref": "UpdateAuthorizedViewRequest", +"description": "The request that prompted the initiation of this UpdateAuthorizedView operation." +}, +"requestTime": { +"description": "The time at which the original request was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UpdateAuthorizedViewRequest": { +"description": "The request for UpdateAuthorizedView.", +"id": "UpdateAuthorizedViewRequest", +"properties": { +"authorizedView": { +"$ref": "AuthorizedView", +"description": "Required. The AuthorizedView to update. The `name` in `authorized_view` is used to identify the AuthorizedView. AuthorizedView name must in this format projects//instances//tables//authorizedViews/" +}, +"ignoreWarnings": { +"description": "Optional. If true, ignore the safety checks when updating the AuthorizedView.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. A mask specifying which fields in the AuthorizedView resource should be updated. This mask is relative to the AuthorizedView resource, not to the request message. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If empty, all fields set in the request will be overwritten. A special value `*` means to overwrite all fields (including fields not set in the request).", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UpdateClusterMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for the Operation returned by UpdateCluster.", "id": "UpdateClusterMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json index 2e728bdf72e..89bcdd7db42 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json index d474b521475..a120b174b2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json index 7629ee044fe..9d72b9591ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json index 3d067775cb2..8ebc8352c19 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1beta1.json @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdmissionRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json index 45076e804b5..29c61d023ea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://blockchainnodeengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BlockchainNode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index 087ceafae79..df41a33bd78 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index d034700b532..77f5977e21e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json index 82118e2b8aa..f4b7ece63cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json @@ -2677,7 +2677,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json index 97b7933a761..5333b01676b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DailyMetricTimeSeries": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json index dacf13ca6d9..eb59bafb375 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json @@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240223", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Acl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json index a59407c243e..40e823553e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json @@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://certificatemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizationAttemptInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 9cceb07d45d..4de3b470aef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionParameter": { @@ -1111,6 +1111,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"richLinkMetadata": { +"$ref": "RichLinkMetadata", +"description": "The metadata for a rich link." +}, "slashCommand": { "$ref": "SlashCommandMetadata", "description": "The metadata for a slash command." @@ -1125,12 +1129,14 @@ "enum": [ "ANNOTATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "USER_MENTION", -"SLASH_COMMAND" +"SLASH_COMMAND", +"RICH_LINK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value for the enum. Don't use.", "A user is mentioned.", -"A slash command is invoked." +"A slash command is invoked.", +"A rich link annotation." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1553,7 +1559,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DeprecatedEvent": { -"description": "A Google Chat app interaction event. To learn about interaction events, see [Receive and respond to interactions with your Google Chat app](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats). To learn about event types and for example event payloads, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/events).", +"description": "A Google Chat app interaction event. To learn about interaction events, see [Receive and respond to interactions with your Google Chat app](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/api/guides/message-formats). To learn about event types and for example event payloads, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events). In addition to receiving events from user interactions, Chat apps can receive events about changes to spaces, such as when a new member is added to a space. To learn about space events, see [Work with events from Google Chat](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events-overview).", "id": "DeprecatedEvent", "properties": { "action": { @@ -1610,7 +1616,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { -"description": "The type of interaction event. For details, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/events).", +"description": "The type of interaction event. For details, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/events).", "enum": [ "UNSPECIFIED", "MESSAGE", @@ -1673,6 +1679,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DriveLinkData": { +"description": "Data for Google Drive links.", +"id": "DriveLinkData", +"properties": { +"driveDataRef": { +"$ref": "DriveDataRef", +"description": "A [DriveDataRef](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages.attachments#drivedataref) which references a Google Drive file." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "The mime type of the linked Google Drive resource.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Emoji": { "description": "An emoji that is used as a reaction to a message.", "id": "Emoji", @@ -2261,6 +2282,10 @@ "knownIcon": { "description": "Display one of the built-in icons provided by Google Workspace. For example, to display an airplane icon, specify `AIRPLANE`. For a bus, specify `BUS`. For a full list of supported icons, see [built-in icons](https://developers.google.com/chat/format-messages#builtinicons).", "type": "string" +}, +"materialIcon": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1MaterialIcon", +"description": "Display one of the [Google Material Icons](https://fonts.google.com/icons). For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048), use \"material_icon\": { \"name\": \"check_box\" } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2337,6 +2362,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCardV1MaterialIcon": { +"description": "A [Google Material Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons), which includes over 2500+ options. For example, to display a [checkbox icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons?selected=Material%20Symbols%20Outlined%3Acheck_box%3AFILL%400%3Bwght%40400%3BGRAD%400%3Bopsz%4048) with customized weight and grade, write { \"name\": \"check_box\", \"fill\": true, \"weight\": 300, \"grade\": -25 } Available for Chat apps and in [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview) for Google Workspace Add-ons.", +"id": "GoogleAppsCardV1MaterialIcon", +"properties": { +"fill": { +"description": "Whether it renders a filled icon. Default value is false. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"grade": { +"description": "Weight and grade affect a symbol\u2019s thickness. Adjustments to grade are more granular than adjustments to weight and have a small impact on the size of the symbol. Choose from {-25, 0, 200}. If absent, default value is 0. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The icon name defined in the [Google Material Icon Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) in snake_case. e.g. \"check_box\". Any invalid names are abandoned and replaced with empty string and results in the icon failing to render.", +"type": "string" +}, +"weight": { +"description": "The stroke weight of the icon. Choose from {100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700}. If absent, default value is 400. If any other value is specified, a broken image icon is displayed. See Customization in [Google Font Icon](https://fonts.google.com/icons) for details.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick": { "description": "Represents how to respond when users click an interactive element on a card, such as a button. [Google Workspace Add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick", @@ -3372,6 +3422,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RichLinkMetadata": { +"description": "A rich link to a resource.", +"id": "RichLinkMetadata", +"properties": { +"driveLinkData": { +"$ref": "DriveLinkData", +"description": "Data for a drive link." +}, +"richLinkType": { +"description": "The rich link type.", +"enum": [ +"RICH_LINK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DRIVE_FILE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value for the enum. Don't use.", +"A Google Drive rich link type." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "The URI of this link.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Section": { "description": "A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered (vertically) in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there's currently no need for layout properties (for example, float).", "id": "Section", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json index 899c3495387..251e0005455 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { @@ -795,7 +795,9 @@ "ALBERTA_PIPA", "QUEBEC_ACT", "QUEBEC_BILL_64", -"CHINA_PIPL" +"CHINA_PIPL", +"SOUTH_KOREA_PIPA", +"SOUTH_AFRICA_POPIA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", @@ -817,7 +819,9 @@ "Alberta (Canada) Personal Information Protection Act.", "Quebec: Act Respecting the Protection of Personal Information in the Private Sector.", "Quebec Bill 64: An Act to Modernize Legislative Provisions as Regards the Protection of Personal Information.", -"China Personal Information Protection Law." +"China Personal Information Protection Law.", +"South Korea Personal Information Protection Act.", +"South Africa Protection of Personal Information Act." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index c0934bea64b..69e1fe23760 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -160,6 +160,98 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chrome.management.appdetails.readonly" ] +}, +"fetchDevicesRequestingExtension": { +"description": "Get a list of devices that have requested to install an extension.", +"flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/apps:fetchDevicesRequestingExtension", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chromemanagement.customers.apps.fetchDevicesRequestingExtension", +"parameterOrder": [ +"customer" +], +"parameters": { +"customer": { +"description": "Required. The customer ID or \"my_customer\" prefixed with \"customers/\".", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"extensionId": { +"description": "Required. The extension for which we want to find requesting devices.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orgUnitId": { +"description": "The ID of the organizational unit. Only consider devices that directly belong to this org unit, i.e. sub-orgunits are not counted. If omitted, all data will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 50. Any page size larger than 50 will be coerced to 50.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token to specify the page of the request to be returned. Token expires after 1 day.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+customer}/apps:fetchDevicesRequestingExtension", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1FetchDevicesRequestingExtensionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chrome.management.appdetails.readonly" +] +}, +"fetchUsersRequestingExtension": { +"description": "Get a list of users that have requested to install an extension.", +"flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/apps:fetchUsersRequestingExtension", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chromemanagement.customers.apps.fetchUsersRequestingExtension", +"parameterOrder": [ +"customer" +], +"parameters": { +"customer": { +"description": "Required. The customer ID or \"my_customer\" prefixed with \"customers/\".", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"extensionId": { +"description": "Required. The extension for which we want to find the requesting users.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orgUnitId": { +"description": "The ID of the organizational unit. Only consider devices that directly belong to this org unit, i.e. sub-orgunits are not counted. If omitted, all data will be returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 50. Any page size larger than 50 will be coerced to 50.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token to specify the page of the request to be returned. Token expires after 1 day.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+customer}/apps:fetchUsersRequestingExtension", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1FetchUsersRequestingExtensionResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chrome.management.appdetails.readonly" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -284,6 +376,46 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chrome.management.reports.readonly" ] }, +"countChromeCrashEvents": { +"description": "Get a count of Chrome crash events.", +"flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/reports:countChromeCrashEvents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "chromemanagement.customers.reports.countChromeCrashEvents", +"parameterOrder": [ +"customer" +], +"parameters": { +"customer": { +"description": "Customer ID.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Query string to filter results, AND-separated fields in EBNF syntax. Supported filter fields: * major_browser_version * minor_browser_version * browser_channel * device_platform * past_number_days Example: `major_browser_version = 'M115' AND past_number_days = '28'`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Field used to order results. Supported order by fields: * browser_version * count * date", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orgUnitId": { +"description": "If specified, only count the number of crash events of the devices in this organizational unit.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+customer}/reports:countChromeCrashEvents", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeCrashEventsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/chrome.management.reports.readonly" +] +}, "countChromeDevicesReachingAutoExpirationDate": { "description": "Generate report of the number of devices expiring in each month of the selected time frame. Devices are grouped by auto update expiration date and model. Further information can be found [here](https://support.google.com/chrome/a/answer/10564947).", "flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/reports:countChromeDevicesReachingAutoExpirationDate", @@ -1040,7 +1172,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { @@ -1700,6 +1832,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeCrashEventsResponse": { +"description": "Response contains a list of CrashEventCountByVersionPerDay which count the chrome crash at the certain date.", +"id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeCrashEventsResponse", +"properties": { +"crashEventCounts": { +"description": "Crash event counts grouped by date and browser version.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeCrashEventsResponseCrashEventCount" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeCrashEventsResponseCrashEventCount": { +"description": "The `count` of the Chrome crash events at the `date`.", +"id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeCrashEventsResponseCrashEventCount", +"properties": { +"browserVersion": { +"description": "Browser version this is counting.", +"type": "string" +}, +"count": { +"description": "Total count of crash events.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"date": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Date of the crash event." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeDevicesReachingAutoExpirationDateResponse": { "description": "Response containing a list of devices expiring in each month of a selected time frame. Counts are grouped by model and Auto Update Expiration date.", "id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1CountChromeDevicesReachingAutoExpirationDateResponse", @@ -2087,6 +2253,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceRequestingExtensionDetails": { +"description": "Details of a device requesting an extension, including the name of the device and the justification of the request.", +"id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceRequestingExtensionDetails", +"properties": { +"deviceName": { +"description": "The name of a device that has requested the extension.", +"type": "string" +}, +"justification": { +"description": "Request justification as entered by the user.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleChromeManagementV1DiskInfo": { "description": "Status of the single storage device.", "id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1DiskInfo", @@ -2279,6 +2460,52 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleChromeManagementV1FetchDevicesRequestingExtensionResponse": { +"description": "Response containing a list of devices that have requested the queried extension.", +"id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1FetchDevicesRequestingExtensionResponse", +"properties": { +"deviceDetails": { +"description": "Details of devices that have requested the queried extension.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceRequestingExtensionDetails" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token to specify the next page in the list. Token expires after 1 day.", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "Optional. Total number of devices in response.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleChromeManagementV1FetchUsersRequestingExtensionResponse": { +"description": "Response containing a list of users that have requested the queried extension.", +"id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1FetchUsersRequestingExtensionResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to specify the next page in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "Total number of users in response.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"userDetails": { +"description": "Details of users that have requested the queried extension.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1UserRequestingExtensionDetails" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleChromeManagementV1FindInstalledAppDevicesResponse": { "description": "Response containing a list of devices with queried app installed.", "id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1FindInstalledAppDevicesResponse", @@ -3988,6 +4215,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleChromeManagementV1UserRequestingExtensionDetails": { +"description": "Details of a user requesting an extension, including the email and the justification.", +"id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1UserRequestingExtensionDetails", +"properties": { +"email": { +"description": "The e-mail address of a user that has requested the extension.", +"type": "string" +}, +"justification": { +"description": "Request justification as entered by the user.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", "id": "GoogleProtobufEmpty", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index af99e4f7232..1ea02aae7b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromePolicyVersionsV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index ecf005e2397..c2b95a250fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json index de91b10c79c..937e2cf4edd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdministrationRegion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json index 4f18cc65431..dc6f691edee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Announcement": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json index 3108947c1b5..7ef94e7973f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index 2f2f28574b0..ddb73b1497f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -145,80 +145,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"anomalies": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/anomalies/{anomaliesId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "cloudbilling.billingAccounts.anomalies.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Format for project: projects/{project}/anomalies/{anomalies}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/anomalies/{anomalies}.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+/anomalies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/billingAccounts/{billingAccountsId}/anomalies", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "cloudbilling.billingAccounts.anomalies.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Options for how to filter the anomalies. Currently, only filter on `start_time` and `end_time` is supported. Only =, AND operators are supported. If start_time and/or end_time empty, we only retrieve the most recent 30 days' anomalies. Examples: - start_time = \"20231201\" AND end_time = \"20240120\" .", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of anomalies to return. Results may return fewer than this value. Default value is 50 and maximum value is 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAnomalies call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, the first page is returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The project to list Anomaly for the project. Format for project: projects/{project}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/anomalies", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, "services": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -589,84 +515,6 @@ } } }, -"projects": { -"resources": { -"anomalies": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets an anomaly for a billing account or a project.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/anomalies/{anomaliesId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "cloudbilling.projects.anomalies.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Format for project: projects/{project}/anomalies/{anomalies}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/anomalies/{anomalies}.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/anomalies/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists anomalies for a billing account or a project.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/anomalies", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "cloudbilling.projects.anomalies.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. Options for how to filter the anomalies. Currently, only filter on `start_time` and `end_time` is supported. Only =, AND operators are supported. If start_time and/or end_time empty, we only retrieve the most recent 30 days' anomalies. Examples: - start_time = \"20231201\" AND end_time = \"20240120\" .", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of anomalies to return. Results may return fewer than this value. Default value is 50 and maximum value is 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAnomalies call to retrieve the next page of results. If this field is empty, the first page is returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The project to list Anomaly for the project. Format for project: projects/{project}. Format for billing account: billingAccounts/{billing_account}.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/anomalies", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-billing.readonly", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -} -} -}, "skuGroups": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -910,7 +758,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CacheFillRegions": { @@ -1471,157 +1319,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly": { -"description": "Encapsulates an anomaly.", -"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly", -"properties": { -"detectionTime": { -"description": "Time that the anomaly was detected. Will be set to 00:00 google time of the detected date.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"deviation": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation", -"description": "Deviation information of the anomaly." -}, -"name": { -"description": "Identifier. Resource name for the anomaly.", -"type": "string" -}, -"resourceDisplayName": { -"description": "The display name of the resource that the anomaly occurred in/belongs to.", -"type": "string" -}, -"rootCauses": { -"description": "A list of causes which contribute to the anomaly.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"scope": { -"description": "Indicate the scope of the anomaly.", -"enum": [ -"SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"SCOPE_BILLING_ACCOUNT", -"SCOPE_PROJECT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default unspecified value.", -"Indicates the anomaly is for a billing account.", -"Indicates the anomaly is for a project." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"severity": { -"description": "Severity of the anomaly. Unspecified if severity is not met/assigned.", -"enum": [ -"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", -"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_LOW", -"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_MEDIUM", -"ANOMALY_SEVERITY_HIGH" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default unspecified value.", -"Indicates the anomaly's severity is low.", -"Indicates the anomaly's severity is medium.", -"Indicates the anomaly's severity is high." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The most recent anomaly's last updated time.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation": { -"description": "Encapsulates the deviation information.", -"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation", -"properties": { -"actualSpend": { -"$ref": "Money", -"description": "The actual spend for the anomaly." -}, -"deviationAmount": { -"$ref": "Money", -"description": "The difference between the actual spend and expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_amount = actual_spend - expected_spend." -}, -"deviationPercentage": { -"description": "The percentage of devition amount from expected spend's upper bound. Calculation formula: deviation_percentage = divation_amount / expected_spend * 100.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" -}, -"expectedSpend": { -"$ref": "Money", -"description": "The expected spend for the anomaly." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause": { -"description": "Encapsulates the information of the reason which caused the anomaly.", -"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause", -"properties": { -"causeType": { -"description": "The cause type.", -"enum": [ -"CAUSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CAUSE_TYPE_PROJECT", -"CAUSE_TYPE_SERVICE", -"CAUSE_TYPE_SKU" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default unspecified value.", -"Caused by a project.", -"Caused by a service.", -"Caused by a SKU." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"deviation": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomalyDeviation", -"description": "The deviation information for the cause." -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the cause.", -"type": "string" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "The resource name of the cause. project: projects/{project}. service: services/{service}. sku: services/{service}/skus/{sku}.", -"type": "string" -}, -"subCauses": { -"description": "The sub causes.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaCause" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse": { -"description": "Response message for ListAnomalies.", -"id": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaListAnomaliesResponse", -"properties": { -"anomalies": { -"description": "The returned anomalies.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingAnomaliesV1betaAnomaly" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "Token that can be sent as `page_token` in the subsequent request to retrieve the next page. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo": { "description": "Encapsulates the aggregation information such as aggregation level and interval for a billing account price.", "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaAggregationInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json index 1b606bd75ff..212885a1640 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json @@ -2346,7 +2346,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApprovalConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json index 0d496c8850b..fabd824c999 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2040,7 +2040,8 @@ "description": "Optional. Security configuration." }, "serviceAccount": { -"description": "Service account used in the Pipeline.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Service account used in the Pipeline. Deprecated; please use security.service_account instead.", "type": "string" }, "skippedTasks": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index aa4baebec88..9131b4e47a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index 771dd28f5a0..779b616484f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json index f67a7d18409..009f9fd86c5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240221", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteEventsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 94e6f674e0e..7c265b014f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index 82ce60b506b..ef17375cf17 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dockerRegistry": { -"description": "Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.", +"description": "Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.", "enum": [ "DOCKER_REGISTRY_UNSPECIFIED", "CONTAINER_REGISTRY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index af3dcdf1b2a..4ebcdf77600 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dockerRegistry": { -"description": "Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.", +"description": "Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.", "enum": [ "DOCKER_REGISTRY_UNSPECIFIED", "CONTAINER_REGISTRY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 726a1269482..0a2415634e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dockerRegistry": { -"description": "Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field will be automatically set as `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If unspecified, it currently defaults to `CONTAINER_REGISTRY`. This field may be overridden by the backend for eligible deployments.", +"description": "Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.", "enum": [ "DOCKER_REGISTRY_UNSPECIFIED", "CONTAINER_REGISTRY", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json index 92c38740c3a..bf4f83b01aa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { @@ -2324,6 +2324,128 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserAttributes": { +"description": "Contains information about browser profiles reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1).", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserAttributes", +"properties": { +"chromeBrowserInfo": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserInfo", +"description": "Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)." +}, +"chromeProfileId": { +"description": "Chrome profile ID that is exposed by the Chrome API. It is unique for each device.", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastProfileSyncTime": { +"description": "Timestamp in milliseconds since Epoch when the profile/gcm id was last synced.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserInfo": { +"description": "Browser-specific fields reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). LINT.IfChange", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserInfo", +"properties": { +"browserManagementState": { +"description": "Output only. Browser's management state.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"UNMANAGED", +"MANAGED_BY_OTHER_DOMAIN", +"PROFILE_MANAGED", +"BROWSER_MANAGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Management state is not specified.", +"Browser/Profile is not managed by any customer.", +"Browser/Profile is managed, but by some other customer.", +"Profile is managed by customer.", +"Browser is managed by customer." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"browserVersion": { +"description": "Version of the request initiating browser.", +"type": "string" +}, +"isBuiltInDnsClientEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [built-in DNS client](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#BuiltInDnsClientEnabled).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isBulkDataEntryAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [bulk data analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnBulkDataEntryEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isChromeCleanupEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [Chrome Cleanup](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ChromeCleanupEnabled).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isChromeRemoteDesktopAppBlocked": { +"description": "Current state of [Chrome Remote Desktop app](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#URLBlocklist).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isFileDownloadAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [file download analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileDownloadedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isFileUploadAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [file upload analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileAttachedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isRealtimeUrlCheckEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [real-time URL check](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#EnterpriseRealTimeUrlCheckMode). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isSecurityEventAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [security event analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnSecurityEventEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isSiteIsolationEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [site isolation](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=IsolateOrigins).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isThirdPartyBlockingEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [third-party blocking](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"passwordProtectionWarningTrigger": { +"description": "Current state of [password protection trigger](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#PasswordProtectionWarningTrigger).", +"enum": [ +"PASSWORD_PROTECTION_TRIGGER_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROTECTION_OFF", +"PASSWORD_REUSE", +"PHISHING_REUSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Password protection is not specified.", +"Password reuse is never detected.", +"Warning is shown when the user reuses their protected password on a non-allowed site.", +"Warning is shown when the user reuses their protected password on a phishing site." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"safeBrowsingProtectionLevel": { +"description": "Current state of [Safe Browsing protection level](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#SafeBrowsingProtectionLevel).", +"enum": [ +"SAFE_BROWSING_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DISABLED", +"STANDARD", +"ENHANCED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Browser protection level is not specified.", +"No protection against dangerous websites, downloads, and extensions.", +"Standard protection against websites, downloads, and extensions that are known to be dangerous.", +"Faster, proactive protection against dangerous websites, downloads, and extensions." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CancelWipeDeviceMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for CancelWipeDevice LRO.", "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CancelWipeDeviceMetadata", @@ -2380,6 +2502,83 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateAttributes": { +"description": "Stores information about a certificate.", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateAttributes", +"properties": { +"certificateTemplate": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateTemplate", +"description": "The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate." +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "The encoded certificate fingerprint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"issuer": { +"description": "The name of the issuer of this certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serialNumber": { +"description": "Serial number of the certificate, Example: \"123456789\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject name of this certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"thumbprint": { +"description": "The certificate thumbprint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"validationState": { +"description": "Output only. Validation state of this certificate.", +"enum": [ +"CERTIFICATE_VALIDATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"VALIDATION_SUCCESSFUL", +"VALIDATION_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Certificate validation was successful.", +"Certificate validation failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validityExpirationTime": { +"description": "Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"validityStartTime": { +"description": "Certificate not valid before this timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateTemplate": { +"description": "CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509).", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateTemplate", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "The template id of the template. Example: \"1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"majorVersion": { +"description": "The Major version of the template. Example: 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minorVersion": { +"description": "The minor version of the template. Example: 12.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ClientState": { "description": "Represents the state associated with an API client calling the Devices API. Resource representing ClientState and supports updates from API users", "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ClientState", @@ -2641,6 +2840,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes", +"description": "Output only. Attributes specific to [Endpoint Verification](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview) devices.", +"readOnly": true +}, "hostname": { "description": "Host name of the device.", "type": "string" @@ -2855,6 +3059,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { +"description": "Resource representing the [Endpoint Verification-specific attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/device-information) of a device.", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes", +"properties": { +"additionalSignals": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Additional signals reported by Endpoint Verification. It includes the following attributes: 1. Non-configurable attributes: hotfixes, av_installed, av_enabled, windows_domain_name, is_os_native_firewall_enabled, and is_secure_boot_enabled. 2. [Configurable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/collect-config-attributes): file, folder, and binary attributes; registry entries; and properties in a plist.", +"type": "object" +}, +"browserAttributes": { +"description": "Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserAttributes" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"certificateAttributes": { +"description": "Details of certificates.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateAttributes" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ListClientStatesResponse": { "description": "Response message that is returned in ListClientStates.", "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ListClientStatesResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index 2e614f1b2cf..2ec172e0b54 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { @@ -3162,6 +3162,128 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserAttributes": { +"description": "Contains information about browser profiles reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1).", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserAttributes", +"properties": { +"chromeBrowserInfo": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserInfo", +"description": "Represents the current state of the [Chrome browser attributes](https://cloud.google.com/access-context-manager/docs/browser-attributes) sent by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1)." +}, +"chromeProfileId": { +"description": "Chrome profile ID that is exposed by the Chrome API. It is unique for each device.", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastProfileSyncTime": { +"description": "Timestamp in milliseconds since Epoch when the profile/gcm id was last synced.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserInfo": { +"description": "Browser-specific fields reported by the [Endpoint Verification extension](https://chromewebstore.google.com/detail/endpoint-verification/callobklhcbilhphinckomhgkigmfocg?pli=1). LINT.IfChange", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserInfo", +"properties": { +"browserManagementState": { +"description": "Output only. Browser's management state.", +"enum": [ +"UNSPECIFIED", +"UNMANAGED", +"MANAGED_BY_OTHER_DOMAIN", +"PROFILE_MANAGED", +"BROWSER_MANAGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Management state is not specified.", +"Browser/Profile is not managed by any customer.", +"Browser/Profile is managed, but by some other customer.", +"Profile is managed by customer.", +"Browser is managed by customer." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"browserVersion": { +"description": "Version of the request initiating browser.", +"type": "string" +}, +"isBuiltInDnsClientEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [built-in DNS client](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#BuiltInDnsClientEnabled).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isBulkDataEntryAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [bulk data analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnBulkDataEntryEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isChromeCleanupEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [Chrome Cleanup](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ChromeCleanupEnabled).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isChromeRemoteDesktopAppBlocked": { +"description": "Current state of [Chrome Remote Desktop app](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#URLBlocklist).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isFileDownloadAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [file download analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileDownloadedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isFileUploadAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [file upload analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnFileAttachedEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isRealtimeUrlCheckEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [real-time URL check](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#EnterpriseRealTimeUrlCheckMode). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isSecurityEventAnalysisEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [security event analysis](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#OnSecurityEventEnterpriseConnector). Set to true if provider list from Chrome is non-empty.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isSiteIsolationEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [site isolation](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/?policy=IsolateOrigins).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"isThirdPartyBlockingEnabled": { +"description": "Current state of [third-party blocking](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#ThirdPartyBlockingEnabled).", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"passwordProtectionWarningTrigger": { +"description": "Current state of [password protection trigger](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#PasswordProtectionWarningTrigger).", +"enum": [ +"PASSWORD_PROTECTION_TRIGGER_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROTECTION_OFF", +"PASSWORD_REUSE", +"PHISHING_REUSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Password protection is not specified.", +"Password reuse is never detected.", +"Warning is shown when the user reuses their protected password on a non-allowed site.", +"Warning is shown when the user reuses their protected password on a phishing site." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"safeBrowsingProtectionLevel": { +"description": "Current state of [Safe Browsing protection level](https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#SafeBrowsingProtectionLevel).", +"enum": [ +"SAFE_BROWSING_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DISABLED", +"STANDARD", +"ENHANCED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Browser protection level is not specified.", +"No protection against dangerous websites, downloads, and extensions.", +"Standard protection against websites, downloads, and extensions that are known to be dangerous.", +"Faster, proactive protection against dangerous websites, downloads, and extensions." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CancelWipeDeviceMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for CancelWipeDevice LRO.", "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CancelWipeDeviceMetadata", @@ -3196,6 +3318,83 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateAttributes": { +"description": "Stores information about a certificate.", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateAttributes", +"properties": { +"certificateTemplate": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateTemplate", +"description": "The X.509 extension for CertificateTemplate." +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "The encoded certificate fingerprint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"issuer": { +"description": "The name of the issuer of this certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serialNumber": { +"description": "Serial number of the certificate, Example: \"123456789\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject name of this certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"thumbprint": { +"description": "The certificate thumbprint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"validationState": { +"description": "Output only. Validation state of this certificate.", +"enum": [ +"CERTIFICATE_VALIDATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"VALIDATION_SUCCESSFUL", +"VALIDATION_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Certificate validation was successful.", +"Certificate validation failed." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validityExpirationTime": { +"description": "Certificate not valid at or after this timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"validityStartTime": { +"description": "Certificate not valid before this timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateTemplate": { +"description": "CertificateTemplate (v3 Extension in X.509).", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateTemplate", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "The template id of the template. Example: \"1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.8.15608621.11768144.5720724.16068415.6889630.81.2472537.7784047\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"majorVersion": { +"description": "The Major version of the template. Example: 100.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minorVersion": { +"description": "The minor version of the template. Example: 12.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ClientState": { "description": "Represents the state associated with an API client calling the Devices API. Resource representing ClientState and supports updates from API users", "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ClientState", @@ -3457,6 +3656,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"endpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes", +"description": "Output only. Attributes specific to [Endpoint Verification](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/overview) devices.", +"readOnly": true +}, "hostname": { "description": "Host name of the device.", "type": "string" @@ -3671,6 +3875,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes": { +"description": "Resource representing the [Endpoint Verification-specific attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/device-information) of a device.", +"id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1EndpointVerificationSpecificAttributes", +"properties": { +"additionalSignals": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Additional signals reported by Endpoint Verification. It includes the following attributes: 1. Non-configurable attributes: hotfixes, av_installed, av_enabled, windows_domain_name, is_os_native_firewall_enabled, and is_secure_boot_enabled. 2. [Configurable attributes](https://cloud.google.com/endpoint-verification/docs/collect-config-attributes): file, folder, and binary attributes; registry entries; and properties in a plist.", +"type": "object" +}, +"browserAttributes": { +"description": "Details of browser profiles reported by Endpoint Verification.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1BrowserAttributes" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"certificateAttributes": { +"description": "Details of certificates.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1CertificateAttributes" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ListEndpointAppsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for ListEndpointApps LRO.", "id": "GoogleAppsCloudidentityDevicesV1ListEndpointAppsMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json index fa8a16cd6f5..913b23db49d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateProfileRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json index 82e69e4cae8..267de1b58e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240212", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddPublicKeyMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json index eb895c980d5..e98dc1a7bcc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index 5c43a3745f6..ce98b2cb95e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json index c1e107ff9b4..eb9e225e17f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json index 1a83ba0edd2..04276efad89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeTaskRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json index 466d6fb2af0..316f5bd8969 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json @@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpQueue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index 0bfcb96a573..d26456aa8d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DagProcessorResource": { -"description": "Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors.", +"description": "Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.", "id": "DagProcessorResource", "properties": { "count": { @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ }, "maintenanceWindow": { "$ref": "MaintenanceWindow", -"description": "Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window will be applied. The default value is Saturday and Sunday 00-06 GMT." +"description": "Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week." }, "masterAuthorizedNetworksConfig": { "$ref": "MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig", @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ "id": "TaskLogsRetentionConfig", "properties": { "storageMode": { -"description": "Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc", +"description": "Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs.", "enum": [ "TASK_LOGS_STORAGE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "CLOUD_LOGGING_AND_CLOUD_STORAGE", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index 548eb81de6f..e23b92fbced 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AirflowMetadataRetentionPolicyConfig": { @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DagProcessorResource": { -"description": "Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors.", +"description": "Configuration for resources used by Airflow DAG processors. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-3.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.", "id": "DagProcessorResource", "properties": { "count": { @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ }, "maintenanceWindow": { "$ref": "MaintenanceWindow", -"description": "Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, Cloud Composer components may be subject to maintenance at any time." +"description": "Optional. The maintenance window is the period when Cloud Composer components may undergo maintenance. It is defined so that maintenance is not executed during peak hours or critical time periods. The system will not be under maintenance for every occurrence of this window, but when maintenance is planned, it will be scheduled during the window. The maintenance window period must encompass at least 12 hours per week. This may be split into multiple chunks, each with a size of at least 4 hours. If this value is omitted, the default value for maintenance window is applied. By default, maintenance windows are from 00:00:00 to 04:00:00 (GMT) on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday every week." }, "masterAuthorizedNetworksConfig": { "$ref": "MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig", @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ "id": "TaskLogsRetentionConfig", "properties": { "storageMode": { -"description": "Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs. For details, see go/composer-store-task-logs-in-cloud-logging-only-design-doc", +"description": "Optional. The mode of storage for Airflow workers task logs.", "enum": [ "TASK_LOGS_STORAGE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "CLOUD_LOGGING_AND_CLOUD_STORAGE", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index 0b94840d4a8..4f1c9c08e02 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -43897,7 +43897,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -47172,25 +47172,6 @@ false "description": "If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of a global external Application Load Balancer.", "type": "boolean" }, -"externalManagedMigrationState": { -"description": "Specifies the canary migration state. Possible values are PREPARE, TEST, and FINALIZE. To begin the migration from EXTERNAL to EXTERNAL_MANAGED, the state must be changed to PREPARE. The state must be changed to FINALIZE before the loadBalancingScheme can be changed to EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate traffic by percentage using externalManagedMigrationTestingRate. Rolling back a migration requires the states to be set in reverse order. So changing the scheme from EXTERNAL_MANAGED to EXTERNAL requires the state to be set to FINALIZE at the same time. Optionally, the TEST state can be used to migrate some traffic back to EXTERNAL or PREPARE can be used to migrate all traffic back to EXTERNAL.", -"enum": [ -"FINALIZE", -"PREPARE", -"TEST" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"externalManagedMigrationTestingRate": { -"description": "Determines the fraction of requests that should be processed by the Global external Application Load Balancer. The value of this field must be in the range [0, 1]. For example: - A value of 0 will send all requests through the Classic ALB for the given resource. - A value of .001 will send .1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of .01 will send 1% of requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. - A value of 1 will send all requests through the Global external ALB for the given resource. Session affinity options will slightly affect this routing behavior, for more details, see: Session Affinity. This value is only used if the loadBalancingScheme in the BackendService is set to EXTERNAL when using the classic Application Load Balancer.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, "failoverPolicy": { "$ref": "BackendServiceFailoverPolicy", "description": "Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: [Internal passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/internal/failover-overview) and [external passthrough Network Load Balancers](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/network/networklb-failover-overview)." @@ -49996,7 +49977,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "allowOriginRegexes": { -"description": "Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.", +"description": "Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -50010,7 +49991,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "disabled": { -"description": "If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect.", +"description": "If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect.", "type": "boolean" }, "exposeHeaders": { @@ -54652,6 +54633,35 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GRPCTLSHealthCheck": { +"id": "GRPCTLSHealthCheck", +"properties": { +"grpcServiceName": { +"description": "The gRPC service name for the health check. This field is optional. The value of grpc_service_name has the following meanings by convention: - Empty service_name means the overall status of all services at the backend. - Non-empty service_name means the health of that gRPC service, as defined by the owner of the service. The grpc_service_name can only be ASCII.", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. Valid values are 1 through 65535.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"portSpecification": { +"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the following values: USE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using the port field in the health check. Supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all backends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be health checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance group backends. USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. USE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying the health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported by backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target pools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers. Supports all backends that can be health checked; for example, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group backends. For GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in the instance group's list of named ports.", +"enum": [ +"USE_FIXED_PORT", +"USE_NAMED_PORT", +"USE_SERVING_PORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The port number in the health check's port is used for health checking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", +"Not supported.", +"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number specified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the backend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GetOwnerInstanceResponse": { "id": "GetOwnerInstanceResponse", "properties": { @@ -55111,6 +55121,9 @@ false "grpcHealthCheck": { "$ref": "GRPCHealthCheck" }, +"grpcTlsHealthCheck": { +"$ref": "GRPCTLSHealthCheck" +}, "healthyThreshold": { "description": "A so-far unhealthy instance will be marked healthy after this many consecutive successes. The default value is 2.", "format": "int32", @@ -59358,7 +59371,8 @@ false "id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", "properties": { "count": { -"description": "The count of instances to create as part of this resize request.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This field is deprecated, please use resize_by instead. The count of instances to create as part of this resize request.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -59392,7 +59406,8 @@ false }, "queuingPolicy": { "$ref": "QueuingPolicy", -"description": "When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This field is deprecated, ResizeRequests would not be provisioned immediately and would stay in the queue until explicitly cancelled. When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible." }, "requestedRunDuration": { "$ref": "Duration", @@ -59420,15 +59435,27 @@ false "DELETING", "FAILED", "PROVISIONING", +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "SUCCEEDED" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +true, +false, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "The request was created successfully and was accepted for provisioning when the capacity becomes available.", "The request is cancelled.", -"resize request is being created and may still fail creation.", -"The request is being deleted.", +"Resize request is being created and may still fail creation.", +"The value is deprecated. ResizeRequests would not change state while being deleted. The request is being deleted.", "The request failed before or during provisioning. If the request fails during provisioning, any VMs that were created during provisioning are rolled back and removed from the MIG.", -"The target resource(s) are being provisioned.", +"The value is deprecated. ResizeRequests would stay in the ACCEPTED state during provisioning attempts. The target resource(s) are being provisioned.", +"Default value. This value should never be returned.", "The request succeeded." ], "type": "string" @@ -59501,7 +59528,8 @@ false }, "queuingPolicy": { "$ref": "QueuingPolicy", -"description": "Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "This field is deprecated, setting queueing policy is no longer supported. Constraints for the time when the instances start provisioning. Always exposed as absolute time." } }, "type": "object" @@ -67682,6 +67710,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"networkPlacement": { +"description": "A full or partial URL of the network placement to apply to this network. This field can be set only at resource creation time. For example, the following are valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/alpha/projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} - projects/{project_id}/global/networkPlacements/{network_placement_name} ", +"type": "string" +}, "peerings": { "description": "[Output Only] A list of network peerings for the resource.", "items": { @@ -77068,6 +77100,127 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Name of the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"quotaStatusWarning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Warning of fetching the `quotas` field for this region. This field is populated only if fetching of the `quotas` field fails.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "quotas": { "description": "[Output Only] Quotas assigned to this region.", "items": { @@ -78656,7 +78809,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "type": { -"description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL.", +"description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL, SYSTEM_GLOBAL, SYSTEM_REGIONAL.", "enum": [ "HIERARCHY", "NETWORK", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index b4fbc94da02..2a1134538d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -7519,6 +7519,279 @@ } } }, +"instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Cancels the specified resize request and removes it from the queue. Cancelled resize request does no longer wait for the resources to be provisioned. Cancel is only possible for requests that are accepted in the queue.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}/cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.cancel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager", +"resizeRequest" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resizeRequest": { +"description": "The name of the resize request to cancel. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. The name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}/cancel", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified, inactive resize request. Requests that are still active cannot be deleted. Deleting request does not delete instances that were provisioned previously.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager", +"resizeRequest" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"resizeRequest": { +"description": "The name of the resize request to delete. The name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. The name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns all of the details about the specified resize request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager", +"resizeRequest" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resizeRequest": { +"description": "The name of the resize request. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the href=\"/compute/docs/regions-zones/#available\">zone scoping this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests/{resizeRequest}", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a new resize request that starts provisioning VMs immediately or queues VM creation.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group to which the resize request will be added. Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located and where the resize request will be created. Name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of resize requests that are contained in the managed instance group.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`. You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular expressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group. The name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources, with an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone where the managed instance group is located. The name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/resizeRequests", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestsListResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, "instanceGroupManagers": { "methods": { "abandonInstances": { @@ -37012,7 +37285,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -42487,7 +42760,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "allowOriginRegexes": { -"description": "Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information about the regular expression syntax, see Syntax. An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.", +"description": "Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For more information, see regular expression syntax . An origin is allowed if it matches either an item in allowOrigins or an item in allowOriginRegexes. Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -42501,7 +42774,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "disabled": { -"description": "If true, the setting specifies the CORS policy is disabled. The default value of false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect.", +"description": "If true, disables the CORS policy. The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS policy is in effect.", "type": "boolean" }, "exposeHeaders": { @@ -50126,6 +50399,350 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest": { +"description": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest represents a request to create a number of VMs: either immediately or by queuing the request for the specified time. This resize request is nested under InstanceGroupManager and the VMs created by this request are added to the owning InstanceGroupManager.", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "[Output Only] The creation timestamp for this resize request in RFC3339 text format.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] A unique identifier for this resource type. The server generates this identifier.", +"format": "uint64", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest", +"description": "[Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequest for resize requests.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.insert" +] +}, +"description": "The name of this resize request. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"requestedRunDuration": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Requested run duration for instances that will be created by this request. At the end of the run duration instance will be deleted." +}, +"resizeBy": { +"description": "The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "[Output only] Current state of the request.", +"enum": [ +"ACCEPTED", +"CANCELLED", +"CREATING", +"FAILED", +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SUCCEEDED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The request was created successfully and was accepted for provisioning when the capacity becomes available.", +"The request is cancelled.", +"Resize request is being created and may still fail creation.", +"The request failed before or during provisioning. If the request fails during provisioning, any VMs that were created during provisioning are rolled back and removed from the MIG.", +"Default value. This value should never be returned.", +"The request succeeded." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", +"description": "[Output only] Status of the request." +}, +"zone": { +"description": "[Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", +"properties": { +"error": { +"description": "[Output only] Fatal errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest that caused the transition to the FAILED state. Contrary to the last_attempt errors, this field is final and errors are never removed from here, as the ResizeRequest is not going to retry.", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorDetails": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo" +}, +"help": { +"$ref": "Help" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage" +}, +"quotaInfo": { +"$ref": "QuotaExceededInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"location": { +"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"lastAttempt": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", +"description": "[Output only] Information about the last attempt to fulfill the request. The value is temporary since the ResizeRequest can retry, as long as it's still active and the last attempt value can either be cleared or replaced with a different error. Since ResizeRequest retries infrequently, the value may be stale and no longer show an active problem. The value is cleared when ResizeRequest transitions to the final state (becomes inactive). If the final state is FAILED the error describing it will be storred in the \"error\" field only." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt": { +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatusLastAttempt", +"properties": { +"error": { +"description": "Errors that prevented the ResizeRequest to be fulfilled.", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorDetails": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo" +}, +"help": { +"$ref": "Help" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage" +}, +"quotaInfo": { +"$ref": "QuotaExceededInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"location": { +"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestsListResponse": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of resize requests.", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestsListResponse", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of resize request resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequest" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequestList", +"description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instanceGroupManagerResizeRequestList for a list of resize requests.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagerStatus": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatus", "properties": { @@ -66393,7 +67010,7 @@ false "type": "array" }, "type": { -"description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL.", +"description": "[Output Only] The type of the firewall policy. Can be one of HIERARCHY, NETWORK, NETWORK_REGIONAL, SYSTEM_GLOBAL, SYSTEM_REGIONAL.", "enum": [ "HIERARCHY", "NETWORK", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index 1e5b4c73be2..32b7324d6bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index b0f6c3946b4..e9cf9299025 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -1656,11 +1656,13 @@ "description": "Default summarization model to be used.", "enum": [ "SUMMARIZATION_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", -"BASELINE_MODEL" +"BASELINE_MODEL", +"BASELINE_MODEL_V2_0" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified summarization model.", -"The CCAI baseline model." +"The CCAI baseline model.", +"The CCAI baseline model, V2.0." ], "type": "string" } @@ -4234,11 +4236,13 @@ "description": "Default summarization model to be used.", "enum": [ "SUMMARIZATION_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", -"BASELINE_MODEL" +"BASELINE_MODEL", +"BASELINE_MODEL_V2_0" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified summarization model.", -"The CCAI baseline model." +"The CCAI baseline model.", +"The CCAI baseline model, V2.0." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index 6864594db8b..52aa8a096e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 489be3faa0a..e984708318c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json index cee9127e9fa..42ac4d1c8b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index f4bd0eee85c..8c4e251b707 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -6186,7 +6186,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -10629,17 +10629,26 @@ false "id": "MethodQuota", "properties": { "method": { -"description": "The method name, for example `products.list`. Method name does not contain version because quota can be shared between different API versions of the same method.", +"description": "Output only. The method name, for example `products.list`. Method name does not contain version because quota can be shared between different API versions of the same method.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "quotaLimit": { -"description": "The current quota limit per day, meaning the maximum number of calls for the method.", +"description": "Output only. The maximum number of calls allowed per day for the method.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaMinuteLimit": { +"description": "Output only. The maximum number of calls allowed per minute for the method.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "quotaUsage": { -"description": "The current quota usage, meaning the number of calls already made to the method.", +"description": "Output only. The current quota usage, meaning the number of calls already made to the method per day. Usage is reset every day at 12 PM midday UTC.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -16183,7 +16192,7 @@ false }, "topicTrends": { "$ref": "TopicTrends", -"description": "Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13542370." +"description": "[Topic trends](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13542370) fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`." } }, "type": "object" @@ -18059,7 +18068,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "TopicTrends": { -"description": "Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`.", +"description": "Topic trends fields requested by the merchant in the query. Field values are only set if the merchant queries `TopicTrendsView`. Forecast data can be queried up to 13 weeks by passing a future date in the `date` field. Historical data is measured daily, and forecasted data is projected weekly. All data points are normalized based on the highest data points returned in the response. If you make separate queries with different date ranges, you might see different values for the same date in each response. The recommended way to get a trend score of a topic is `last7_days_search_interest / last{$day}_days_search_interest - 1`. You can view trends for up to eight topics at a time.", "id": "TopicTrends", "properties": { "customerCountryCode": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index 75a7bfcfcdf..e418f3c9039 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index 2bd0d5ceb3e..07ac7707637 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tagTemplates/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -2914,7 +2914,7 @@ "description": "Model specification." }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3022,7 +3022,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Note: The entry group itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4131,7 +4131,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "type": "string" }, "template": { @@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Note: The tag template itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4244,8 +4244,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: `projects/{PROJECT_ID}/locations/{LOCATION}/tagTemplates/{TAG_TEMPLATE}/fields/{FIELD}` Note: The tag template field itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or underscores (_), and must start with a letter or underscore. The maximum length is 64 characters.", "type": "string" }, "order": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json index b17aa376b99..755eafb70cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/tags/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tagTemplates/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ "description": "Model specification." }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format where tag ID is a system-generated identifier. Note: The tag itself might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "type": "string" }, "template": { @@ -3579,7 +3579,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The Data Catalog resource name of the entry in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id} Note that this Entry and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3644,7 +3644,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the entry group in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id} Note that this EntryGroup and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4198,7 +4198,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/entrygroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}/tags/{tag_id} where `tag_id` is a system-generated identifier. Note that this Tag may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "type": "string" }, "template": { @@ -4280,7 +4280,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the tag template in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template_id} Note that this TagTemplate and its child resources may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4303,7 +4303,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the tag template field in URL format. Example: * projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/tagTemplates/{tag_template}/fields/{field} Note that this TagTemplateField may not actually be stored in the location in this name.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json index 3ca0de4cc0b..f9c4ee60bf3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json @@ -2182,7 +2182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproximateProgress": { @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "streamingMode": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes).", "enum": [ "STREAMING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "STREAMING_MODE_EXACTLY_ONCE", @@ -3539,7 +3539,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "streamingMode": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes).", "enum": [ "STREAMING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "STREAMING_MODE_EXACTLY_ONCE", @@ -5484,7 +5484,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "streamingMode": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the Streaming Engine message processing guarantees. Reduces cost and latency but might result in duplicate messages committed to storage. Designed to run simple mapping streaming ETL jobs at the lowest cost. For example, Change Data Capture (CDC) to BigQuery is a canonical use case. For more information, see [Set the pipeline streaming mode](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/streaming-modes).", "enum": [ "STREAMING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "STREAMING_MODE_EXACTLY_ONCE", @@ -5553,7 +5553,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "workerUtilizationHint": { -"description": "Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog.", +"description": "Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline).", "format": "double", "type": "number" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index e0b173090d7..20f790fad10 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The repository's name.", +"description": "Identifier. The repository's name.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/repositories/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assertion": { @@ -3501,8 +3501,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The repository's name.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The repository's name.", "type": "string" }, "npmrcEnvironmentVariablesSecretVersion": { @@ -3895,8 +3894,7 @@ "id": "Workspace", "properties": { "name": { -"description": "Output only. The workspace's name.", -"readOnly": true, +"description": "Identifier. The workspace's name.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index 1dfdba912db..3a8d9e4c267 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { @@ -2811,14 +2811,18 @@ "ALLOYDB" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The database provider is unknown.", -"CloudSQL runs the database.", -"RDS runs the database.", -"Amazon Aurora.", -"AlloyDB." +"Use this value for on-premise source database instances.", +"Cloud SQL is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon RDS is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon Aurora is the source instance provider.", +"AlloyDB for PostgreSQL is the source instance provider." ], "type": "string" }, +"sqlserver": { +"$ref": "SqlServerConnectionProfile", +"description": "Connection profile for a SQL Server data source." +}, "state": { "description": "The current connection profile state (e.g. DRAFT, READY, or FAILED).", "enum": [ @@ -3033,12 +3037,14 @@ "DATABASE_ENGINE_UNSPECIFIED", "MYSQL", "POSTGRESQL", +"SQLSERVER", "ORACLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The source database engine of the migration job is unknown.", "The source engine is MySQL.", "The source engine is PostgreSQL.", +"The source engine is SQL Server.", "The source engine is Oracle." ], "type": "string" @@ -3211,12 +3217,14 @@ "DATABASE_ENGINE_UNSPECIFIED", "MYSQL", "POSTGRESQL", +"SQLSERVER", "ORACLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The source database engine of the migration job is unknown.", "The source engine is MySQL.", "The source engine is PostgreSQL.", +"The source engine is SQL Server.", "The source engine is Oracle." ], "type": "string" @@ -3231,11 +3239,11 @@ "ALLOYDB" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The database provider is unknown.", -"CloudSQL runs the database.", -"RDS runs the database.", -"Amazon Aurora.", -"AlloyDB." +"Use this value for on-premise source database instances.", +"Cloud SQL is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon RDS is the source instance provider.", +"Amazon Aurora is the source instance provider.", +"AlloyDB for PostgreSQL is the source instance provider." ], "type": "string" } @@ -4445,7 +4453,8 @@ "CDC", "PROMOTE_IN_PROGRESS", "WAITING_FOR_SOURCE_WRITES_TO_STOP", -"PREPARING_THE_DUMP" +"PREPARING_THE_DUMP", +"READY_FOR_PROMOTE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The phase of the migration job is unknown.", @@ -4453,7 +4462,8 @@ "The migration job is CDC phase.", "The migration job is running the promote phase.", "Only RDS flow - waiting for source writes to stop", -"Only RDS flow - the sources writes stopped, waiting for dump to begin" +"Only RDS flow - the sources writes stopped, waiting for dump to begin", +"The migration job is ready to be promoted." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4470,6 +4480,10 @@ "$ref": "DatabaseType", "description": "The database engine type and provider of the source." }, +"sqlserverHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { +"$ref": "SqlServerHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for SQL Server homogeneous migration." +}, "state": { "description": "The current migration job state.", "enum": [ @@ -5567,6 +5581,130 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlServerBackups": { +"description": "Specifies the backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.", +"id": "SqlServerBackups", +"properties": { +"gcsBucket": { +"description": "Required. The Cloud Storage bucket that stores backups for all replicated databases.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gcsPrefix": { +"description": "Optional. Cloud Storage path inside the bucket that stores backups.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SqlServerConnectionProfile": { +"description": "Specifies connection parameters required specifically for SQL Server databases.", +"id": "SqlServerConnectionProfile", +"properties": { +"backups": { +"$ref": "SqlServerBackups", +"description": "The backup details in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server." +}, +"cloudSqlId": { +"description": "If the source is a Cloud SQL database, use this field to provide the Cloud SQL instance ID of the source.", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardSshConnectivity": { +"$ref": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", +"description": "Forward SSH tunnel connectivity." +}, +"host": { +"description": "Required. The IP or hostname of the source SQL Server database.", +"type": "string" +}, +"password": { +"description": "Required. Input only. The password for the user that Database Migration Service will be using to connect to the database. This field is not returned on request, and the value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"passwordSet": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether a new password is included in the request.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"port": { +"description": "Required. The network port of the source SQL Server database.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"privateConnectivity": { +"$ref": "PrivateConnectivity", +"description": "Private connectivity." +}, +"privateServiceConnectConnectivity": { +"$ref": "PrivateServiceConnectConnectivity", +"description": "Private Service Connect connectivity." +}, +"ssl": { +"$ref": "SslConfig", +"description": "SSL configuration for the destination to connect to the source database." +}, +"staticIpConnectivity": { +"$ref": "StaticIpConnectivity", +"description": "Static IP connectivity data (default, no additional details needed)." +}, +"username": { +"description": "Required. The username that Database Migration Service will use to connect to the database. The value is encrypted when stored in Database Migration Service.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SqlServerDatabaseBackup": { +"description": "Specifies the backup details for a single database in Cloud Storage for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.", +"id": "SqlServerDatabaseBackup", +"properties": { +"database": { +"description": "Required. Name of a SQL Server database for which to define backup configuration.", +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionOptions": { +"$ref": "SqlServerEncryptionOptions", +"description": "Optional. Encryption settings for the database. Required if provided database backups are encrypted. Encryption settings include path to certificate, path to certificate private key, and key password." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SqlServerEncryptionOptions": { +"description": "Encryption settings for the SQL Server database.", +"id": "SqlServerEncryptionOptions", +"properties": { +"certPath": { +"description": "Required. Path to certificate.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pvkPassword": { +"description": "Required. Input only. Private key password.", +"type": "string" +}, +"pvkPath": { +"description": "Required. Path to certificate private key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SqlServerHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for homogeneous migration to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.", +"id": "SqlServerHomogeneousMigrationJobConfig", +"properties": { +"backupFilePattern": { +"description": "Required. Pattern that describes the default backup naming strategy. The specified pattern should ensure lexicographical order of backups. The pattern must define one of the following capture group sets: Capture group set #1 yy/yyyy - year, 2 or 4 digits mm - month number, 1-12 dd - day of month, 1-31 hh - hour of day, 00-23 mi - minutes, 00-59 ss - seconds, 00-59 Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_20230802_155400.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?\\d{4})(?\\d{2})(?\\d{2})_(?\\d{2})(?\\d{2})(?\\d{2}).trn Capture group set #2 timestamp - unix timestamp Example: For backup file TestDB_backup_1691448254.trn, use pattern: (?.*)_backup_(?.*).trn", +"type": "string" +}, +"databaseBackups": { +"description": "Required. Backup details per database in Cloud Storage.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SqlServerDatabaseBackup" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SshScript": { "description": "Response message for 'GenerateSshScript' request.", "id": "SshScript", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index 3f3d33d3d91..f380b7f0a21 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json index 708bc12cae8..5d1f09678bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 8966b43d218..daaa1ce2eeb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -174,11 +174,215 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"lookupEntry": { +"description": "Looks up a single entry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupEntry", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lookupEntry", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"aspectTypes": { +"description": "Optional. Limits the aspects returned to the provided aspect types. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"entry": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"paths": { +"description": "Optional. Limits the aspects returned to those associated with the provided paths within the Entry. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. View for controlling which parts of an entry are to be returned.", +"enum": [ +"ENTRY_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"BASIC", +"FULL", +"CUSTOM", +"ALL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified EntryView. Defaults to FULL.", +"Returns entry only, without aspects.", +"Returns all required aspects as well as the keys of all non-required aspects.", +"Returns aspects matching custom fields in GetEntryRequest. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned.", +"Returns all aspects. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:lookupEntry", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"searchEntries": { +"description": "Searches for entries matching given query and scope.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:searchEntries", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.searchEntries", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Ordering of the results. Supported options to be added later.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Pagination.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"query": { +"description": "Required. The query against which entries in scope should be matched.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"scope": { +"description": "Optional. The scope under which the search should be operating. Should either be organizations/ or projects/. If left unspecified, it will default to the organization where the project provided in name is located.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:searchEntries", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { "aspectTypes": { "methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an AspectType", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.aspectTypes.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"aspectTypeId": { +"description": "Required. AspectType identifier.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/aspectTypes", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a AspectType resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes/{aspectTypesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.aspectTypes.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. If the client provided etag value does not match the current etag value, the DeleteAspectTypeRequest method returns an ABORTED error response", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the AspectType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aspectTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a AspectType resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes/{aspectTypesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.aspectTypes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the AspectType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aspectTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes/{aspectTypesId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -210,6 +414,91 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"list": { +"description": "Lists AspectType resources in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.aspectTypes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter request. Filters are case-sensitive. The following formats are supported:labels.key1 = \"value1\" labels:key1 name = \"value\" These restrictions can be coinjoined with AND, OR and NOT conjunctions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Order by fields (name or create_time) for the result. If not specified, the ordering is undefined.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of AspectTypes to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 AspectTypes will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListAspectTypes call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAspectTypes must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the AspectType location, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/aspectTypes", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAspectTypesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a AspectType resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes/{aspectTypesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.aspectTypes.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/aspectTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/aspectTypes/{aspectTypesId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -602,6 +891,34 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"generateDataQualityRules": { +"description": "Generates recommended DataQualityRule from a data profiling DataScan.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataScans/{dataScansId}:generateDataQualityRules", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataScans.generateDataQualityRules", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name should be either * the name of a datascan with at least one successful completed data profiling job, or * the name of a successful completed data profiling datascan job.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataScans/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:generateDataQualityRules", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Gets a DataScan resource.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataScans/{dataScansId}", @@ -846,26 +1163,54 @@ "resources": { "jobs": { "methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets a DataScanJob resource.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataScans/{dataScansId}/jobs/{jobsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.get", +"generateDataQualityRules": { +"description": "Generates recommended DataQualityRule from a data profiling DataScan.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataScans/{dataScansId}/jobs/{jobsId}:generateDataQualityRules", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.generateDataQualityRules", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the DataScanJob: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{data_scan_id}/jobs/{data_scan_job_id} where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"description": "Required. The name should be either * the name of a datascan with at least one successful completed data profiling job, or * the name of a successful completed data profiling datascan job.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataScans/[^/]+/jobs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"view": { -"description": "Optional. Select the DataScanJob view to return. Defaults to BASIC.", -"enum": [ -"DATA_SCAN_JOB_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"path": "v1/{+name}:generateDataQualityRules", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a DataScanJob resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataScans/{dataScansId}/jobs/{jobsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the DataScanJob: projects/{project}/locations/{location_id}/dataScans/{data_scan_id}/jobs/{data_scan_job_id} where project refers to a project_id or project_number and location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataScans/[^/]+/jobs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. Select the DataScanJob view to return. Defaults to BASIC.", +"enum": [ +"DATA_SCAN_JOB_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", "BASIC", "FULL" ], @@ -1473,6 +1818,99 @@ }, "entryGroups": { "methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an EntryGroup", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"entryGroupId": { +"description": "Required. EntryGroup identifier.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the entryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/entryGroups", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a EntryGroup resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. If the client provided etag value does not match the current etag value, the DeleteEntryGroupRequest method returns an ABORTED error response", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the EntryGroup: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a EntryGroup resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the EntryGroup: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -1504,6 +1942,91 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"list": { +"description": "Lists EntryGroup resources in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Order by fields for the result.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of EntryGroups to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EntryGroups will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListEntryGroups call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListEntryGroups must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the entryGroup location, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/entryGroups", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryGroupsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a EntryGroup resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -1560,10 +2083,313 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"entries": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an Entry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"entryId": { +"description": "Required. Entry identifier. It has to be unique within an Entry Group.Entries corresponding to Google Cloud resources use Entry ID format based on Full Resource Names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name). The format is a Full Resource Name of the resource without the prefix double slashes in the API Service Name part of Full Resource Name. This allows retrieval of entries using their associated resource name.For example if the Full Resource Name of a resource is //library.googleapis.com/shelves/shelf1/books/book2, then the suggested entry_id is library.googleapis.com/shelves/shelf1/books/book2.It is also suggested to follow the same convention for entries corresponding to resources from other providers or systems than Google Cloud.The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/entries", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an Entry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries/{entriesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a single entry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries/{entriesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"aspectTypes": { +"description": "Optional. Limits the aspects returned to the provided aspect types. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"paths": { +"description": "Optional. Limits the aspects returned to those associated with the provided paths within the Entry. Only works if the CUSTOM view is selected.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"view": { +"description": "Optional. View for controlling which parts of an entry are to be returned.", +"enum": [ +"ENTRY_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED", +"BASIC", +"FULL", +"CUSTOM", +"ALL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified EntryView. Defaults to FULL.", +"Returns entry only, without aspects.", +"Returns all required aspects as well as the keys of all non-required aspects.", +"Returns aspects matching custom fields in GetEntryRequest. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned.", +"Returns all aspects. If the number of aspects would exceed 100, the first 100 will be returned." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists entries within an entry group.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter on the entries to return. Filters are case-sensitive. The request can be filtered by the following fields: entry_type, display_name. The comparison operators are =, !=, <, >, <=, >= (strings are compared according to lexical order) The logical operators AND, OR, NOT can be used in the filter. Example filter expressions: \"display_name=AnExampleDisplayName\" \"entry_type=projects/example-project/locations/global/entryTypes/example-entry_type\" \"entry_type=projects/a* OR \"entry_type=projects/k*\" \"NOT display_name=AnotherExampleDisplayName\"", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The pagination token returned by a previous request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/entries", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntriesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates an Entry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries/{entriesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"allowMissing": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true and the entry does not exist, it will be created.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"aspectKeys": { +"description": "Optional. The map keys of the Aspects which should be modified. Supports the following syntaxes: * - matches aspect on given type and empty path * @path - matches aspect on given type and specified path * * - matches aspects on given type for all paths * *@path - matches aspects of all types on the given pathExisting aspects matching the syntax will not be removed unless delete_missing_aspects is set to true.If this field is left empty, it will be treated as specifying exactly those Aspects present in the request.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"deleteMissingAspects": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true and the aspect_keys specify aspect ranges, any existing aspects from that range not provided in the request will be deleted.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryGroups/[^/]+/entries/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to update. To update Aspects, the update_mask must contain the value \"aspects\".If the update_mask is empty, all modifiable fields present in the request will be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } }, "entryTypes": { "methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an EntryType", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryTypes.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"entryTypeId": { +"description": "Required. EntryType identifier.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/entryTypes", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a EntryType resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes/{entryTypesId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryTypes.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. If the client provided etag value does not match the current etag value, the DeleteEntryTypeRequest method returns an ABORTED error response", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the EntryType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a EntryType resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes/{entryTypesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryTypes.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the EntryType: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes/{entryTypesId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -1595,6 +2421,91 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"list": { +"description": "Lists EntryType resources in a project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryTypes.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter request. Filters are case-sensitive. The following formats are supported:labels.key1 = \"value1\" labels:key1 name = \"value\" These restrictions can be coinjoined with AND, OR and NOT conjunctions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Order by fields (name or create_time) for the result. If not specified, the ordering is undefined.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of EntryTypes to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EntryTypes will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListEntryTypes call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListEntryTypes must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the EntryType location, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id} where location_id refers to a GCP region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/entryTypes", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryTypesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a EntryType resource.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes/{entryTypesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryTypes.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/entryTypes/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. Only validate the request, but do not perform mutations. The default is false.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryTypes/{entryTypesId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -4360,7 +5271,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -4578,6 +5489,269 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1Aspect": { +"description": "An aspect is a single piece of metadata describing an entry.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Aspect", +"properties": { +"aspectSource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectSource" +}, +"aspectType": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the type used to create this Aspect.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the Aspect was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The content of the aspect, according to its aspect type schema. This will replace content. The maximum size of the field is 120KB (encoded as UTF-8).", +"type": "object" +}, +"path": { +"description": "Output only. The path in the entry under which the aspect is attached.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the Aspect was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectSource": { +"description": "AspectSource contains source system related information for the aspect.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectSource", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "The create time of the aspect in the source system.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "The update time of the aspect in the source system.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType": { +"description": "Aspect Type is a template for creating Aspects, and represents the JSON-schema for a given Entry, e.g., BigQuery Table Schema.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType", +"properties": { +"authorization": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeAuthorization", +"description": "Immutable. Authorization defined for this type." +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the AspectType was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the AspectType.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. User friendly display name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. User-defined labels for the AspectType.", +"type": "object" +}, +"metadataTemplate": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate", +"description": "Required. MetadataTemplate of the aspect." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the AspectType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"transferStatus": { +"description": "Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Aspect Type. It is unspecified for Aspect Types created from Dataplex API.", +"enum": [ +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_MIGRATED", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_TRANSFERRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. It is set for resources that were not subject for migration from Data Catalog service.", +"Indicates that a resource was migrated from Data Catalog service but it hasn't been transferred yet. In particular the resource cannot be updated from Dataplex API.", +"Indicates that a resource was transferred from Data Catalog service. The resource can only be updated from Dataplex API." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the AspectType. This ID will be different if the AspectType is deleted and re-created with the same name.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the AspectType was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeAuthorization": { +"description": "Autorization for an Aspect Type.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeAuthorization", +"properties": { +"alternateUsePermission": { +"description": "Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Aspects of Dataplex owned Aspect Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate": { +"description": "MetadataTemplate definition for AspectType", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate", +"properties": { +"annotations": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateAnnotations", +"description": "Optional. Specifies annotations on this field." +}, +"arrayItems": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate", +"description": "Optional. array_items needs to be set if the type is array. array_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload." +}, +"constraints": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateConstraints", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the constraints on this field." +}, +"enumValues": { +"description": "Optional. The list of values for an enum type. Needs to be defined if the type is enum.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateEnumValue" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"index": { +"description": "Optional. Index is used to encode Template messages. The value of index can range between 1 and 2,147,483,647. Index must be unique within all fields in a Template. (Nested Templates can reuse indexes). Once a Template is defined, the index cannot be changed, because it identifies the field in the actual storage format. Index is a mandatory field, but it is optional for top level fields, and map/array \"values\" definitions.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"mapItems": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate", +"description": "Optional. map_items needs to be set if the type is map. map_items can refer to a primitive field or a complex (record only) field. To specify a primitive field, just name and type needs to be set in the nested MetadataTemplate. The recommended value for the name field is item, as this is not used in the actual payload." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"recordFields": { +"description": "Optional. Field definition, needs to be specified if the type is record. Defines the nested fields.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplate" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. The datatype of this field. The following values are supported: Primitive types (string, integer, boolean, double, datetime); datetime must be of the format RFC3339 UTC \"Zulu\" (Examples: \"2014-10-02T15:01:23Z\" and \"2014-10-02T15:01:23.045123456Z\"). Complex types (enum, array, map, record).", +"type": "string" +}, +"typeId": { +"description": "Optional. Id can be used if this definition of the field needs to be reused later. Id needs to be unique across the entire template. Id can only be specified if the field type is record.", +"type": "string" +}, +"typeRef": { +"description": "Optional. A reference to another field definition (instead of an inline definition). The value must be equal to the value of an id field defined elsewhere in the MetadataTemplate. Only fields with type as record can refer to other fields.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateAnnotations": { +"description": "Definition of the annotations of a field", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateAnnotations", +"properties": { +"deprecated": { +"description": "Optional. Marks a field as deprecated, a deprecation message can be included.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Specify a description for a field", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. Specify a displayname for a field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayOrder": { +"description": "Optional. Specify a display order for a field. Display order can be used to reorder where a field is rendered", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"stringType": { +"description": "Optional. String Type annotations can be used to specify special meaning to string fields. The following values are supported: richText: The field must be interpreted as a rich text field. url: A fully qualified url link. resource: A service qualified resource reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stringValues": { +"description": "Optional. Suggested hints for string fields. These can be used to suggest values to users, through an UI for example.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateConstraints": { +"description": "Definition of the constraints of a field", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateConstraints", +"properties": { +"required": { +"description": "Optional. Marks this as an optional/required field.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateEnumValue": { +"description": "Definition of Enumvalue (to be used by enum fields)", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectTypeMetadataTemplateEnumValue", +"properties": { +"deprecated": { +"description": "Optional. Optional deprecation message to be set if an enum value needs to be deprecated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"index": { +"description": "Required. Index for the enum. Cannot be modified.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the enumvalue. This is the actual value that the aspect will contain.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Asset": { "description": "An asset represents a cloud resource that is being managed within a lake as a member of a zone.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Asset", @@ -5207,6 +6381,44 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResult": { +"description": "The output of a DataDocumentation scan.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResult", +"properties": { +"queries": { +"description": "Output only. The list of generated queries.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultQuery" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultQuery": { +"description": "A query in data documentation", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResultQuery", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Output only. The description for the query.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sql": { +"description": "Output only. The SQL query string which can be executed.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationSpec": { +"description": "DataDocumentation scan related spec.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationSpec", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProfileResult": { "description": "DataProfileResult defines the output of DataProfileScan. Each field of the table will have field type specific profile result.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProfileResult", @@ -6121,6 +7333,15 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataSource", "description": "Required. The data source for DataScan." }, +"dataDocumentationResult": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResult", +"description": "Output only. The result of the data documentation scan.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"dataDocumentationSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationSpec", +"description": "DataDocumentationScan related setting." +}, "dataProfileResult": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProfileResult", "description": "Output only. The result of the data profile scan.", @@ -6192,12 +7413,14 @@ "enum": [ "DATA_SCAN_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "DATA_QUALITY", -"DATA_PROFILE" +"DATA_PROFILE", +"DATA_DOCUMENTATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The DataScan type is unspecified.", "Data Quality scan.", -"Data Profile scan." +"Data Profile scan.", +"Data Documentation scan." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -6502,6 +7725,16 @@ "description": "A DataScanJob represents an instance of DataScan execution.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataScanJob", "properties": { +"dataDocumentationResult": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationResult", +"description": "Output only. The result of the data documentation scan.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"dataDocumentationSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDocumentationSpec", +"description": "Output only. DataDocumentationScan related setting.", +"readOnly": true +}, "dataProfileResult": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataProfileResult", "description": "Output only. The result of the data profile scan.", @@ -6572,12 +7805,14 @@ "enum": [ "DATA_SCAN_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "DATA_QUALITY", -"DATA_PROFILE" +"DATA_PROFILE", +"DATA_DOCUMENTATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The DataScan type is unspecified.", "Data Quality scan.", -"Data Profile scan." +"Data Profile scan.", +"Data Documentation scan." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -6818,107 +8053,390 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity": { -"description": "Represents tables and fileset metadata contained within a zone.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity", +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity": { +"description": "Represents tables and fileset metadata contained within a zone.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity", +"properties": { +"access": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1StorageAccess", +"description": "Output only. Identifies the access mechanism to the entity. Not user settable.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"asset": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The ID of the asset associated with the storage location containing the entity data. The entity must be with in the same zone with the asset.", +"type": "string" +}, +"catalogEntry": { +"description": "Output only. The name of the associated Data Catalog entry.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"compatibility": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatus", +"description": "Output only. Metadata stores that the entity is compatible with.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the entity was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"dataPath": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The storage path of the entity data. For Cloud Storage data, this is the fully-qualified path to the entity, such as gs://bucket/path/to/data. For BigQuery data, this is the name of the table resource, such as projects/project_id/datasets/dataset_id/tables/table_id.", +"type": "string" +}, +"dataPathPattern": { +"description": "Optional. The set of items within the data path constituting the data in the entity, represented as a glob path. Example: gs://bucket/path/to/data/**/*.csv.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. User friendly longer description text. Must be shorter than or equal to 1024 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. Display name must be shorter than or equal to 256 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. The etag associated with the entity, which can be retrieved with a GetEntity request. Required for update and delete requests.", +"type": "string" +}, +"format": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1StorageFormat", +"description": "Required. Identifies the storage format of the entity data. It does not apply to entities with data stored in BigQuery." +}, +"id": { +"description": "Required. A user-provided entity ID. It is mutable, and will be used as the published table name. Specifying a new ID in an update entity request will override the existing value. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), and underscores, and consist of 256 or fewer characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the entity, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{id}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"schema": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Schema", +"description": "Required. The description of the data structure and layout. The schema is not included in list responses. It is only included in SCHEMA and FULL entity views of a GetEntity response." +}, +"system": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Identifies the storage system of the entity data.", +"enum": [ +"STORAGE_SYSTEM_UNSPECIFIED", +"CLOUD_STORAGE", +"BIGQUERY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Storage system unspecified.", +"The entity data is contained within a Cloud Storage bucket.", +"The entity data is contained within a BigQuery dataset." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The type of entity.", +"enum": [ +"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TABLE", +"FILESET" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Type unspecified.", +"Structured and semi-structured data.", +"Unstructured data." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System generated unique ID for the Entity. This ID will be different if the Entity is deleted and re-created with the same name.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the entity was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatus": { +"description": "Provides compatibility information for various metadata stores.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatus", +"properties": { +"bigquery": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility", +"description": "Output only. Whether this entity is compatible with BigQuery.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"hiveMetastore": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility", +"description": "Output only. Whether this entity is compatible with Hive Metastore.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility": { +"description": "Provides compatibility information for a specific metadata store.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility", +"properties": { +"compatible": { +"description": "Output only. Whether the entity is compatible and can be represented in the metadata store.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "Output only. Provides additional detail if the entity is incompatible with the metadata store.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry": { +"description": "An entry is a representation of a data asset which can be described by various metadata.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry", +"properties": { +"aspects": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Aspect" +}, +"description": "Optional. The Aspects attached to the Entry. The key is either the resource name of the aspect type (if the aspect is attached directly to the entry) or \"aspectType@path\" if the aspect is attached to an entry's path.", +"type": "object" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the Entry was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"entrySource": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySource", +"description": "Optional. Source system related information for an entry." +}, +"entryType": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The resource name of the EntryType used to create this Entry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fullyQualifiedName": { +"description": "Optional. A name for the entry that can reference it in an external system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry, of the form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parentEntry": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The resource name of the parent entry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the Entry was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup": { +"description": "An Entry Group represents a logical grouping of one or more Entries.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the EntryGroup.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Optional. User friendly display name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryGroup.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryGroup, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"transferStatus": { +"description": "Output only. Denotes the transfer status of the Entry Group. It is unspecified for Entry Group created from Dataplex API.", +"enum": [ +"TRANSFER_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_MIGRATED", +"TRANSFER_STATUS_TRANSFERRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. It is set for resources that were not subject for migration from Data Catalog service.", +"Indicates that a resource was migrated from Data Catalog service but it hasn't been transferred yet. In particular the resource cannot be updated from Dataplex API.", +"Indicates that a resource was transferred from Data Catalog service. The resource can only be updated from Dataplex API." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"uid": { +"description": "Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryGroup. This ID will be different if the EntryGroup is deleted and re-created with the same name.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time when the EntryGroup was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySource": { +"description": "EntrySource contains source system related information for the entry.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySource", +"properties": { +"ancestors": { +"description": "Immutable. The ancestors of the Entry in the source system.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySourceAncestor" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "The create time of the resource in the source system.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Description of the Entry. The maximum size of the field is 2000 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "User friendly display name. The maximum size of the field is 500 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "User-defined labels. The maximum size of keys and values is 128 characters each.", +"type": "object" +}, +"platform": { +"description": "The platform containing the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "The name of the resource in the source system. The maximum size of the field is 4000 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"system": { +"description": "The name of the source system. The maximum size of the field is 64 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "The update time of the resource in the source system.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySourceAncestor": { +"description": "Ancestor contains information about individual items in the hierarchy of an Entry.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntrySourceAncestor", "properties": { -"access": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1StorageAccess", -"description": "Output only. Identifies the access mechanism to the entity. Not user settable.", -"readOnly": true -}, -"asset": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. The ID of the asset associated with the storage location containing the entity data. The entity must be with in the same zone with the asset.", +"name": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the ancestor resource.", "type": "string" }, -"catalogEntry": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the associated Data Catalog entry.", -"readOnly": true, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the ancestor resource.", "type": "string" +} }, -"compatibility": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatus", -"description": "Output only. Metadata stores that the entity is compatible with.", -"readOnly": true +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType": { +"description": "Entry Type is a template for creating Entries.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType", +"properties": { +"authorization": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryTypeAuthorization", +"description": "Immutable. Authorization defined for this type." }, "createTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time when the entity was created.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the EntryType was created.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"dataPath": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. The storage path of the entity data. For Cloud Storage data, this is the fully-qualified path to the entity, such as gs://bucket/path/to/data. For BigQuery data, this is the name of the table resource, such as projects/project_id/datasets/dataset_id/tables/table_id.", -"type": "string" -}, -"dataPathPattern": { -"description": "Optional. The set of items within the data path constituting the data in the entity, represented as a glob path. Example: gs://bucket/path/to/data/**/*.csv.", -"type": "string" -}, "description": { -"description": "Optional. User friendly longer description text. Must be shorter than or equal to 1024 characters.", +"description": "Optional. Description of the EntryType.", "type": "string" }, "displayName": { -"description": "Optional. Display name must be shorter than or equal to 256 characters.", +"description": "Optional. User friendly display name.", "type": "string" }, "etag": { -"description": "Optional. The etag associated with the entity, which can be retrieved with a GetEntity request. Required for update and delete requests.", +"description": "Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.", "type": "string" }, -"format": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1StorageFormat", -"description": "Required. Identifies the storage format of the entity data. It does not apply to entities with data stored in BigQuery." -}, -"id": { -"description": "Required. A user-provided entity ID. It is mutable, and will be used as the published table name. Specifying a new ID in an update entity request will override the existing value. The ID must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), and underscores, and consist of 256 or fewer characters.", +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, +"description": "Optional. User-defined labels for the EntryType.", +"type": "object" +}, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The resource name of the entity, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/lakes/{lake_id}/zones/{zone_id}/entities/{id}.", +"description": "Output only. The relative resource name of the EntryType, of the form: projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"schema": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Schema", -"description": "Required. The description of the data structure and layout. The schema is not included in list responses. It is only included in SCHEMA and FULL entity views of a GetEntity response." +"platform": { +"description": "Optional. The platform that Entries of this type belongs to.", +"type": "string" +}, +"requiredAspects": { +"description": "AspectInfo for the entry type.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryTypeAspectInfo" +}, +"type": "array" }, "system": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. Identifies the storage system of the entity data.", -"enum": [ -"STORAGE_SYSTEM_UNSPECIFIED", -"CLOUD_STORAGE", -"BIGQUERY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Storage system unspecified.", -"The entity data is contained within a Cloud Storage bucket.", -"The entity data is contained within a BigQuery dataset." -], +"description": "Optional. The system that Entries of this type belongs to. Examples include CloudSQL, MariaDB etc", "type": "string" }, -"type": { -"description": "Required. Immutable. The type of entity.", -"enum": [ -"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"TABLE", -"FILESET" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Type unspecified.", -"Structured and semi-structured data.", -"Unstructured data." -], +"typeAliases": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates the class this Entry Type belongs to, for example, TABLE, DATABASE, MODEL.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, +"type": "array" +}, "uid": { -"description": "Output only. System generated unique ID for the Entity. This ID will be different if the Entity is deleted and re-created with the same name.", +"description": "Output only. System generated globally unique ID for the EntryType. This ID will be different if the EntryType is deleted and re-created with the same name.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time when the entity was last updated.", +"description": "Output only. The time when the EntryType was last updated.", "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -6926,35 +8444,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatus": { -"description": "Provides compatibility information for various metadata stores.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatus", +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryTypeAspectInfo": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryTypeAspectInfo", "properties": { -"bigquery": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility", -"description": "Output only. Whether this entity is compatible with BigQuery.", -"readOnly": true -}, -"hiveMetastore": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility", -"description": "Output only. Whether this entity is compatible with Hive Metastore.", -"readOnly": true +"type": { +"description": "Required aspect type for the entry type.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility": { -"description": "Provides compatibility information for a specific metadata store.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntityCompatibilityStatusCompatibility", +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryTypeAuthorization": { +"description": "Authorization for an Entry Type.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryTypeAuthorization", "properties": { -"compatible": { -"description": "Output only. Whether the entity is compatible and can be represented in the metadata store.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "boolean" -}, -"reason": { -"description": "Output only. Provides additional detail if the entity is incompatible with the metadata store.", -"readOnly": true, +"alternateUsePermission": { +"description": "Immutable. The IAM permission grantable on the Entry Group to allow access to instantiate Entries of Dataplex owned Entry Types, only settable for Dataplex owned Types.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -7155,6 +8660,26 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesRequest": { +"description": "Generate recommended DataQualityRules request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesResponse": { +"description": "Generate recommended DataQualityRules response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GenerateDataQualityRulesResponse", +"properties": { +"rule": { +"description": "Generated recommended {@link DataQualityRule}s.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRule" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GovernanceEvent": { "description": "Payload associated with Governance related log events.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1GovernanceEvent", @@ -7587,6 +9112,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAspectTypesResponse": { +"description": "List AspectTypes response", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAspectTypesResponse", +"properties": { +"aspectTypes": { +"description": "ListAspectTypes under the given parent location.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1AspectType" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachableLocations": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAssetsResponse": { "description": "List assets response.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListAssetsResponse", @@ -7759,6 +9309,73 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntriesResponse": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntriesResponse", +"properties": { +"entries": { +"description": "The list of entries.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Pagination token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryGroupsResponse": { +"description": "List ListEntryGroups response.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryGroupsResponse", +"properties": { +"entryGroups": { +"description": "ListEntryGroups under the given parent location.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachableLocations": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryTypesResponse": { +"description": "List EntryTypes response", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntryTypesResponse", +"properties": { +"entryTypes": { +"description": "ListEntryTypes under the given parent location.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryType" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachableLocations": { +"description": "Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEnvironmentsResponse": { "description": "List environments response.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEnvironmentsResponse", @@ -8242,6 +9859,101 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResponse": { +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Pagination token.", +"type": "string" +}, +"results": { +"description": "The results matching the search query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResult" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "The estimated total number of matching entries. Not guaranteed to be accurate.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unreachable locations. Search results don't include data from those locations.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResult": { +"description": "A single result of a SearchEntries request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResult", +"properties": { +"dataplexEntry": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry", +"description": "Entry format of the result." +}, +"description": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Entry description.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Display name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"entry": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Resource name of the entry.", +"type": "string" +}, +"entryType": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "The entry type.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fullyQualifiedName": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Fully qualified name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"linkedResource": { +"description": "Linked resource name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"modifyTime": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "The last modification timestamp.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"relativeResource": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Relative resource name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"snippets": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResultSnippets", +"description": "Snippets." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResultSnippets": { +"description": "Snippets for the entry, contains HTML-style highlighting for matched tokens, will be used in UI.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1SearchEntriesResultSnippets", +"properties": { +"dataplexEntry": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entry", +"description": "Entry" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Session": { "description": "Represents an active analyze session running for a user.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Session", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json index 5911419b293..4068292ed0b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1.json @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json index 128936ad1d8..2ddd693252c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataportability.v1beta.json @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://dataportability.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 91460e1e8aa..61fb644a375 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ "description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataproc.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataproc.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataproc.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" } ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -3034,7 +3044,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240309", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -4110,7 +4120,7 @@ "description": "Optional. Confidential Instance Config for clusters using Confidential VMs (https://cloud.google.com/compute/confidential-vm/docs)." }, "internalIpOnly": { -"description": "Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses, and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance. This internal_ip_only restriction can only be enabled for subnetwork enabled networks, and all off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.", +"description": "Optional. This setting applies to subnetwork-enabled networks. It is set to true by default in clusters created with image versions 2.2.x.When set to true: All cluster VMs have internal IP addresses. Google Private Access (https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-google-access) must be enabled to access Dataproc and other Google Cloud APIs. Off-cluster dependencies must be configured to be accessible without external IP addresses.When set to false: Cluster VMs are not restricted to internal IP addresses. Ephemeral external IP addresses are assigned to each cluster VM.", "type": "boolean" }, "metadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index 609c6bb0d0d..8540c3911c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index a9387eec04b..f4ab2cb828f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index f8210ba44f2..4ca03816f7f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index 6a71eead65f..0d398e4ca94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index d7e9cedbb0f..553f8f6a613 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 2d4e2289b96..999288588c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8327,7 +8327,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -10373,6 +10373,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -10396,6 +10400,22 @@ "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -10422,6 +10442,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest", @@ -12667,6 +12713,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -12690,6 +12740,22 @@ "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -12716,6 +12782,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index 8152ff5ff2c..90445ede305 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7695,7 +7695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -9741,6 +9741,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -9764,6 +9768,22 @@ "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -9790,6 +9810,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest", @@ -12035,6 +12081,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -12058,6 +12108,22 @@ "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -12084,6 +12150,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 26e2f7a8fe0..c9c91f94263 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -5203,6 +5203,224 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals": { +"description": "Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ...", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals", +"properties": { +"answer": { +"description": "Optional. The final compiled answer.", +"type": "string" +}, +"answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals", +"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call." +}, +"answerParts": { +"description": "Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces).", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"citedSnippets": { +"description": "Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"groundingSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals", +"description": "Optional. Grounding signals." +}, +"rewriterModelCallSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals", +"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call." +}, +"rewrittenQuery": { +"description": "Optional. Rewritten string query used for search.", +"type": "string" +}, +"safetySignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals", +"description": "Optional. Safety check result." +}, +"searchSnippets": { +"description": "Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals": { +"description": "Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals", +"properties": { +"modelOutput": { +"description": "Output of the generative model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"renderedPrompt": { +"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart": { +"description": "Answer part with citation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart", +"properties": { +"supportingIndices": { +"description": "Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"text": { +"description": "Substring of the answer.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet": { +"description": "Snippet cited by the answer generation model.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet", +"properties": { +"searchSnippet": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet", +"description": "Details of the snippet." +}, +"snippetIndex": { +"description": "Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals": { +"description": "Grounding signals.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals", +"properties": { +"decision": { +"description": "Represents the decision of the grounding check.", +"enum": [ +"GROUNDING_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACCEPTED_BY_GROUNDING", +"REJECTED_BY_GROUNDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Decision not specified.", +"Grounding have accepted the answer.", +"Grounding have rejected the answer." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"score": { +"description": "Grounding score bucket setting.", +"enum": [ +"GROUNDING_SCORE_BUCKET_UNSPECIFIED", +"VERY_LOW", +"LOW", +"MEDIUM", +"HIGH", +"VERY_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Score not specified.", +"We have very low confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have low confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have medium confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have high confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have very high confidence that the answer is grounded." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals": { +"description": "Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals", +"properties": { +"modelOutput": { +"description": "Output of the generative model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"renderedPrompt": { +"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals": { +"description": "Safety check results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals", +"properties": { +"bannedPhraseMatch": { +"description": "Specifies banned phrase match subject.", +"enum": [ +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_UNSPECIFIED", +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_NONE", +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_QUERY", +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_RESPONSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No banned phrase check was executed.", +"All banned phrase checks led to no match.", +"A banned phrase matched the query.", +"A banned phrase matched the response." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"decision": { +"description": "Safety decision.", +"enum": [ +"SAFETY_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACCEPTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK", +"REJECTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Decision not specified.", +"No manual or automatic safety check fired.", +"One ore more safety checks fired." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"matchedBannedPhrase": { +"description": "The matched banned phrase if there was a match.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet": { +"description": "Search snippet details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet", +"properties": { +"documentTitle": { +"description": "Title of the enclosing document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentUri": { +"description": "Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text included in the prompt.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeleteDocumentOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for DeleteDocument operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeleteDocumentOperationMetadata", @@ -7971,6 +8189,10 @@ false "description": "This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { \"telephony\": { \"caller_id\": \"+18558363987\" } } ```", "type": "object" }, +"populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "searchConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig", "description": "Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries." @@ -8017,6 +8239,10 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page", "description": "The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`." }, +"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals", +"description": "Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request." +}, "diagnosticInfo": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -9598,6 +9824,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -9621,6 +9851,22 @@ false "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -9647,6 +9893,32 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest", @@ -11892,6 +12164,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -11915,6 +12191,22 @@ false "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -11941,6 +12233,32 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index d81cf4bc110..fd2a7e7c9cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -6499,6 +6499,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -6522,6 +6526,22 @@ "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -6548,6 +6568,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3WebhookRequest", @@ -7513,6 +7559,224 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignals": { +"description": "Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ...", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignals", +"properties": { +"answer": { +"description": "Optional. The final compiled answer.", +"type": "string" +}, +"answerGenerationModelCallSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals", +"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call." +}, +"answerParts": { +"description": "Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces).", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"citedSnippets": { +"description": "Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"groundingSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals", +"description": "Optional. Grounding signals." +}, +"rewriterModelCallSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals", +"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call." +}, +"rewrittenQuery": { +"description": "Optional. Rewritten string query used for search.", +"type": "string" +}, +"safetySignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals", +"description": "Optional. Safety check result." +}, +"searchSnippets": { +"description": "Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals": { +"description": "Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals", +"properties": { +"modelOutput": { +"description": "Output of the generative model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"renderedPrompt": { +"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart": { +"description": "Answer part with citation.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart", +"properties": { +"supportingIndices": { +"description": "Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`.", +"items": { +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"text": { +"description": "Substring of the answer.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet": { +"description": "Snippet cited by the answer generation model.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet", +"properties": { +"searchSnippet": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet", +"description": "Details of the snippet." +}, +"snippetIndex": { +"description": "Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals": { +"description": "Grounding signals.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals", +"properties": { +"decision": { +"description": "Represents the decision of the grounding check.", +"enum": [ +"GROUNDING_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACCEPTED_BY_GROUNDING", +"REJECTED_BY_GROUNDING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Decision not specified.", +"Grounding have accepted the answer.", +"Grounding have rejected the answer." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"score": { +"description": "Grounding score bucket setting.", +"enum": [ +"GROUNDING_SCORE_BUCKET_UNSPECIFIED", +"VERY_LOW", +"LOW", +"MEDIUM", +"HIGH", +"VERY_HIGH" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Score not specified.", +"We have very low confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have low confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have medium confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have high confidence that the answer is grounded.", +"We have very high confidence that the answer is grounded." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals": { +"description": "Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals", +"properties": { +"modelOutput": { +"description": "Output of the generative model.", +"type": "string" +}, +"renderedPrompt": { +"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals": { +"description": "Safety check results.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals", +"properties": { +"bannedPhraseMatch": { +"description": "Specifies banned phrase match subject.", +"enum": [ +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_UNSPECIFIED", +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_NONE", +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_QUERY", +"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_RESPONSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No banned phrase check was executed.", +"All banned phrase checks led to no match.", +"A banned phrase matched the query.", +"A banned phrase matched the response." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"decision": { +"description": "Safety decision.", +"enum": [ +"SAFETY_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACCEPTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK", +"REJECTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Decision not specified.", +"No manual or automatic safety check fired.", +"One ore more safety checks fired." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"matchedBannedPhrase": { +"description": "The matched banned phrase if there was a match.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet": { +"description": "Search snippet details.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet", +"properties": { +"documentTitle": { +"description": "Title of the enclosing document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentUri": { +"description": "Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text included in the prompt.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DeleteDocumentOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for DeleteDocument operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DeleteDocumentOperationMetadata", @@ -10281,6 +10545,10 @@ false "description": "This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { \"telephony\": { \"caller_id\": \"+18558363987\" } } ```", "type": "object" }, +"populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "searchConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1SearchConfig", "description": "Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries." @@ -10327,6 +10595,10 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Page", "description": "The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`." }, +"dataStoreConnectionSignals": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1DataStoreConnectionSignals", +"description": "Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query and DetectIntentRequest.populate data_store_connection_quality_signals is set to true in the request." +}, "diagnosticInfo": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -11921,6 +12193,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"oauthConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"description": "Optional. The OAuth configuration of the webhook. If specified, Dialogflow will initiate the OAuth client credential flow to exchange an access token from the 3rd party platform and put it in the auth header." +}, "parameterMapping": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -11944,6 +12220,22 @@ false "description": "The HTTP request headers to send together with webhook requests.", "type": "object" }, +"serviceAgentAuth": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.", +"enum": [ +"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED", +"NONE", +"ID_TOKEN", +"ACCESS_TOKEN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.", +"No token used.", +"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.", +"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`." +], +"type": "string" +}, "uri": { "description": "Required. The webhook URI for receiving POST requests. It must use https protocol.", "type": "string" @@ -11970,6 +12262,32 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig": { +"description": "Represents configuration of OAuth client credential flow for 3rd party API authentication.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookGenericWebServiceOAuthConfig", +"properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Required. The client ID provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Required. The client secret provided by the 3rd party platform.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tokenEndpoint": { +"description": "Required. The token endpoint provided by the 3rd party platform to exchange an access token.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest": { "description": "The request message for a webhook call. The request is sent as a JSON object and the field names will be presented in camel cases. You may see undocumented fields in an actual request. These fields are used internally by Dialogflow and should be ignored.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1WebhookRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index 5eb24560d0a..2ee4bc947b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index 91ca139d0f2..28add5e02d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -795,6 +795,59 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getProcessedDocument": { +"description": "Gets the parsed layout information for a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}:getProcessedDocument", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.getProcessedDocument", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Document does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"processedDocumentFormat": { +"description": "What format output should be. If unspecified, defaults to JSON.", +"enum": [ +"PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", +"JSON" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"output format will be a JSON string representation of processed document." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"processedDocumentType": { +"description": "Required. What type of processing to return.", +"enum": [ +"PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PARSED_DOCUMENT", +"CHUNKED_DOCUMENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Available for all data store parsing configs.", +"Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabeld on the data store." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:getProcessedDocument", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProcessedDocument" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "import": { "description": "Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items will be created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents:import", @@ -926,6 +979,73 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"chunks": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}/chunks/{chunksId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of Chunk, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}/chunks/{chunk}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Chunk, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Chunk does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+/chunks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunk" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Gets a list of Chunks.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}/chunks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of Chunks to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000. Values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token ListChunksResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous ChunkService.ListChunks call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ChunkService.ListChunks must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent document resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to list Chunks under this document, regardless of whether or not this document exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/chunks", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListChunksResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } }, "operations": { @@ -1574,7 +1694,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1610,7 +1730,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1635,7 +1755,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2896,7 +3016,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2932,7 +3052,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2957,7 +3077,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3142,7 +3262,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3496,6 +3616,59 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getProcessedDocument": { +"description": "Gets the parsed layout information for a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}:getProcessedDocument", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.getProcessedDocument", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Document does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"processedDocumentFormat": { +"description": "What format output should be. If unspecified, defaults to JSON.", +"enum": [ +"PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", +"JSON" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"output format will be a JSON string representation of processed document." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"processedDocumentType": { +"description": "Required. What type of processing to return.", +"enum": [ +"PROCESSED_DOCUMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PARSED_DOCUMENT", +"CHUNKED_DOCUMENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Available for all data store parsing configs.", +"Only available if ChunkingConfig is enabeld on the data store." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:getProcessedDocument", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProcessedDocument" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "import": { "description": "Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items will be created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents:import", @@ -3627,6 +3800,73 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"chunks": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}/chunks/{chunksId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of Chunk, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}/chunks/{chunk}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Chunk, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Chunk does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+/chunks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunk" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Gets a list of Chunks.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}/chunks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.chunks.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of Chunks to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000. Values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token ListChunksResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous ChunkService.ListChunks call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ChunkService.ListChunks must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent document resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to list Chunks under this document, regardless of whether or not this document exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/chunks", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListChunksResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } }, "operations": { @@ -4203,7 +4443,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4239,7 +4479,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4264,7 +4504,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4946,7 +5186,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -5345,12 +5585,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DigitalParsingConfig": { -"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DigitalParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DisableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -5401,16 +5635,40 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "properties": { "digitalParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DigitalParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to digital parser." }, "ocrParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1OcrParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs." } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig": { +"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig": { +"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", +"properties": { +"enhancedDocumentElements": { +"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"useNativeText": { +"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -5763,24 +6021,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1OcrParsingConfig": { -"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1OcrParsingConfig", -"properties": { -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeDocuments operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeDocumentsMetadata", @@ -6222,7 +6462,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", "type": "string" }, "userPseudoId": { @@ -6722,12 +6962,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDigitalParsingConfig": { -"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDigitalParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DisableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -6820,6 +7054,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentAclInfo", "properties": { "readers": { +"description": "Readers of the document.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentAclInfoAccessRestriction" }, @@ -6909,11 +7144,6 @@ "description": "The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`.", "type": "string" }, -"ocrConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrConfig", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs." -}, "parsingConfigOverrides": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig" @@ -6956,20 +7186,50 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "properties": { "digitalParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDigitalParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to digital parser." }, "layoutParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLayoutParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigLayoutParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to layout parser." }, "ocrParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs." } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig": { +"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigLayoutParsingConfig": { +"description": "The layout parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigLayoutParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig": { +"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", +"properties": { +"enhancedDocumentElements": { +"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"useNativeText": { +"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDoubleList": { "description": "Double list.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDoubleList", @@ -7029,10 +7289,6 @@ "description": "Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngine", "properties": { -"allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": { -"description": "Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "chatEngineConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineChatEngineConfig", "description": "Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT." @@ -7942,10 +8198,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLayoutParsingConfig": { -"description": "The layout parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLayoutParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListChunksResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ChunkService.ListChunks method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListChunksResponse", +"properties": { +"chunks": { +"description": "The Chunks.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaChunk" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token that can be sent as ListChunksRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListConversationsResponse": { @@ -8118,47 +8386,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrConfig": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The OCR options for parsing documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrConfig", -"properties": { -"enabled": { -"description": "Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrParsingConfig": { -"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrParsingConfig", -"properties": { -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPageInfo": { "description": "Detailed page information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPageInfo", @@ -8228,6 +8455,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProcessedDocument": { +"description": "Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProcessedDocument", +"properties": { +"document": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the referenced document, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"jsonData": { +"description": "The JSON string representation of the processed document.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPurgeDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeDocuments operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPurgeDocumentsMetadata", @@ -8751,6 +8993,13 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomFineTuningSpec", "description": "Custom fine tuning configs." }, +"dataStoreSpecs": { +"description": "A list of data store specs to apply on a search call.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "embeddingSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec", "description": "Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path." @@ -8856,12 +9105,12 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec", "properties": { "boost": { -"description": "Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.", +"description": "Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, "condition": { -"description": "An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": * (document_id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\"))", +"description": "An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": `(document_id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\"))`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8923,6 +9172,10 @@ "description": "Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"returnExtractiveSegmentScore": { +"description": "Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -8978,9 +9231,13 @@ "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM." }, "summaryResultCount": { -"description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.", +"description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"useSemanticChunks": { +"description": "If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -9001,7 +9258,18 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec", "properties": { "version": { -"description": "The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English.", +"description": "The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": { +"description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", +"properties": { +"dataStore": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -9599,7 +9867,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "type": "string" }, "onewaySynonymsControlIds": { @@ -9679,12 +9947,6 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": { "description": "Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.", "format": "float", @@ -9919,11 +10181,11 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTrainCustomModelRequestGcsTrainingInput", "properties": { "corpusDataPath": { -"description": "The Cloud Storage corpus data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is gs:///. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id, title and text. Example: {\"_id\": \"doc1\", title: \"relevant doc\", \"text\": \"relevant text\"}", +"description": "The Cloud Storage corpus data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id, title and text. Example: `{\"_id\": \"doc1\", title: \"relevant doc\", \"text\": \"relevant text\"}`", "type": "string" }, "queryDataPath": { -"description": "The gcs query data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is gs:///. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id and text. Example: {\"_id\": \"query1\", \"text\": \"example query\"}", +"description": "The gcs query data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id and text. Example: {\"_id\": \"query1\", \"text\": \"example query\"}", "type": "string" }, "testDataPath": { @@ -9931,7 +10193,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "trainDataPath": { -"description": "Cloud Storage training data path whose format should be gs:///. The file should be in tsv format. Each line should have the doc_id and query_id and score (number). For search-tuning model, it should have the query-id corpus-id score as tsv file header. The score should be a number in [0, inf+). The larger the number is, the more relevant the pair is. Example: query-id\\tcorpus-id\\tscore query1\\tdoc1\\t1", +"description": "Cloud Storage training data path whose format should be `gs:///`. The file should be in tsv format. Each line should have the doc_id and query_id and score (number). For search-tuning model, it should have the query-id corpus-id score as tsv file header. The score should be a number in `[0, inf+)`. The larger the number is, the more relevant the pair is. Example: * `query-id\\tcorpus-id\\tscore` * `query1\\tdoc1\\t1`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -10221,6 +10483,14 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"collectionComponents": { +"description": "Output only. Collection components that lists all collections and child data stores associated with the widget config, those data sources can be used for filtering in widget service APIs, users can return results that from selected data sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigCollectionComponent" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "configId": { "description": "Output only. Unique obfuscated identifier of a WidgetConfig.", "readOnly": true, @@ -10255,6 +10525,13 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataStoreUiConfigs": { +"description": "Configurable UI configurations per data store.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigDataStoreUiConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "displayName": { "description": "Required. The human readable widget config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "type": "string" @@ -10373,6 +10650,83 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigCollectionComponent": { +"description": "Read-only collection component that contains data store collections fields that may be used for filtering", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigCollectionComponent", +"properties": { +"dataStoreComponents": { +"description": "For the data store collection, list of the children data stores.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigDataStoreComponent" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the collection.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. the identifier of the collection, used for widget service. For now it refers to collection_id, in the future we will migrate the field to encrypted collection name UUID.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the collection. It should be collection resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. For widget service usage, such look up widget config, returned name should be skipped.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigDataStoreComponent": { +"description": "Read-only data store component that contains data stores fields that may be used for filtering, it's the child of `CollectionComponent`.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigDataStoreComponent", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the data store.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. the identifier of the data store, used for widget service. For now it refers to data_store_id, in the future we will migrate the field to encrypted data store name UUID.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the data store. It should be data store resource name Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. For widget service usage, such look up widget config, returned name should be skipped.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigDataStoreUiConfig": { +"description": "UI component configuration for data store.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigDataStoreUiConfig", +"properties": { +"facetField": { +"description": "Facet fields that store the mapping of fields to end user widget appearance.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigFacetField" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"fieldsUiComponentsMap": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigUIComponentField" +}, +"description": "The key is the UI component. Mock. Currently supported `title`, `thumbnail`, `url`, `custom1`, `custom2`, `custom3`. The value is the name of the field along with its device visibility. The 3 custom fields are optional and can be added or removed. `title`, `thumbnail`, `url` are required UI components that cannot be removed.", +"type": "object" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. the identifier of the data store, used for widget service. For now it refers to data_store_id, in the future we will migrate the field to encrypted data store name UUID.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the data store. It should be data store resource name Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. For widget service usage, such look up widget config, returned name should be skipped.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigFacetField": { "description": "Facet fields that store the mapping of fields to end user widget appearance.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigFacetField", @@ -10746,12 +11100,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDigitalParsingConfig": { -"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDigitalParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DisableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -10802,16 +11150,40 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "properties": { "digitalParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDigitalParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to digital parser." }, "ocrParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaOcrParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs." } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig": { +"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig": { +"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", +"properties": { +"enhancedDocumentElements": { +"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"useNativeText": { +"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -11164,24 +11536,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaOcrParsingConfig": { -"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaOcrParsingConfig", -"properties": { -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaPurgeDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeDocuments operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaPurgeDocumentsMetadata", @@ -11417,6 +11771,45 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the TrainCustomModel operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelMetadata", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Operation create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelResponse": { +"description": "Response of the TrainCustomModelRequest. This message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelResponse", +"properties": { +"errorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportErrorConfig", +"description": "Echoes the destination for the complete errors in the request if set." +}, +"errorSamples": { +"description": "A sample of errors encountered while processing the data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"modelStatus": { +"description": "The trained model status. Possible values are: * **bad-data**: The training data quality is bad. * **no-improvement**: Tuning didn't improve performance. Won't deploy. * **in-progress**: Model training is in progress. * **ready**: The model is ready for serving.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUpdateSchemaMetadata": { "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUpdateSchemaMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 2efff404ebc..f98e24386c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -419,6 +419,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"trainCustomModel": { +"description": "Trains a custom model.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:trainCustomModel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.trainCustomModel", +"parameterOrder": [ +"dataStore" +], +"parameters": { +"dataStore": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Data Store, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. This field is used to identify the data store where to train the models.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+dataStore}:trainCustomModel", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -1282,7 +1310,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1318,7 +1346,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1343,7 +1371,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2492,7 +2520,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2528,7 +2556,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2553,7 +2581,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -2738,7 +2766,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. *", +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3734,7 +3762,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3770,7 +3798,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The dataStore resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3795,7 +3823,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -4449,7 +4477,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -4848,12 +4876,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DigitalParsingConfig": { -"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DigitalParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DisableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -4904,16 +4926,40 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "properties": { "digitalParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DigitalParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to digital parser." }, "ocrParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1OcrParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs." } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig": { +"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig": { +"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", +"properties": { +"enhancedDocumentElements": { +"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"useNativeText": { +"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -5266,24 +5312,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1OcrParsingConfig": { -"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1OcrParsingConfig", -"properties": { -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeDocuments operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeDocumentsMetadata", @@ -5827,12 +5855,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDigitalParsingConfig": { -"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDigitalParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DisableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -5872,11 +5894,6 @@ "description": "The full resource name of the Document Processing Config. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/documentProcessingConfig`.", "type": "string" }, -"ocrConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrConfig", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To specify OCR parsing config, please specify `ocr_parsing_config` in `default_parsing_config` field The OCR config. Currently it only applies to PDFs." -}, "parsingConfigOverrides": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig" @@ -5919,20 +5936,50 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "properties": { "digitalParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDigitalParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to digital parser." }, "layoutParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLayoutParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigLayoutParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to layout parser." }, "ocrParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs." } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig": { +"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigLayoutParsingConfig": { +"description": "The layout parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigLayoutParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig": { +"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", +"properties": { +"enhancedDocumentElements": { +"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"useNativeText": { +"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.EnableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEnableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -5960,10 +6007,6 @@ "description": "Metadata that describes the training and serving parameters of an Engine.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngine", "properties": { -"allowMultipleDataStoresSearchEngine": { -"description": "Whether the search engine can associate with multiple data stores. If true, the generic search engine can associate with one or more data stores. This is an input-only field.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "chatEngineConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineChatEngineConfig", "description": "Configurations for the Chat Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT." @@ -6597,53 +6640,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLayoutParsingConfig": { -"description": "The layout parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLayoutParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrConfig": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "The OCR options for parsing documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrConfig", -"properties": { -"enabled": { -"description": "Required. If OCR is enabled or not. OCR must be enabled for other OcrConfig options to apply. We will only perform OCR on the first 80 pages of the PDF files.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrParsingConfig": { -"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaOcrParsingConfig", -"properties": { -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPurgeDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the PurgeDocuments operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPurgeDocumentsMetadata", @@ -7672,12 +7668,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDigitalParsingConfig": { -"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDigitalParsingConfig", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.DisableAdvancedSiteSearch operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDisableAdvancedSiteSearchMetadata", @@ -7839,16 +7829,40 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfig", "properties": { "digitalParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDigitalParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to digital parser." }, "ocrParsingConfig": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaOcrParsingConfig", +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", "description": "Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs." } }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig": { +"description": "The digital parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigDigitalParsingConfig", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig": { +"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentProcessingConfigParsingConfigOcrParsingConfig", +"properties": { +"enhancedDocumentElements": { +"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"useNativeText": { +"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDoubleList": { "description": "Double list.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDoubleList", @@ -8574,24 +8588,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaOcrParsingConfig": { -"description": "The OCR parsing configurations for documents.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaOcrParsingConfig", -"properties": { -"enhancedDocumentElements": { -"description": "Apply additional enhanced OCR processing to a list of document elements. Supported values: * `table`: advanced table parsing model.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"useNativeText": { -"description": "If true, will use native text instead of OCR text on pages containing native text.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaPageInfo": { "description": "Detailed page information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaPageInfo", @@ -8964,6 +8960,13 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec", "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search." }, +"dataStoreSpecs": { +"description": "A list of data store specs to apply on a search call.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "embeddingSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec", "description": "Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path. If SearchRequest.EmbeddingSpec.EmbeddingVector.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.EmbeddingConfig.field_path." @@ -9065,12 +9068,12 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec", "properties": { "boost": { -"description": "Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.", +"description": "Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored. Only one of the (condition, boost) combination or the boost_control_spec below are set. If both are set then the global boost is ignored and the more fine-grained boost_control_spec is applied.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, "condition": { -"description": "An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": * (document_id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\"))", +"description": "An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": `(document_id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\"))`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -9118,6 +9121,10 @@ "description": "Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"returnExtractiveSegmentScore": { +"description": "Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. This feature is available only for new or allowlisted data stores. To allowlist your data store, please contact your Customer Engineer. The default value is `false`.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -9173,9 +9180,13 @@ "description": "If specified, the spec will be used to modify the model specification provided to the LLM." }, "summaryResultCount": { -"description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.", +"description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most 10 results can be used to generate a summary.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" +}, +"useSemanticChunks": { +"description": "If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Please note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -9196,7 +9207,18 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpecModelSpec", "properties": { "version": { -"description": "The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned version of the text-bison@001 model. * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a fine-tuned version of the text-bison@002 model. This model works only for summaries in English.", +"description": "The model version used to generate the summary. Supported values are: * `stable`: string. Default value when no value is specified. Uses a generally available, fine-tuned model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models). * `preview`: string. (Public preview) Uses a preview model. For more information, see [Answer generation model versions and lifecycle](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/answer-generation-models).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec": { +"description": "A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec", +"properties": { +"dataStore": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -9782,7 +9804,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "type": "string" }, "onewaySynonymsControlIds": { @@ -9862,12 +9884,6 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, -"contentWatchedMinutesThreshold": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Specifies the content watched minutes threshold for demotion.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, "contentWatchedPercentageThreshold": { "description": "Specifies the content watched percentage threshold for demotion. Threshold value must be between [0, 1.0] inclusive.", "format": "float", @@ -10061,6 +10077,87 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata related to the progress of the TrainCustomModel operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelMetadata", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Operation create time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelRequest": { +"description": "Request message for SearchTuningService.TrainCustomModel method.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelRequest", +"properties": { +"errorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportErrorConfig", +"description": "The desired location of errors incurred during the data ingestion and training." +}, +"gcsTrainingInput": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelRequestGcsTrainingInput", +"description": "Cloud Storage training input." +}, +"modelType": { +"description": "Model to be trained. Supported values are: * **search-tuning**: Fine tuning the search system based on data provided.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelRequestGcsTrainingInput": { +"description": "Cloud Storage training data input.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelRequestGcsTrainingInput", +"properties": { +"corpusDataPath": { +"description": "The Cloud Storage corpus data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id, title and text. Example: `{\"_id\": \"doc1\", title: \"relevant doc\", \"text\": \"relevant text\"}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"queryDataPath": { +"description": "The gcs query data which could be associated in train data. The data path format is `gs:///`. A newline delimited jsonl/ndjson file. For search-tuning model, each line should have the _id and text. Example: {\"_id\": \"query1\", \"text\": \"example query\"}", +"type": "string" +}, +"testDataPath": { +"description": "Cloud Storage test data. Same format as train_data_path. If not provided, a random 80/20 train/test split will be performed on train_data_path.", +"type": "string" +}, +"trainDataPath": { +"description": "Cloud Storage training data path whose format should be `gs:///`. The file should be in tsv format. Each line should have the doc_id and query_id and score (number). For search-tuning model, it should have the query-id corpus-id score as tsv file header. The score should be a number in `[0, inf+)`. The larger the number is, the more relevant the pair is. Example: * `query-id\\tcorpus-id\\tscore` * `query1\\tdoc1\\t1`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelResponse": { +"description": "Response of the TrainCustomModelRequest. This message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTrainCustomModelResponse", +"properties": { +"errorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportErrorConfig", +"description": "Echoes the destination for the complete errors in the request if set." +}, +"errorSamples": { +"description": "A sample of errors encountered while processing the data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"modelStatus": { +"description": "The trained model status. Possible values are: * **bad-data**: The training data quality is bad. * **no-improvement**: Tuning didn't improve performance. Won't deploy. * **in-progress**: Model training is in progress. * **ready**: The model is ready for serving.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTransactionInfo": { "description": "A transaction represents the entire purchase transaction.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTransactionInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index b3560ea66b0..cfd5653c7f0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -9200,7 +9200,7 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `displayName and `email` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType` * This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId` * This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing \"foo\": `displayName:\"foo\"` * The user with `email` containing \"bar\": `email:\"bar\"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole=\"STANDARD\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId=\"123\"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId=\"123\"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType=\"PARTNER\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId=\"123\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", +"description": "Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `displayName` and `email` fields must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * The `lastLoginTime` field must use either the `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` or `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType`: This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId`: This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` * `lastLoginTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing \"foo\": `displayName:\"foo\"` * The user with `email` containing \"bar\": `email:\"bar\"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole=\"STANDARD\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId=\"123\"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId=\"123\"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType=\"PARTNER\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId=\"123\"` * All users that last logged in on or after 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z (format of ISO 8601): `lastLoginTime>=\"2023-01-01T00:00:00Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -9267,7 +9267,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -9773,7 +9773,9 @@ "APP_PLATFORM_XBOX", "APP_PLATFORM_SAMSUNG_TV", "APP_PLATFORM_ANDROID_TV", -"APP_PLATFORM_GENERIC_CTV" +"APP_PLATFORM_GENERIC_CTV", +"APP_PLATFORM_LG_TV", +"APP_PLATFORM_VIZIO_TV" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value when app platform is not specified in this version. This enum is a placeholder for default value and does not represent a real platform option.", @@ -9786,7 +9788,9 @@ "The app platform is Xbox.", "The app platform is Samsung TV.", "The app platform is Android TV.", -"The app platform is a CTV platform that is not explicitly listed elsewhere." +"The app platform is a CTV platform that is not explicitly listed elsewhere.", +"The app platform is LG TV.", +"The app platform is VIZIO TV." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -21407,6 +21411,7 @@ true "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM", +"YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MAXIMIZE_LIFT", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MAXIMIZE_CONVERSIONS", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPV", @@ -21419,6 +21424,7 @@ true "A bidding strategy that pays a configurable amount per impression.", "A bidding strategy that automatically optimizes conversions per dollar.", "A bidding strategy that pays a configurable amount per impression.", +"A bidding strategy for YouTube Instant Reserve line items that pays a fixed amount per impression.", "An automated bidding strategy that sets bids to achieve maximum lift.", "A bidding strategy that automatically maximizes number of conversions given a daily budget.", "A bidding strategy that automatically optimizes cost per video view.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index 6fa01cd4242..e327f388235 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -9155,7 +9155,7 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `budget.budget_segments.date_range.end_date` field must use the `LESS THAN (<)` operator. * The `displayName and `email` field must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType` * This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId` * This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing \"foo\": `displayName:\"foo\"` * The user with `email` containing \"bar\": `email:\"bar\"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole=\"STANDARD\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId=\"123\"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId=\"123\"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType=\"PARTNER\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId=\"123\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", +"description": "Allows filtering by user fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * The `displayName` and `email` fields must use the `HAS (:)` operator. * The `lastLoginTime` field must use either the `LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO (<=)` or `GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO (>=)` operator. * All other fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `assignedUserRole.advertiserId` * `assignedUserRole.entityType`: This is synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the type of entity to which the user role is assigned. Valid values are `Partner` and `Advertiser`. * `assignedUserRole.parentPartnerId`: This is a synthetic field of `AssignedUserRole` used for filtering. Identifies the parent partner of the entity to which the user role is assigned. * `assignedUserRole.partnerId` * `assignedUserRole.userRole` * `displayName` * `email` * `lastLoginTime` (input in ISO 8601 format, or `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ`) Examples: * The user with `displayName` containing \"foo\": `displayName:\"foo\"` * The user with `email` containing \"bar\": `email:\"bar\"` * All users with standard user roles: `assignedUserRole.userRole=\"STANDARD\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123: `assignedUserRole.partnerId=\"123\"` * All users with user roles for advertiser 123: `assignedUserRole.advertiserId=\"123\"` * All users with partner level user roles: `entityType=\"PARTNER\"` * All users with user roles for partner 123 and advertisers under partner 123: `parentPartnerId=\"123\"` * All users that last logged in on or after 2023-01-01T00:00:00Z (format of ISO 8601): `lastLoginTime>=\"2023-01-01T00:00:00Z\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -10340,7 +10340,9 @@ "APP_PLATFORM_XBOX", "APP_PLATFORM_SAMSUNG_TV", "APP_PLATFORM_ANDROID_TV", -"APP_PLATFORM_GENERIC_CTV" +"APP_PLATFORM_GENERIC_CTV", +"APP_PLATFORM_LG_TV", +"APP_PLATFORM_VIZIO_TV" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value when app platform is not specified in this version. This enum is a placeholder for default value and does not represent a real platform option.", @@ -10353,7 +10355,9 @@ "The app platform is Xbox.", "The app platform is Samsung TV.", "The app platform is Android TV.", -"The app platform is a CTV platform that is not explicitly listed elsewhere." +"The app platform is a CTV platform that is not explicitly listed elsewhere.", +"The app platform is LG TV.", +"The app platform is VIZIO TV." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -21943,6 +21947,7 @@ false "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM", +"YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MAXIMIZE_LIFT", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MAXIMIZE_CONVERSIONS", "YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPV", @@ -21955,6 +21960,7 @@ false "A bidding strategy that pays a configurable amount per impression.", "A bidding strategy that automatically optimizes conversions per dollar.", "A bidding strategy that pays a configurable amount per impression.", +"A bidding strategy for YouTube Instant Reserve line items that pays a fixed amount per impression.", "An automated bidding strategy that sets bids to achieve maximum lift.", "A bidding strategy that automatically maximizes number of conversions given a daily budget.", "A bidding strategy that automatically optimizes cost per video view.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index 59b6a877152..bf0c8638be2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists data profiles for an organization.", +"description": "Lists column data profiles for an organization.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/columnDataProfiles", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.columnDataProfiles.list", @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or projects/project-id/locations/asia.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or `projects/project-id/locations/asia`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists data profiles for an organization.", +"description": "Lists project data profiles for an organization.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/projectDataProfiles", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.projectDataProfiles.list", @@ -1330,12 +1330,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", +"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: GCP project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.", +"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: Google Cloud project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists data profiles for an organization.", +"description": "Lists table data profiles for an organization.", "flatPath": "v2/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tableDataProfiles", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dlp.organizations.locations.tableDataProfiles.list", @@ -1561,12 +1561,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH * project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", +"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` * `project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.", +"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists data profiles for an organization.", +"description": "Lists column data profiles for an organization.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/columnDataProfiles", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dlp.projects.locations.columnDataProfiles.list", @@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or projects/project-id/locations/asia.", +"description": "Required. Resource name of the organization or project, for example `organizations/433245324/locations/europe` or `projects/project-id/locations/asia`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists data profiles for an organization.", +"description": "Lists project data profiles for an organization.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/projectDataProfiles", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dlp.projects.locations.projectDataProfiles.list", @@ -3734,12 +3734,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", +"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: GCP project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.", +"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: Google Cloud project ID - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a project is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -3956,7 +3956,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists data profiles for an organization.", +"description": "Lists table data profiles for an organization.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tableDataProfiles", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dlp.projects.locations.tableDataProfiles.list", @@ -3965,12 +3965,12 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1 * project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH * project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", +"description": "Allows filtering. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by `AND` or `OR` logical operators. A sequence of restrictions implicitly uses `AND`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * Supported fields/values: - `project_id` - The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id` - The BigQuery dataset ID. - `table_id` - The ID of the BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `data_risk_level` - HIGH|MODERATE|LOW - `resource_visibility`: PUBLIC|RESTRICTED - `status_code` - an RPC status code as defined in https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/rpc/code.proto * The operator must be `=` or `!=`. Examples: * `project_id = 12345 AND status_code = 1` * `project_id = 12345 AND sensitivity_level = HIGH` * `project_id = 12345 AND resource_visibility = PUBLIC` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { -"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The GCP project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.", +"description": "Comma separated list of fields to order by, followed by `asc` or `desc` postfix. This list is case insensitive. The default sorting order is ascending. Redundant space characters are insignificant. Only one order field at a time is allowed. Examples: * `project_id asc` * `table_id` * `sensitivity_level desc` Supported fields are: - `project_id`: The Google Cloud project ID. - `dataset_id`: The ID of a BigQuery dataset. - `table_id`: The ID of a BigQuery table. - `sensitivity_level`: How sensitive the data in a table is, at most. - `data_risk_level`: How much risk is associated with this data. - `profile_last_generated`: When the profile was last updated in epoch seconds. - `last_modified`: The last time the resource was modified. - `resource_visibility`: Visibility restriction for this resource. - `row_count`: Number of rows in this resource.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -4164,7 +4164,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json index c3d94c5df72..f79ab7d4002 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json index 551cd676435..be4d7a24e5b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index f6cadae02c2..3b3e1444bdf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -4646,6 +4646,10 @@ true "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentSchema", "description": "Optional. The schema the processor version will be trained with." }, +"foundationModelTuningOptions": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1TrainProcessorVersionRequestFoundationModelTuningOptions", +"description": "Options to control foundation model tuning of a processor." +}, "inputData": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1TrainProcessorVersionRequestInputData", "description": "Optional. The input data used to train the ProcessorVersion." @@ -4678,6 +4682,23 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1TrainProcessorVersionRequestFoundationModelTuningOptions": { +"description": "Options to control foundation model tuning of the processor.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1TrainProcessorVersionRequestFoundationModelTuningOptions", +"properties": { +"learningRateMultiplier": { +"description": "Optional. The multiplier to apply to the recommended learning rate. Valid values are between 0.1 and 10. If not provided, recommended learning rate will be used.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"trainSteps": { +"description": "Optional. The number of steps to run for model tuning. Valid values are between 1 and 400. If not provided, recommended steps will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1TrainProcessorVersionRequestInputData": { "description": "The input data used to train a new ProcessorVersion.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1TrainProcessorVersionRequestInputData", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json index 4fca8095137..d7cf8a19b1c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 43d42db792f..5010db3126d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -7862,7 +7862,7 @@ true "description": "The source processor version to import from. It can be from a different environment and region than the destination processor." }, "processorVersionSource": { -"description": "The source processor version to import from. The source processor version and destination processor need to be in the same environment and region.", +"description": "The source processor version to import from. The source processor version and destination processor need to be in the same environment and region. Note that ProcessorVersions with `model_type` `MODEL_TYPE_LLM` are not supported.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json index f36a0eacacd..b771648e108 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json index 0474b5c8403..63fac43411d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json index 176f50da954..7af49ef6f49 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index 2d701b8511f..189ce2f3b1b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json index 528bf8c3a2e..c64c774a25f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Availability": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index 4687cdc3bd0..870fa1968fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index 0877f177d73..ea57f8cf368 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -2503,7 +2503,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index 4c0657b2080..fc2832ac866 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json index e53f58e3d08..9a596a5706a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2BadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json index 12c5dc356da..6fa6ff508f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drivelabels.v2beta.json @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://drivelabels.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAppsDriveLabelsV2betaBadgeColors": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 6f1f9f7fec9..4dd69c3414c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index a91395a560c..6a0df53d8be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json index 013a1b9b7e4..5d7728d87d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json index c795cb16f3f..b8eb7dd9356 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 8b9df3489cb..00fc699c465 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json index 7ef9a620aaf..8c6d0edded9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "MaintenancePolicy": { -"description": "LINT.IfChange Defines policies to service maintenance events.", +"description": "Defines policies to service maintenance events.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { "createTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json index f644a6b1c96..cb3589b0d81 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "MaintenancePolicy": { -"description": "LINT.IfChange Defines policies to service maintenance events.", +"description": "Defines policies to service maintenance events.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { "createTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index 82f94293203..ef0ac6befbc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index 5c7296c3fb7..d0b99f25be2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 8cf03837e84..1f6598b810d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json index 065a53ac483..0b89eaf71d7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GdataBlobstore2Info": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json index fecea032d31..9de2e93746a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1Release": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index 2f0592b639a..71181a6162b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index 61ef2fc7941..8295b0c1357 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240309", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index f2b08ef5f74..d9acd9e8bd0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json index 97e2ff7e4f3..5ca5cd4aaf0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActingUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index a88b289a708..fe5c7b6875c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -2390,6 +2390,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleFirestoreAdminV1CmekConfig": { +"description": "The CMEK (Customer Managed Encryption Key) configuration for a Firestore database. If not present, the database is secured by the default Google encryption key.", +"id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1CmekConfig", +"properties": { +"activeKeyVersion": { +"description": "Output only. Currently in-use [KMS key versions](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/resource-hierarchy#key_versions). During [key rotation](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/key-rotation), there can be multiple in-use key versions. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{key_version}`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"kmsKeyName": { +"description": "Required. Only keys in the same location as this database are allowed to be used for encryption. For Firestore's nam5 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region us. For Firestore's eur3 multi-region, this corresponds to Cloud KMS multi-region europe. See https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/locations. The expected format is `projects/{project_id}/locations/{kms_location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1CreateDatabaseMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the create database operation.", "id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1CreateDatabaseMetadata", @@ -2420,6 +2439,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"cmekConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1CmekConfig", +"description": "Optional. Presence indicates CMEK is enabled for this database." +}, "concurrencyMode": { "description": "The concurrency control mode to use for this database.", "enum": [ @@ -3069,7 +3092,7 @@ "id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1ListBackupsResponse", "properties": { "backups": { -"description": "List of all backups for the project. Ordered by `location ASC, create_time DESC, name ASC`.", +"description": "List of all backups for the project.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1Backup" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 5b620f2f1bc..dfa040d1116 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index f15c6cd2e0a..b1f5436d10f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json index 98efb7b1f06..d78f10a6269 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json index 2339d013f33..595354e247a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json index 2de3a0ae1ce..54e9a9fdfe0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ false } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementDefinition": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json index a4d460d1915..d6029eb18f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementConfiguration": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json index 45605495fff..93267583566 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementResetAllResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 897b7fbeea8..c9f367d33f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 20dc388bef7..ee855fce57f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index 74f18a9a86b..8e897314516 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index cc76a8021ae..9b519d1d201 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index 844e9b6cf71..bcfc4b987da 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index 8e4c00031dc..e2c687750ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json index 1d342424cb1..ceeee47399b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoForwarding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index 6aac3504c2b..14ea32c9f89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index 3ee4e195089..ce9e0744608 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json index c4ebeeff717..a30524b418a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Groups": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json index e1f4778bb11..944f3b1f116 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentDeviceId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 4e656b2a2e1..2220bd21d8c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -2850,7 +2850,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json index 9cc47a2e343..a980a78049c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "baseUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", "canonicalName": "Iam", -"description": "Manages identity and access control for Google Cloud Platform resources, including the creation of service accounts, which you can use to authenticate to Google and make API calls. ", +"description": "Manages identity and access control for Google Cloud resources, including the creation of service accounts, which you can use to authenticate to Google and make API calls. Enabling this API also enables the IAM Service Account Credentials API (iamcredentials.googleapis.com). However, disabling this API doesn't disable the IAM Service Account Credentials API. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/iam/", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -293,9 +293,40 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"CloudControl2SharedOperationsReconciliationOperationMetadata": { +"description": "Operation metadata returned by the CLH during resource state reconciliation.", +"id": "CloudControl2SharedOperationsReconciliationOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"deleteResource": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "DEPRECATED. Use exclusive_action instead.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"exclusiveAction": { +"description": "Excluisive action returned by the CLH.", +"enum": [ +"UNKNOWN_REPAIR_ACTION", +"DELETE", +"RETRY" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +true, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown repair action.", +"The resource has to be deleted. When using this bit, the CLH should fail the operation. DEPRECATED. Instead use DELETE_RESOURCE OperationSignal in SideChannel.", +"This resource could not be repaired but the repair should be tried again at a later time. This can happen if there is a dependency that needs to be resolved first- e.g. if a parent resource must be repaired before a child resource." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { "description": "Represents the metadata of the long-running operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json index 647077c8e09..3a81af4b97c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudCommonOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json index 4bbf6116cb6..27934253031 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index d924db94043..d51c63487b9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json index d395d716913..5d23bc82970 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json index e8369af8288..f04c93372c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index adef5603937..f9b7469d79c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json index f9cbd9db96b..a6b14a464f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json index 223d013ceec..1c8c7549a22 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1alpha.json @@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CrmlogErrorCode": { @@ -8569,6 +8569,54 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1EventingStatus", "description": "Output only. Current status of eventing.", "readOnly": true +}, +"webhookData": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1EventingRuntimeDataWebhookData", +"description": "Output only. Webhook data.", +"readOnly": true +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudConnectorsV1EventingRuntimeDataWebhookData": { +"description": "WebhookData has details of webhook configuration.", +"id": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1EventingRuntimeDataWebhookData", +"properties": { +"additionalVariables": { +"description": "Output only. Additional webhook related field values.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudConnectorsV1ConfigVariable" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. ID to uniquely identify webhook.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the Webhook", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextRefreshTime": { +"description": "Output only. Next webhook refresh time. Will be null if refresh is not supported.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. Timestamp when the webhook was last updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json index 2c8b93aeeee..fd124579aed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240202", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json index 6560775ac56..f068d0d14b7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240202", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json index ecaf6e09edf..3f884f6f1b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240202", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index 8085e1c4ceb..5d6f73c0a3d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json index 9d70007d392..76325824269 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kgsearch.v1.json @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://kgsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SearchResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json index 52f0974488d..21ecb4c59bb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://kmsinventory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1ListCryptoKeysResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index b4f8a820201..0ce40094422 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index 3f47c005a3f..84becc1e5ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index fafcfc04b44..5b33e201553 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index 43bf60aae69..fa4724b2daa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index 63c043849e7..cc40d34cf64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index 07549316533..d4b1f700cdd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index b8f58869207..1c94e841ca3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json index 28fcd65560b..fee32415da4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json @@ -30,6 +30,11 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://logging.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://logging.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west3" }, @@ -45,11 +50,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://logging.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "me-central2" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://logging.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-central1" }, @@ -1542,6 +1542,11 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope(\"ALL\")', 'in_scope(\"ANCESTOR\")', 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")' is applied.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -3290,6 +3295,11 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope(\"ALL\")', 'in_scope(\"ANCESTOR\")', 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")' is applied.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -5682,6 +5692,11 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope(\"ALL\")', 'in_scope(\"ANCESTOR\")', 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")' is applied.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -7307,6 +7322,11 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope(\"ALL\")', 'in_scope(\"ANCESTOR\")', 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")' is applied.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -7535,6 +7555,11 @@ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A filter expression to constrain the sinks returned. Today, this only supports the following strings: '' 'in_scope(\"ALL\")', 'in_scope(\"ANCESTOR\")', 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")'.Description of scopes below. ALL: Includes all of the sinks which can be returned in any other scope. ANCESTOR: Includes intercepting sinks owned by ancestor resources. DEFAULT: Includes sinks owned by parent.When the empty string is provided, then the filter 'in_scope(\"DEFAULT\")' is applied.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", @@ -7743,7 +7768,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BigQueryDataset": { @@ -9138,6 +9163,10 @@ "description": "Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink's parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(\"projects/test-project1/\" OR \"projects/test-project2/\") AND resource.type=gce_instance", "type": "boolean" }, +"interceptChildren": { +"description": "Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders.When the value of 'intercept_children' is true, the following restrictions apply: The sink must have the include_children flag set to true. The sink destination must be a Cloud project.Also, the following behaviors apply: Any logs matched by the sink won't be included by non-_Required sinks owned by child resources. The sink appears in the results of a ListSinks call from a child resource if the value of the filter field in its request is either 'in_scope(\"ALL\")' or 'in_scope(\"ANCESTOR\")'.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Output only. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: \"my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub\".Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, periods.First character has to be alphanumeric.", "readOnly": true, @@ -9158,6 +9187,11 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"resourceName": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the sink. \"projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] \"organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] \"billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] \"folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_NAME] For example: projects/my_project/sinks/SINK_NAME", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json index fda88721f08..025a46c1e43 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://looker.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json index eff9452095c..e71c85d6c1d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/marketingplatformadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://marketingplatformadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsAccountLink": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json index 957a8160636..659dc54d90e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyParametersRequest": { @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "MaintenancePolicy": { -"description": "LINT.IfChange Defines policies to service maintenance events.", +"description": "Defines policies to service maintenance events.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { "createTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json index 21fd7b56be5..f281f61fd5f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/memcache.v1beta2.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://memcache.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplyParametersRequest": { @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "MaintenancePolicy": { -"description": "LINT.IfChange Defines policies to service maintenance events.", +"description": "Defines policies to service maintenance events.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { "createTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json index 5fb4ab949cb..7cd29c53d00 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json index 87002a3156a..b94106fa06f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240127", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApi__HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index dc0363a9911..ad155bf7b94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index 30f09596fbe..15061b7a55e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index a35587ed2a2..6ac2022d11a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index 688109113a8..a35bd139938 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json index 3a9c2f6f6a0..85b34302895 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accessibility": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json index 58e1a111e7f..c34b3e4a5c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "NotificationSetting": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json index f8d2a7f6ac6..686faee8438 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json index e3f90a92f22..016f3817121 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index cfc58ced7b6..3ffa3a375c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index bb54900368a..9742c37ac8e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index 615702289a1..4345594a848 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json index fccf7cc34bf..e5fe544f2a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -630,7 +630,9 @@ "GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_AMBIGUOUS_PSC_ENDPOINT", "SOURCE_PSC_CLOUD_SQL_UNSUPPORTED", "SOURCE_FORWARDING_RULE_UNSUPPORTED", -"NON_ROUTABLE_IP_ADDRESS" +"NON_ROUTABLE_IP_ADDRESS", +"UNKNOWN_ISSUE_IN_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PROJECT", +"UNSUPPORTED_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PROJECT_CONFIG" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -662,6 +664,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -694,7 +698,9 @@ false "Aborted because a PSC endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several PSC endpoints satisfy test input).", "Aborted because tests with a PSC-based Cloud SQL instance as a source are not supported.", "Aborted because tests with a forwarding rule as a source are not supported.", -"Aborted because one of the endpoints is a non-routable IP address (loopback, link-local, etc)." +"Aborted because one of the endpoints is a non-routable IP address (loopback, link-local, etc).", +"Aborted due to an unknown issue in the Google-managed project.", +"Aborted due to an unsupported configuration of the Google-managed project." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -930,6 +936,10 @@ false "description": "A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.", "id": "ConnectivityTest", "properties": { +"bypassFirewallChecks": { +"description": "Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the test was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -1105,13 +1115,15 @@ false "PSC_ENDPOINT_ACCESSED_FROM_PEERED_NETWORK", "PSC_NEG_PRODUCER_ENDPOINT_NO_GLOBAL_ACCESS", "PSC_NEG_PRODUCER_FORWARDING_RULE_MULTIPLE_PORTS", +"CLOUD_SQL_PSC_NEG_UNSUPPORTED", "NO_NAT_SUBNETS_FOR_PSC_SERVICE_ATTACHMENT", "HYBRID_NEG_NON_DYNAMIC_ROUTE_MATCHED", "HYBRID_NEG_NON_LOCAL_DYNAMIC_ROUTE_MATCHED", "CLOUD_RUN_REVISION_NOT_READY", "DROPPED_INSIDE_PSC_SERVICE_PRODUCER", "LOAD_BALANCER_HAS_NO_PROXY_SUBNET", -"CLOUD_NAT_NO_ADDRESSES" +"CLOUD_NAT_NO_ADDRESSES", +"ROUTING_LOOP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Cause is unspecified.", @@ -1165,13 +1177,15 @@ false "The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect endpoint over the peering, but [it's not supported](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services#on-premises).", "The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect backend (network endpoint group), but the producer PSC forwarding rule does not have global access enabled.", "The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect backend (network endpoint group), but the producer PSC forwarding rule has multiple ports specified.", +"The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect backend (network endpoint group) targeting a Cloud SQL service attachment, but this configuration is not supported.", "No NAT subnets are defined for the PSC service attachment.", "The packet sent from the hybrid NEG proxy matches a non-dynamic route, but such a configuration is not supported.", "The packet sent from the hybrid NEG proxy matches a dynamic route with a next hop in a different region, but such a configuration is not supported.", "Packet sent from a Cloud Run revision that is not ready.", "Packet was dropped inside Private Service Connect service producer.", "Packet sent to a load balancer, which requires a proxy-only subnet and the subnet is not found.", -"Packet sent to Cloud Nat without active NAT IPs." +"Packet sent to Cloud Nat without active NAT IPs.", +"Packet is stuck in a routing loop." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json index 965c511968d..7c0850677d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -630,7 +630,9 @@ "GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_AMBIGUOUS_PSC_ENDPOINT", "SOURCE_PSC_CLOUD_SQL_UNSUPPORTED", "SOURCE_FORWARDING_RULE_UNSUPPORTED", -"NON_ROUTABLE_IP_ADDRESS" +"NON_ROUTABLE_IP_ADDRESS", +"UNKNOWN_ISSUE_IN_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PROJECT", +"UNSUPPORTED_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PROJECT_CONFIG" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -662,6 +664,8 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -694,7 +698,9 @@ false "Aborted because a PSC endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several PSC endpoints satisfy test input).", "Aborted because tests with a PSC-based Cloud SQL instance as a source are not supported.", "Aborted because tests with a forwarding rule as a source are not supported.", -"Aborted because one of the endpoints is a non-routable IP address (loopback, link-local, etc)." +"Aborted because one of the endpoints is a non-routable IP address (loopback, link-local, etc).", +"Aborted due to an unknown issue in the Google-managed project.", +"Aborted due to an unsupported configuration of the Google-managed project." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -935,6 +941,10 @@ false "description": "A Connectivity Test for a network reachability analysis.", "id": "ConnectivityTest", "properties": { +"bypassFirewallChecks": { +"description": "Whether the test should skip firewall checking. If not provided, we assume false.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time the test was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -1110,13 +1120,15 @@ false "PSC_ENDPOINT_ACCESSED_FROM_PEERED_NETWORK", "PSC_NEG_PRODUCER_ENDPOINT_NO_GLOBAL_ACCESS", "PSC_NEG_PRODUCER_FORWARDING_RULE_MULTIPLE_PORTS", +"CLOUD_SQL_PSC_NEG_UNSUPPORTED", "NO_NAT_SUBNETS_FOR_PSC_SERVICE_ATTACHMENT", "HYBRID_NEG_NON_DYNAMIC_ROUTE_MATCHED", "HYBRID_NEG_NON_LOCAL_DYNAMIC_ROUTE_MATCHED", "CLOUD_RUN_REVISION_NOT_READY", "DROPPED_INSIDE_PSC_SERVICE_PRODUCER", "LOAD_BALANCER_HAS_NO_PROXY_SUBNET", -"CLOUD_NAT_NO_ADDRESSES" +"CLOUD_NAT_NO_ADDRESSES", +"ROUTING_LOOP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Cause is unspecified.", @@ -1170,13 +1182,15 @@ false "The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect endpoint over the peering, but [it's not supported](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/configure-private-service-connect-services#on-premises).", "The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect backend (network endpoint group), but the producer PSC forwarding rule does not have global access enabled.", "The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect backend (network endpoint group), but the producer PSC forwarding rule has multiple ports specified.", +"The packet is sent to the Private Service Connect backend (network endpoint group) targeting a Cloud SQL service attachment, but this configuration is not supported.", "No NAT subnets are defined for the PSC service attachment.", "The packet sent from the hybrid NEG proxy matches a non-dynamic route, but such a configuration is not supported.", "The packet sent from the hybrid NEG proxy matches a dynamic route with a next hop in a different region, but such a configuration is not supported.", "Packet sent from a Cloud Run revision that is not ready.", "Packet was dropped inside Private Service Connect service producer.", "Packet sent to a load balancer, which requires a proxy-only subnet and the subnet is not found.", -"Packet sent to Cloud Nat without active NAT IPs." +"Packet sent to Cloud Nat without active NAT IPs.", +"Packet is stuck in a routing loop." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index 3693d387786..a7a319adb67 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json index e175ad58ee8..412bc745305 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json @@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index 63357232776..9678e228663 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index 014c802d47d..940ee98dc81 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json index ffdf5037501..981dafca795 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v1.json @@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240118", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@ "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `\"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=``BUCKET''\"`.", +"description": "Custom metadata to apply to this instance. For example, to specify a Cloud Storage bucket for automatic backup, you can use the `gcs-data-bucket` metadata tag. Format: `\"--metadata=gcs-data-bucket=BUCKET\"`.", "type": "object" }, "migrated": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json index ead01e841fe..26e0977a53e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/notebooks.v2.json @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240118", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://notebooks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index 881c30411df..3bd78438414 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index f0847d3ae2c..5e8747948a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index f20832dba6e..70d06e24fa7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index 7969ff313a3..76040657ed3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -109,6 +109,69 @@ "resources": { "locations": { "resources": { +"global": { +"methods": { +"getProjectFeatureSettings": { +"description": "GetProjectFeatureSettings returns the feature settings for a project", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "osconfig.projects.locations.global.getProjectFeatureSettings", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the billing config. \"projects//locations/global/projectFeatureSettings\"", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ProjectFeatureSettings" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"updateProjectFeatureSettings": { +"description": "UpdateProjectFeatureSettings sets the feature settings for a project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "osconfig.projects.locations.global.updateProjectFeatureSettings", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the config, e.g. projects/12345/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Field mask that controls which fields of the ProjectFeatureSettings should be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ProjectFeatureSettings" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ProjectFeatureSettings" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "instances": { "resources": { "inventories": { @@ -1000,7 +1063,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { @@ -3293,6 +3356,31 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"ProjectFeatureSettings": { +"description": "ProjectFeatureSettings represents the features settings for the VM Manager. The project features settings can be set for a project.", +"id": "ProjectFeatureSettings", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the config, e.g. projects/12345/locations/global/projectFeatureSettings", +"type": "string" +}, +"patchAndConfigFeatureSet": { +"description": "Currently set PatchAndConfigFeatureSet for name.", +"enum": [ +"PATCH_AND_CONFIG_FEATURE_SET_UNSPECIFIED", +"OSCONFIG_B", +"OSCONFIG_C" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified placeholder", +"Basic feature set. Enables only the basic set of features.", +"Classic set of functionality." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RecurringSchedule": { "description": "Sets the time for recurring patch deployments.", "id": "RecurringSchedule", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index 717b427590c..0e54e9f5d94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 7338b2ec222..09d1fe30006 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json index d55448406b0..159ca06d33d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index d78b93ce2de..c5f31a667a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index c1bac3ad0f9..8c41077eb64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index f2817ee08d8..9ba1dfb210e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -724,6 +724,7 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/contacts", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/contacts.other.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/contacts.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/directory.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/user.addresses.read", @@ -775,7 +776,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -788,6 +789,7 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/contacts", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/contacts.other.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/contacts.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/directory.readonly", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/user.addresses.read", @@ -911,7 +913,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -1031,7 +1033,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -1162,7 +1164,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "location": "query", "repeated": true, @@ -1188,7 +1190,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { @@ -1305,7 +1307,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1387,7 +1389,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1682,7 +1684,7 @@ "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3240,7 +3242,7 @@ true "Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.", "Returns SourceType.CONTACT.", "Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.", -"Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT." +"Returns SourceType.OTHER_CONTACT." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 41b6bb1d169..67570584021 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index 401b8aade8d..d94aa401975 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index 82ad339619c..bea2b58731b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json index 31fc9cc0dfa..e4471d39dc2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json index e1a233e7737..cf3c3a17219 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playgrouping.v1alpha1.json @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://playgrouping.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateOrUpdateTagsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json index e3ff2c7dc27..34f11565fd8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountActivity": { @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DeviceIntegrity": { -"description": "Contains the device attestation information.", +"description": "Contains the device attestation information. Next tag: 4", "id": "DeviceIntegrity", "properties": { "deviceRecognitionVerdict": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json index 5eafeda9f53..418da70f7ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json index 14cc89fcf73..788d0580580 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json index f412281187c..0efdbbc5912 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json index af8a067372a..cac710173bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json index a97edd09214..1eb3d5c8cb6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json index 7ab001c5e70..a682f6cb4a1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json index a120fa10bcb..29511d8f5ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index 3b01de7007f..b6451e1e525 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index 743de07a2ac..0e2fe8d33ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json index 42b9440d5db..b48a9ccd716 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json index 01a04b947b1..4bfaca0d4d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json index c9d3190c5e1..4bf828e0ba6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json index 8b36cc9efc5..faef994581a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1.json @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json index f27128ca8a9..0583f0c55f3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta1a.json @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json index 8aaf7296ef7..869b0c2be03 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsub.v1beta2.json @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://pubsub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json index 734e49133c3..3c3a6ffb179 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteReaderResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index 5f0d96e0096..084bdc72eed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index 54afbceae6a..bd89f881f8a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json index 4f2278e7042..2b253c653f5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index 27bf2f52b38..d55ef694391 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 4cb07b16ce4..7d3ee29e035 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvailabilityConfiguration": { @@ -1300,7 +1300,13 @@ "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1363,6 +1369,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -1426,7 +1438,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1630,10 +1648,15 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"userLabelSet": { +"$ref": "UserLabels", +"description": "User-provided labels associated with the resource" +}, "userLabels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, +"deprecated": true, "description": "User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.", "type": "object" } @@ -1756,7 +1779,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1819,6 +1848,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -1882,7 +1917,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" } @@ -3108,6 +3149,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UserLabels": { +"description": "Message type for storing user labels. User labels are used to tag App Engine resources, allowing users to search for resources matching a set of labels and to aggregate usage data by labels.", +"id": "UserLabels", +"properties": { +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "WeeklyMaintenanceWindow": { "description": "Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.", "id": "WeeklyMaintenanceWindow", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index ff6c44b221b..1173f6e8f20 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvailabilityConfiguration": { @@ -1300,7 +1300,13 @@ "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1363,6 +1369,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -1426,7 +1438,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1630,10 +1648,15 @@ false "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, +"userLabelSet": { +"$ref": "UserLabels", +"description": "User-provided labels associated with the resource" +}, "userLabels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, +"deprecated": true, "description": "User-provided labels, represented as a dictionary where each label is a single key value pair.", "type": "object" } @@ -1756,7 +1779,13 @@ false "SIGNAL_TYPE_SERVER_CERTIFICATE_NEAR_EXPIRY", "SIGNAL_TYPE_DATABASE_AUDITING_DISABLED", "SIGNAL_TYPE_RESTRICT_AUTHORIZED_NETWORKS", -"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP" +"SIGNAL_TYPE_VIOLATE_POLICY_RESTRICT_PUBLIC_IP", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CLUSTER_QUOTA_LIMIT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_PASSWORD_POLICY", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_CONNECTIONS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TMP_TABLES_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_TRANS_LOGS_PERFORMANCE_IMPACT", +"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_JOINS_WITHOUT_INDEXES" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -1819,6 +1848,12 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -1882,7 +1917,13 @@ false "Represents server certificate is near expiry.", "Represents database auditing is disabled.", "Represents not restricted to authorized networks.", -"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip." +"Represents violate org policy restrict public ip.", +"Cluster nearing quota limit", +"No password policy set on resources", +"Performance impact of connections settings", +"Performance impact of temporary tables settings", +"Performance impact of transaction logs settings", +"Performance impact of high joins without indexes" ], "type": "string" } @@ -3115,6 +3156,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"UserLabels": { +"description": "Message type for storing user labels. User labels are used to tag App Engine resources, allowing users to search for resources matching a set of labels and to aggregate usage data by labels.", +"id": "UserLabels", +"properties": { +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "WeeklyMaintenanceWindow": { "description": "Time window in which disruptive maintenance updates occur. Non-disruptive updates can occur inside or outside this window.", "id": "WeeklyMaintenanceWindow", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 7af141850d9..402863ad389 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index 6498a2e0b79..33f366d932d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json index 862dce08f63..45e973a2923 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -3031,7 +3031,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2ExperimentInfoServingConfigExperiment", "properties": { "experimentServingConfig": { -"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.", +"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.", "type": "string" }, "originalServingConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json index 4261c27e4c8..d19dd4ca6d1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided LoggingConfig to update. The following are the only supported fields: * default_log_generation_rule * per_service_log_generation_rules If not set, all supported fields are updated.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided LoggingConfig to update. The following are the only supported fields: * LoggingConfig.default_log_generation_rule * LoggingConfig.per_service_log_generation_rules If not set, all supported fields are updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -4207,7 +4207,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaExperimentInfoServingConfigExperiment", "properties": { "experimentServingConfig": { -"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.", +"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.", "type": "string" }, "originalServingConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json index 03966ff9a08..91b920c74c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json @@ -2115,7 +2115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -4529,7 +4529,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaExperimentInfoServingConfigExperiment", "properties": { "experimentServingConfig": { -"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.", +"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.", "type": "string" }, "originalServingConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index aa7302ff8e1..f3db58c29af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { @@ -5867,7 +5867,7 @@ false }, "metadata": { "$ref": "ObjectMeta", -"description": "Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled`: Service. * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal." +"description": "Metadata associated with this Service, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. In Cloud Run, annotations with 'run.googleapis.com/' and 'autoscaling.knative.dev' are restricted, and the accepted annotations will be different depending on the resource type. The following Cloud Run-specific annotations are accepted in Service.metadata.annotations. * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization-breakglass` * `run.googleapis.com/binary-authorization` * `run.googleapis.com/client-name` * `run.googleapis.com/custom-audiences` * `run.googleapis.com/default-url-disabled` * `run.googleapis.com/description` * `run.googleapis.com/gc-traffic-tags` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` * `run.googleapis.com/ingress` sets the ingress settings for the Service. See [the ingress settings documentation](/run/docs/securing/ingress) for details on configuring ingress settings. * `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` is output-only and contains the currently active ingress settings for the Service. `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` may differ from `run.googleapis.com/ingress` while the system is processing a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress` or if the system failed to process a change to `run.googleapis.com/ingress`. When the system has processed all changes successfully `run.googleapis.com/ingress-status` and `run.googleapis.com/ingress` are equal." }, "spec": { "$ref": "ServiceSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index 0f69b69f09e..f7c430d14ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1130,6 +1130,12 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to be updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "validateOnly": { "description": "Indicates that the request should be validated and default values populated, without persisting the request or updating any resources.", "location": "query", @@ -1317,7 +1323,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -2829,13 +2835,15 @@ "INGRESS_TRAFFIC_UNSPECIFIED", "INGRESS_TRAFFIC_ALL", "INGRESS_TRAFFIC_INTERNAL_ONLY", -"INGRESS_TRAFFIC_INTERNAL_LOAD_BALANCER" +"INGRESS_TRAFFIC_INTERNAL_LOAD_BALANCER", +"INGRESS_TRAFFIC_NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified", "All inbound traffic is allowed.", "Only internal traffic is allowed.", -"Both internal and Google Cloud Load Balancer traffic is allowed." +"Both internal and Google Cloud Load Balancer traffic is allowed.", +"No ingress traffic is allowed." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 38dbcac0d0b..89f9a50de8b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240303", "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json index 0dd8ea339c5..6f1f5ef3f1e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240303", +"revision": "20240310", "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Content": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index 4e7b7a18967..d7c7bfec6c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpInspectionResult": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json index e2c8ebbe163..f1f845f5e4c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ "description": "Stores sensitive data such as API keys, passwords, and certificates. Provides convenience while improving security. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://secretmanager.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -1108,7 +1115,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240309", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json index e57aaa7937d..6dd3bdb9afe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ "description": "Stores sensitive data such as API keys, passwords, and certificates. Provides convenience while improving security. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://secretmanager.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -628,7 +635,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240220", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index a2c0fb22e43..cd485d23649 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -5820,7 +5820,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 18af37f450b..4bb2a589954 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index f70e0eac4ce..181626cd043 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json index 6f678001c4a..bb3c3ea4f18 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240309", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json index 3aeb2bbee7c..f8cfabb4fb9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240309", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index c99da711fc9..d7b73baaffa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index acd0cdd5ac0..0dfabb39682 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index 09b40e8d45a..fbf709e8c67 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index 38ebcbffecc..5561a672d3d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -2411,7 +2411,219 @@ } } }, +"instancePartitionOperations": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists instance partition long-running operations in the given instance. An instance partition operation has a name of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions//operations/`. The long-running operation metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata. Operations returned include those that have completed/failed/canceled within the last 7 days, and pending operations. Operations returned are ordered by `operation.metadata.value.start_time` in descending order starting from the most recently started operation. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitionOperations.list` permission on the resource parent.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/instancePartitionOperations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "spanner.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstancePartitionMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstancePartitionMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \\ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstancePartitionMetadata) AND` \\ `(metadata.instance_partition.name:custom-instance-partition) AND` \\ `(metadata.start_time < \\\"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\\\") AND` \\ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstancePartitionMetadata. * The instance partition name contains \"custom-instance-partition\". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"instancePartitionDeadline": { +"description": "Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partition operations. Instance partitions whose operation metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable in ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Number of operations to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. If non-empty, `page_token` should contain a next_page_token from a previous ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse to the same `parent` and with the same `filter`.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent instance of the instance partition operations. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/instancePartitionOperations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" +] +} +} +}, "instancePartitions": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates an instance partition and begins preparing it to be used. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance partition. The instance partition name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance partition already exists, `CreateInstancePartition` returns `ALREADY_EXISTS`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * The instance partition is readable via the API, with all requested attributes but no allocated resources. Its state is `CREATING`. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation renders the instance partition immediately unreadable via the API. * The instance partition can be deleted. * All other attempts to modify the instance partition are rejected. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing for all successfully-allocated resources begins (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * Databases can start using this instance partition. * The instance partition's allocated resource levels are readable via the API. * The instance partition's state becomes `READY`. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track creation of the instance partition. The metadata field type is CreateInstancePartitionMetadata. The response field type is InstancePartition, if successful.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/instancePartitions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "spanner.projects.instances.instancePartitions.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The name of the instance in which to create the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/instancePartitions", +"request": { +"$ref": "CreateInstancePartitionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes an existing instance partition. Requires that the instance partition is not used by any database or backup and is not the default instance partition of an instance. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitions.delete` permission on the resource name.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/instancePartitions/{instancePartitionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "spanner.projects.instances.instancePartitions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "Optional. If not empty, the API only deletes the instance partition when the etag provided matches the current status of the requested instance partition. Otherwise, deletes the instance partition without checking the current status of the requested instance partition.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the instance partition to be deleted. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/instancePartitions/{instance_partition}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/instancePartitions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets information about a particular instance partition.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/instancePartitions/{instancePartitionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "spanner.projects.instances.instancePartitions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the requested instance partition. Values are of the form `projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/instancePartitions/{instance_partition}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/instancePartitions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstancePartition" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists all instance partitions for the given instance.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/instancePartitions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "spanner.projects.instances.instancePartitions.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"instancePartitionDeadline": { +"description": "Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partitions. Instance partitions whose metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable in ListInstancePartitionsResponse.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Number of instance partitions to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "If non-empty, `page_token` should contain a next_page_token from a previous ListInstancePartitionsResponse.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The instance whose instance partitions should be listed. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/instancePartitions", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListInstancePartitionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates an instance partition, and begins allocating or releasing resources as requested. The returned long-running operation can be used to track the progress of updating the instance partition. If the named instance partition does not exist, returns `NOT_FOUND`. Immediately upon completion of this request: * For resource types for which a decrease in the instance partition's allocation has been requested, billing is based on the newly-requested level. Until completion of the returned operation: * Cancelling the operation sets its metadata's cancel_time, and begins restoring resources to their pre-request values. The operation is guaranteed to succeed at undoing all resource changes, after which point it terminates with a `CANCELLED` status. * All other attempts to modify the instance partition are rejected. * Reading the instance partition via the API continues to give the pre-request resource levels. Upon completion of the returned operation: * Billing begins for all successfully-allocated resources (some types may have lower than the requested levels). * All newly-reserved resources are available for serving the instance partition's tables. * The instance partition's new resource levels are readable via the API. The returned long-running operation will have a name of the format `/operations/` and can be used to track the instance partition modification. The metadata field type is UpdateInstancePartitionMetadata. The response field type is InstancePartition, if successful. Authorization requires `spanner.instancePartitions.update` permission on the resource name.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/instancePartitions/{instancePartitionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "spanner.projects.instances.instancePartitions.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+/instancePartitions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UpdateInstancePartitionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spanner.admin" +] +} +}, "resources": { "operations": { "methods": { @@ -2729,7 +2941,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoscalingConfig": { @@ -2944,6 +3156,10 @@ "description": "The request for BatchWrite.", "id": "BatchWriteRequest", "properties": { +"excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": { +"description": "Optional. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from all transactions in this batch write operation will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from all transactions in this batch write operation will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from all transactions in this batch write operation will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "mutationGroups": { "description": "Required. The groups of mutations to be applied.", "items": { @@ -3371,6 +3587,47 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CreateInstancePartitionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata type for the operation returned by CreateInstancePartition.", +"id": "CreateInstancePartitionMetadata", +"properties": { +"cancelTime": { +"description": "The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and cannot be cancelled again.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"instancePartition": { +"$ref": "InstancePartition", +"description": "The instance partition being created." +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "The time at which the CreateInstancePartition request was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CreateInstancePartitionRequest": { +"description": "The request for CreateInstancePartition.", +"id": "CreateInstancePartitionRequest", +"properties": { +"instancePartition": { +"$ref": "InstancePartition", +"description": "Required. The instance partition to create. The instance_partition.name may be omitted, but if specified must be `/instancePartitions/`." +}, +"instancePartitionId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the instance partition to create. Valid identifiers are of the form `a-z*[a-z0-9]` and must be between 2 and 64 characters in length.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateInstanceRequest": { "description": "The request for CreateInstance.", "id": "CreateInstanceRequest", @@ -4196,6 +4453,82 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"InstancePartition": { +"description": "An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources that databases can define placements on.", +"id": "InstancePartition", +"properties": { +"config": { +"description": "Required. The name of the instance partition's configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/`. See also InstanceConfig and ListInstanceConfigs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the instance partition was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The descriptive name for this instance partition as it appears in UIs. Must be unique per project and between 4 and 30 characters in length.", +"type": "string" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "Used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a instance partition from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform instance partition updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response which contains instance partitions, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to update instance partitions to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the instance partition. If no etag is provided in the call to update instance partition, then the existing instance partition is overwritten blindly.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. A unique identifier for the instance partition. Values are of the form `projects//instances//instancePartitions/a-z*[a-z0-9]`. The final segment of the name must be between 2 and 64 characters in length. An instance partition's name cannot be changed after the instance partition is created.", +"type": "string" +}, +"nodeCount": { +"description": "The number of nodes allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the node_count field to specify the target number of nodes allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"processingUnits": { +"description": "The number of processing units allocated to this instance partition. Users can set the processing_units field to specify the target number of processing units allocated to the instance partition. This may be zero in API responses for instance partitions that are not yet in state `READY`.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"referencingBackups": { +"description": "Output only. The names of the backups that reference this instance partition. Referencing backups should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing backup prevents the instance partition from being deleted.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"referencingDatabases": { +"description": "Output only. The names of the databases that reference this instance partition. Referencing databases should share the parent instance. The existence of any referencing database prevents the instance partition from being deleted.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. The current instance partition state.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"READY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The instance partition is still being created. Resources may not be available yet, and operations such as creating placements using this instance partition may not work.", +"The instance partition is fully created and ready to do work such as creating placements and using in databases." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the instance partition was most recently updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "KeyRange": { "description": "KeyRange represents a range of rows in a table or index. A range has a start key and an end key. These keys can be open or closed, indicating if the range includes rows with that key. Keys are represented by lists, where the ith value in the list corresponds to the ith component of the table or index primary key. Individual values are encoded as described here. For example, consider the following table definition: CREATE TABLE UserEvents ( UserName STRING(MAX), EventDate STRING(10) ) PRIMARY KEY(UserName, EventDate); The following keys name rows in this table: \"Bob\", \"2014-09-23\" Since the `UserEvents` table's `PRIMARY KEY` clause names two columns, each `UserEvents` key has two elements; the first is the `UserName`, and the second is the `EventDate`. Key ranges with multiple components are interpreted lexicographically by component using the table or index key's declared sort order. For example, the following range returns all events for user `\"Bob\"` that occurred in the year 2015: \"start_closed\": [\"Bob\", \"2015-01-01\"] \"end_closed\": [\"Bob\", \"2015-12-31\"] Start and end keys can omit trailing key components. This affects the inclusion and exclusion of rows that exactly match the provided key components: if the key is closed, then rows that exactly match the provided components are included; if the key is open, then rows that exactly match are not included. For example, the following range includes all events for `\"Bob\"` that occurred during and after the year 2000: \"start_closed\": [\"Bob\", \"2000-01-01\"] \"end_closed\": [\"Bob\"] The next example retrieves all events for `\"Bob\"`: \"start_closed\": [\"Bob\"] \"end_closed\": [\"Bob\"] To retrieve events before the year 2000: \"start_closed\": [\"Bob\"] \"end_open\": [\"Bob\", \"2000-01-01\"] The following range includes all rows in the table: \"start_closed\": [] \"end_closed\": [] This range returns all users whose `UserName` begins with any character from A to C: \"start_closed\": [\"A\"] \"end_open\": [\"D\"] This range returns all users whose `UserName` begins with B: \"start_closed\": [\"B\"] \"end_open\": [\"C\"] Key ranges honor column sort order. For example, suppose a table is defined as follows: CREATE TABLE DescendingSortedTable { Key INT64, ... ) PRIMARY KEY(Key DESC); The following range retrieves all rows with key values between 1 and 100 inclusive: \"start_closed\": [\"100\"] \"end_closed\": [\"1\"] Note that 100 is passed as the start, and 1 is passed as the end, because `Key` is a descending column in the schema.", "id": "KeyRange", @@ -4455,6 +4788,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse": { +"description": "The response for ListInstancePartitionOperations.", +"id": "ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "`next_page_token` can be sent in a subsequent ListInstancePartitionOperations call to fetch more of the matching metadata.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operations": { +"description": "The list of matching instance partition long-running operations. Each operation's name will be prefixed by the instance partition's name. The operation's metadata field type `metadata.type_url` describes the type of the metadata.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"unreachableInstancePartitions": { +"description": "The list of unreachable instance partitions. It includes the names of instance partitions whose operation metadata could not be retrieved within instance_partition_deadline.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListInstancePartitionsResponse": { +"description": "The response for ListInstancePartitions.", +"id": "ListInstancePartitionsResponse", +"properties": { +"instancePartitions": { +"description": "The list of requested instancePartitions.", +"items": { +"$ref": "InstancePartition" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "`next_page_token` can be sent in a subsequent ListInstancePartitions call to fetch more of the matching instance partitions.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "The list of unreachable instance partitions. It includes the names of instance partitions whose metadata could not be retrieved within instance_partition_deadline.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListInstancesResponse": { "description": "The response for ListInstances.", "id": "ListInstancesResponse", @@ -5555,6 +5938,10 @@ "description": "The labels for the session. * Label keys must be between 1 and 63 characters long and must conform to the following regular expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. * Label values must be between 0 and 63 characters long and must conform to the regular expression `([a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?)?`. * No more than 64 labels can be associated with a given session. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information on and examples of labels.", "type": "object" }, +"multiplexed": { +"description": "Optional. If true, specifies a multiplexed session. A multiplexed session may be used for multiple, concurrent read-only operations but can not be used for read-write transactions, partitioned reads, or partitioned queries. Multiplexed sessions can be created via CreateSession but not via BatchCreateSessions. Multiplexed sessions may not be deleted nor listed.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Output only. The name of the session. This is always system-assigned.", "readOnly": true, @@ -5709,6 +6096,10 @@ "description": "Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. Snapshot read-only transactions provide guaranteed consistency across several reads, but do not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past, or configured to perform a strong read (where Spanner will select a timestamp such that the read is guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read). Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. Queries on change streams must be performed with the snapshot read-only transaction mode, specifying a strong read. Please see TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong for more details. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read-write data in a single database. They may, however, read-write data in different tables within that database. Locking read-write transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction's locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction's locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying aborted transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session's lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (for example, many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of time spent retrying. Idle transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don't hold on to locks indefinitely. If an idle transaction is aborted, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (for example, `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot read-only transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transactions, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. Queries on change streams (see below for more details) must also specify the strong read timestamp bound. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp less than or equal to the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps <= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a \"negotiation phase\" to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old read timestamps and garbage collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as \"version GC\". By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. You can configure and extend the `VERSION_RETENTION_PERIOD` of a database up to a period as long as one week, which allows Cloud Spanner to perform reads up to one week in the past. Querying change Streams: A Change Stream is a schema object that can be configured to watch data changes on the entire database, a set of tables, or a set of columns in a database. When a change stream is created, Spanner automatically defines a corresponding SQL Table-Valued Function (TVF) that can be used to query the change records in the associated change stream using the ExecuteStreamingSql API. The name of the TVF for a change stream is generated from the name of the change stream: READ_. All queries on change stream TVFs must be executed using the ExecuteStreamingSql API with a single-use read-only transaction with a strong read-only timestamp_bound. The change stream TVF allows users to specify the start_timestamp and end_timestamp for the time range of interest. All change records within the retention period is accessible using the strong read-only timestamp_bound. All other TransactionOptions are invalid for change stream queries. In addition, if TransactionOptions.read_only.return_read_timestamp is set to true, a special value of 2^63 - 2 will be returned in the Transaction message that describes the transaction, instead of a valid read timestamp. This special value should be discarded and not used for any subsequent queries. Please see https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/change-streams for more details on how to query the change stream TVFs. Partitioned DML transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table.", "id": "TransactionOptions", "properties": { +"excludeTxnFromChangeStreams": { +"description": "When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `true`: * Mutations from this transaction will not be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=true` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. * Mutations from this transaction will be recorded in change streams with DDL option `allow_txn_exclusion=false or not set` that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. When `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` is set to `false` or not set, mutations from this transaction will be recorded in all change streams that are tracking columns modified by these transactions. `exclude_txn_from_change_streams` may only be specified for read-write or partitioned-dml transactions, otherwise the API will return an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "partitionedDml": { "$ref": "PartitionedDml", "description": "Partitioned DML transaction. Authorization to begin a Partitioned DML transaction requires `spanner.databases.beginPartitionedDmlTransaction` permission on the `session` resource." @@ -5999,6 +6390,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"UpdateInstancePartitionMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata type for the operation returned by UpdateInstancePartition.", +"id": "UpdateInstancePartitionMetadata", +"properties": { +"cancelTime": { +"description": "The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and cannot be cancelled again.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"instancePartition": { +"$ref": "InstancePartition", +"description": "The desired end state of the update." +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "The time at which UpdateInstancePartition request was received.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UpdateInstancePartitionRequest": { +"description": "The request for UpdateInstancePartition.", +"id": "UpdateInstancePartitionRequest", +"properties": { +"fieldMask": { +"description": "Required. A mask specifying which fields in InstancePartition should be updated. The field mask must always be specified; this prevents any future fields in InstancePartition from being erased accidentally by clients that do not know about them.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"type": "string" +}, +"instancePartition": { +"$ref": "InstancePartition", +"description": "Required. The instance partition to update, which must always include the instance partition name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in field_mask need be included." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UpdateInstanceRequest": { "description": "The request for UpdateInstance.", "id": "UpdateInstanceRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json index 322db0cb051..bb08f3539ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json index 3d375ca0042..98da98625e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240222", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index ecd9a6e87e9..e82a65cd6f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ "location": "me-central2" } ], -"etag": "\"37303437343235343136323638383931333233\"", +"etag": "\"31383132363637383635323832393938363535\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -1632,6 +1632,11 @@ "managedFolder" ], "parameters": { +"allowNonEmpty": { +"description": "Allows the deletion of a managed folder even if it is not empty. A managed folder is empty if there are no objects or managed folders that it applies to. Callers must have storage.managedFolders.setIamPolicy permission.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "bucket": { "description": "Name of the bucket containing the managed folder.", "location": "path", @@ -4037,7 +4042,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnywhereCache": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json index e0f12473cb2..d496ec68cdb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentPool": { @@ -1363,6 +1363,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ReplicationSpec": { +"description": "Specifies the configuration for running a replication job.", +"id": "ReplicationSpec", +"properties": { +"gcsDataSink": { +"$ref": "GcsData", +"description": "Specifies cloud Storage data sink." +}, +"gcsDataSource": { +"$ref": "GcsData", +"description": "Specifies cloud Storage data source." +}, +"objectConditions": { +"$ref": "ObjectConditions", +"description": "Specifies the object conditions to only include objects that satisfy these conditions in the set of data source objects. Object conditions based on objects' \"last modification time\" do not exclude objects in a data sink." +}, +"transferOptions": { +"$ref": "TransferOptions", +"description": "Specifies the actions to be performed on the object during replication. Delete options are not supported for replication and when specified, the request fails with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ResumeTransferOperationRequest": { "description": "Request passed to ResumeTransferOperation.", "id": "ResumeTransferOperationRequest", @@ -1687,6 +1710,10 @@ "description": "The ID of the Google Cloud project that owns the job.", "type": "string" }, +"replicationSpec": { +"$ref": "ReplicationSpec", +"description": "Replication specification." +}, "schedule": { "$ref": "Schedule", "description": "Specifies schedule for the transfer job. This is an optional field. When the field is not set, the job never executes a transfer, unless you invoke RunTransferJob or update the job to have a non-empty schedule." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index 0fbe6b0441d..8212c348533 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 6fdfd964385..edb7e8ecde2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -98,36 +98,6 @@ "resources": { "v1": { "methods": { -"introspect": { -"description": "Gets information about a Google OAuth 2.0 access token issued by the Google Cloud [Security Token Service API](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/reference/sts/rest).", -"flatPath": "v1/introspect", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "sts.introspect", -"parameterOrder": [], -"parameters": {}, -"path": "v1/introspect", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse" -} -}, -"oauthtoken": { -"description": "Exchanges a credential that represents the resource owner's authorization for a Google-generated [OAuth 2.0 access token] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5) or [refreshes an accesstoken] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6) following [the OAuth 2.0 authorization framework] (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8693) The credential can be one of the following: - An authorization code issued by the workforce identity federation authorization endpoint - A [refresh token](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-10.4) issued by this endpoint This endpoint is only meant to be called by the Google Cloud CLI. Also note that this API only accepts the authorization code issued for workforce pools.", -"flatPath": "v1/oauthtoken", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "sts.oauthtoken", -"parameterOrder": [], -"parameters": {}, -"path": "v1/oauthtoken", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeOauthTokenRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeOauthTokenResponse" -} -}, "token": { "description": "Exchanges a credential for a Google OAuth 2.0 access token. The token asserts an external identity within an identity pool, or it applies a Credential Access Boundary to a Google access token. Note that workforce pools do not support Credential Access Boundaries. When you call this method, do not send the `Authorization` HTTP header in the request. This method does not require the `Authorization` header, and using the header can cause the request to fail.", "flatPath": "v1/token", @@ -146,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { @@ -207,73 +177,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeOauthTokenRequest": { -"description": "Request message for ExchangeOauthToken", -"id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeOauthTokenRequest", -"properties": { -"clientId": { -"description": "Optional. The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token. It is REQUIRED when the [client] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.1) is not authenticating with the authorization server, i.e. when authentication method is [client authentication] (https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-3.2.1).", -"type": "string" -}, -"code": { -"description": "Optional. The authorization code that was previously from workforce identity federation's `authorize` endpoint. Required if the flow is authorization code flow, i.e. if grant_type is 'authorization_code'", -"type": "string" -}, -"codeVerifier": { -"description": "Optional. The code verifier for the PKCE request, Google Cloud CLI originally generates it before the authorization request. PKCE is used to protect authorization code from interception attacks. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7636#section-1.1 and https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7636#section-3. It is required when the flow is authorization code flow, i.e. if grant_type is 'authorization_code'", -"type": "string" -}, -"grantType": { -"description": "Required. The grant types are as follows: - 'authorization_code' : an authorization code flow, i.e. exchange of authorization code for the Oauth access token - 'refresh_token' : a refresh token flow, i.e. obtain a new access token by providing the refresh token. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6", -"type": "string" -}, -"redirectUri": { -"description": "Optional. redirect_url is required when the flow is authorization code flow i.e. if grant_type is `authorization_code` See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-4.1.3", -"type": "string" -}, -"refreshToken": { -"description": "Optional. The Refresh token is the credential that is used to obtain a new access token when the current access token becomes invalid or expires. Required when using refresh token flow, i.e. if `grant_type` is 'refresh_token' See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.5 and https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-6", -"type": "string" -}, -"scope": { -"description": "Optional. An optional list of scopes that are requested for the token to be returned. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-3.3 Must be a list of space-delimited, case-sensitive strings. Note: Currently, the scopes in the request are not supported", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeOauthTokenResponse": { -"description": "Response message for ExchangeOauthToken. see https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5.1", -"id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeOauthTokenResponse", -"properties": { -"access_token": { -"description": "An OAuth 2.0 security token, issued by Google, in response to the Oauth token exchange request for the authorization code and refresh token flows. The returned [access token](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-4.1.4). Tokens can vary in size, depending, in part, on the size of mapped claims, up to a maximum of 12288 bytes (12 KB). Google reserves the right to change the token size and the maximum length at any time.", -"type": "string" -}, -"expires_in": { -"description": "The amount of time, in seconds, between the time when the access token was issued and the time when the access token will expires.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"id_token": { -"description": "Google issued ID token in response to the OAuth token exchange request for ID token flow.", -"type": "string" -}, -"refresh_token": { -"description": "A refresh token, issued by Google, in response to the OAuth token exchange request for refresh token flow", -"type": "string" -}, -"scope": { -"description": "A list of scopes associated with the returned token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"token_type": { -"description": "The type of token. Field reserved for RFC compliance. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-5.1", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeTokenRequest": { "description": "Request message for ExchangeToken.", "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1ExchangeTokenRequest", @@ -333,62 +236,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest": { -"description": "Request message for IntrospectToken.", -"id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenRequest", -"properties": { -"token": { -"description": "Required. The OAuth 2.0 security token issued by the Security Token Service API.", -"type": "string" -}, -"tokenTypeHint": { -"description": "Optional. The type of the given token. Supported values are `urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token` and `access_token`.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse": { -"description": "Response message for IntrospectToken.", -"id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1IntrospectTokenResponse", -"properties": { -"active": { -"description": "A boolean value that indicates whether the provided access token is currently active.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"client_id": { -"description": "The client identifier for the OAuth 2.0 client that requested the provided token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"exp": { -"description": "The expiration timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token will expire.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"iat": { -"description": "The issued timestamp, measured in the number of seconds since January 1 1970 UTC, indicating when this token was originally issued.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"iss": { -"description": "The issuer of the provided token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"scope": { -"description": "A list of scopes associated with the provided token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sub": { -"description": "The unique user ID associated with the provided token. For Google Accounts, this value is based on the Google Account's user ID. For federated identities, this value is based on the identity pool ID and the value of the mapped `google.subject` attribute.", -"type": "string" -}, -"username": { -"description": "The human-readable identifier for the token principal subject. For example, if the provided token is associated with a workload identity pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations/global/workloadIdentityPools//subject/`. If the provided token is associated with a workforce pool, this field contains a value in the following format: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools//subject/`.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleIdentityStsV1Options": { "description": "An `Options` object configures features that the Security Token Service supports, but that are not supported by standard OAuth 2.0 token exchange endpoints, as defined in https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8693.", "id": "GoogleIdentityStsV1Options", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index 4b036ef9bbf..8837918ccd3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index aeee95e9a39..737794dedc1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 022044e4b96..9bb421e4880 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3890,7 +3890,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240306", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index 0831994ac18..7c59cdc93c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Task": { @@ -648,6 +648,10 @@ "updated": { "description": "Last modification time of the task (as a RFC 3339 timestamp).", "type": "string" +}, +"webViewLink": { +"description": "An absolute link to the task in the Google Tasks Web UI. This field is read-only.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index e6d9a98dd50..dca05ec1c47 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "ttl": { -"description": "Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 30 minutes.", +"description": "Optional. The amount of time that a device will be initially allocated for. This can eventually be extended with the UpdateDeviceSession RPC. Default: 15 minutes.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index 65450d50b24..1f7f2aada14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240311", +"revision": "20240314", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json index 7e760ddba37..78145e91b4f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/trafficdirector.v2.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240307", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://trafficdirector.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json index dae1a8a1890..be3e60ffe90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240228", +"revision": "20240306", "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdBreak": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json index 98cd27693f8..dfd470df0f6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/travelimpactmodel.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://travelimpactmodel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ComputeFlightEmissionsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index 2bd23154c31..c5ba19db177 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240226", +"revision": "20240311", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index 7ec7816abe2..425ba027361 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json index ced6fc16bc7..c5ad0b0cdbe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json index 6f013d8edc2..418249175b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json index a1d431a4773..9e278c2291c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json index f083df4b0fa..8f97d1411e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json index 76d6886182e..8ad63de1ab5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240304", +"revision": "20240308", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json index a47423ca56f..de883cac690 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddProductToProductSetRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json index e8d1e10efbf..98f6670e9cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json index 6a346396292..bb27502bdf5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index df1ca65ea46..e741c7360ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240229", +"revision": "20240307", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json index c71a7548297..a482570ebd1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmwareengine.v1.json @@ -3173,7 +3173,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240301", +"revision": "20240304", "rootUrl": "https://vmwareengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json index 0301bc7a529..e16bbf650a1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240215", +"revision": "20240229", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index 684f3531d84..121e0b5e3ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240308", +"revision": "20240318", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -3153,11 +3153,11 @@ true "properties": { "updateRequestUrl": { "deprecated": true, -"description": "URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables. Deprecated.", +"description": "URL for the merchant endpoint that would be called to request updates. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot. Deprecated.", "type": "string" }, "url": { -"description": "The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Google-Valuables.", +"description": "The HTTPS url configured by the merchant. The URL should be hosted on HTTPS and robots.txt should allow the URL path to be accessible by UserAgent:Googlebot.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index 552f44ec0f4..fe70ce8ec1d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240315", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json index a924799c81c..4e69db90d31 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json index 665c1ecb8e2..5aae64c473c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json index 1c1b826aafd..1f61dea510a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240302", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json index 246c0e5ef6f..4e1230a88be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Callback": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json index 370759a48a3..ad9326076c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240227", +"revision": "20240305", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelExecutionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json index 59acf2f1a2c..0a815271617 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240305", +"revision": "20240312", "rootUrl": "https://workspaceevents.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ListSubscriptionsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index cdcc7a3925a..4421c45f695 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240317", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index bf2c79bba76..b55c49f3c71 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index 166fd46dd9b..1284851a4ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240310", +"revision": "20240313", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": {